Loading...
1// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
2/*
3 * PCI Bus Services, see include/linux/pci.h for further explanation.
4 *
5 * Copyright 1993 -- 1997 Drew Eckhardt, Frederic Potter,
6 * David Mosberger-Tang
7 *
8 * Copyright 1997 -- 2000 Martin Mares <mj@ucw.cz>
9 */
10
11#include <linux/acpi.h>
12#include <linux/kernel.h>
13#include <linux/delay.h>
14#include <linux/dmi.h>
15#include <linux/init.h>
16#include <linux/msi.h>
17#include <linux/of.h>
18#include <linux/of_pci.h>
19#include <linux/pci.h>
20#include <linux/pm.h>
21#include <linux/slab.h>
22#include <linux/module.h>
23#include <linux/spinlock.h>
24#include <linux/string.h>
25#include <linux/log2.h>
26#include <linux/logic_pio.h>
27#include <linux/pm_wakeup.h>
28#include <linux/interrupt.h>
29#include <linux/device.h>
30#include <linux/pm_runtime.h>
31#include <linux/pci_hotplug.h>
32#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
33#include <linux/pci-ats.h>
34#include <asm/setup.h>
35#include <asm/dma.h>
36#include <linux/aer.h>
37#include "pci.h"
38
39DEFINE_MUTEX(pci_slot_mutex);
40
41const char *pci_power_names[] = {
42 "error", "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", "D3cold", "unknown",
43};
44EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_power_names);
45
46int isa_dma_bridge_buggy;
47EXPORT_SYMBOL(isa_dma_bridge_buggy);
48
49int pci_pci_problems;
50EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_pci_problems);
51
52unsigned int pci_pm_d3_delay;
53
54static void pci_pme_list_scan(struct work_struct *work);
55
56static LIST_HEAD(pci_pme_list);
57static DEFINE_MUTEX(pci_pme_list_mutex);
58static DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(pci_pme_work, pci_pme_list_scan);
59
60struct pci_pme_device {
61 struct list_head list;
62 struct pci_dev *dev;
63};
64
65#define PME_TIMEOUT 1000 /* How long between PME checks */
66
67static void pci_dev_d3_sleep(struct pci_dev *dev)
68{
69 unsigned int delay = dev->d3_delay;
70
71 if (delay < pci_pm_d3_delay)
72 delay = pci_pm_d3_delay;
73
74 if (delay)
75 msleep(delay);
76}
77
78#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS
79int pci_domains_supported = 1;
80#endif
81
82#define DEFAULT_CARDBUS_IO_SIZE (256)
83#define DEFAULT_CARDBUS_MEM_SIZE (64*1024*1024)
84/* pci=cbmemsize=nnM,cbiosize=nn can override this */
85unsigned long pci_cardbus_io_size = DEFAULT_CARDBUS_IO_SIZE;
86unsigned long pci_cardbus_mem_size = DEFAULT_CARDBUS_MEM_SIZE;
87
88#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_IO_SIZE (256)
89#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_SIZE (2*1024*1024)
90#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_PREF_SIZE (2*1024*1024)
91/* hpiosize=nn can override this */
92unsigned long pci_hotplug_io_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_IO_SIZE;
93/*
94 * pci=hpmmiosize=nnM overrides non-prefetchable MMIO size,
95 * pci=hpmmioprefsize=nnM overrides prefetchable MMIO size;
96 * pci=hpmemsize=nnM overrides both
97 */
98unsigned long pci_hotplug_mmio_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_SIZE;
99unsigned long pci_hotplug_mmio_pref_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_PREF_SIZE;
100
101#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_BUS_SIZE 1
102unsigned long pci_hotplug_bus_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_BUS_SIZE;
103
104enum pcie_bus_config_types pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_DEFAULT;
105
106/*
107 * The default CLS is used if arch didn't set CLS explicitly and not
108 * all pci devices agree on the same value. Arch can override either
109 * the dfl or actual value as it sees fit. Don't forget this is
110 * measured in 32-bit words, not bytes.
111 */
112u8 pci_dfl_cache_line_size = L1_CACHE_BYTES >> 2;
113u8 pci_cache_line_size;
114
115/*
116 * If we set up a device for bus mastering, we need to check the latency
117 * timer as certain BIOSes forget to set it properly.
118 */
119unsigned int pcibios_max_latency = 255;
120
121/* If set, the PCIe ARI capability will not be used. */
122static bool pcie_ari_disabled;
123
124/* If set, the PCIe ATS capability will not be used. */
125static bool pcie_ats_disabled;
126
127/* If set, the PCI config space of each device is printed during boot. */
128bool pci_early_dump;
129
130bool pci_ats_disabled(void)
131{
132 return pcie_ats_disabled;
133}
134EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ats_disabled);
135
136/* Disable bridge_d3 for all PCIe ports */
137static bool pci_bridge_d3_disable;
138/* Force bridge_d3 for all PCIe ports */
139static bool pci_bridge_d3_force;
140
141static int __init pcie_port_pm_setup(char *str)
142{
143 if (!strcmp(str, "off"))
144 pci_bridge_d3_disable = true;
145 else if (!strcmp(str, "force"))
146 pci_bridge_d3_force = true;
147 return 1;
148}
149__setup("pcie_port_pm=", pcie_port_pm_setup);
150
151/* Time to wait after a reset for device to become responsive */
152#define PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS 60000
153
154/**
155 * pci_bus_max_busnr - returns maximum PCI bus number of given bus' children
156 * @bus: pointer to PCI bus structure to search
157 *
158 * Given a PCI bus, returns the highest PCI bus number present in the set
159 * including the given PCI bus and its list of child PCI buses.
160 */
161unsigned char pci_bus_max_busnr(struct pci_bus *bus)
162{
163 struct pci_bus *tmp;
164 unsigned char max, n;
165
166 max = bus->busn_res.end;
167 list_for_each_entry(tmp, &bus->children, node) {
168 n = pci_bus_max_busnr(tmp);
169 if (n > max)
170 max = n;
171 }
172 return max;
173}
174EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_bus_max_busnr);
175
176/**
177 * pci_status_get_and_clear_errors - return and clear error bits in PCI_STATUS
178 * @pdev: the PCI device
179 *
180 * Returns error bits set in PCI_STATUS and clears them.
181 */
182int pci_status_get_and_clear_errors(struct pci_dev *pdev)
183{
184 u16 status;
185 int ret;
186
187 ret = pci_read_config_word(pdev, PCI_STATUS, &status);
188 if (ret != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
189 return -EIO;
190
191 status &= PCI_STATUS_ERROR_BITS;
192 if (status)
193 pci_write_config_word(pdev, PCI_STATUS, status);
194
195 return status;
196}
197EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_status_get_and_clear_errors);
198
199#ifdef CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM
200void __iomem *pci_ioremap_bar(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
201{
202 struct resource *res = &pdev->resource[bar];
203
204 /*
205 * Make sure the BAR is actually a memory resource, not an IO resource
206 */
207 if (res->flags & IORESOURCE_UNSET || !(res->flags & IORESOURCE_MEM)) {
208 pci_warn(pdev, "can't ioremap BAR %d: %pR\n", bar, res);
209 return NULL;
210 }
211 return ioremap(res->start, resource_size(res));
212}
213EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ioremap_bar);
214
215void __iomem *pci_ioremap_wc_bar(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
216{
217 /*
218 * Make sure the BAR is actually a memory resource, not an IO resource
219 */
220 if (!(pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_MEM)) {
221 WARN_ON(1);
222 return NULL;
223 }
224 return ioremap_wc(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
225 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar));
226}
227EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ioremap_wc_bar);
228#endif
229
230/**
231 * pci_dev_str_match_path - test if a path string matches a device
232 * @dev: the PCI device to test
233 * @path: string to match the device against
234 * @endptr: pointer to the string after the match
235 *
236 * Test if a string (typically from a kernel parameter) formatted as a
237 * path of device/function addresses matches a PCI device. The string must
238 * be of the form:
239 *
240 * [<domain>:]<bus>:<device>.<func>[/<device>.<func>]*
241 *
242 * A path for a device can be obtained using 'lspci -t'. Using a path
243 * is more robust against bus renumbering than using only a single bus,
244 * device and function address.
245 *
246 * Returns 1 if the string matches the device, 0 if it does not and
247 * a negative error code if it fails to parse the string.
248 */
249static int pci_dev_str_match_path(struct pci_dev *dev, const char *path,
250 const char **endptr)
251{
252 int ret;
253 int seg, bus, slot, func;
254 char *wpath, *p;
255 char end;
256
257 *endptr = strchrnul(path, ';');
258
259 wpath = kmemdup_nul(path, *endptr - path, GFP_KERNEL);
260 if (!wpath)
261 return -ENOMEM;
262
263 while (1) {
264 p = strrchr(wpath, '/');
265 if (!p)
266 break;
267 ret = sscanf(p, "/%x.%x%c", &slot, &func, &end);
268 if (ret != 2) {
269 ret = -EINVAL;
270 goto free_and_exit;
271 }
272
273 if (dev->devfn != PCI_DEVFN(slot, func)) {
274 ret = 0;
275 goto free_and_exit;
276 }
277
278 /*
279 * Note: we don't need to get a reference to the upstream
280 * bridge because we hold a reference to the top level
281 * device which should hold a reference to the bridge,
282 * and so on.
283 */
284 dev = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
285 if (!dev) {
286 ret = 0;
287 goto free_and_exit;
288 }
289
290 *p = 0;
291 }
292
293 ret = sscanf(wpath, "%x:%x:%x.%x%c", &seg, &bus, &slot,
294 &func, &end);
295 if (ret != 4) {
296 seg = 0;
297 ret = sscanf(wpath, "%x:%x.%x%c", &bus, &slot, &func, &end);
298 if (ret != 3) {
299 ret = -EINVAL;
300 goto free_and_exit;
301 }
302 }
303
304 ret = (seg == pci_domain_nr(dev->bus) &&
305 bus == dev->bus->number &&
306 dev->devfn == PCI_DEVFN(slot, func));
307
308free_and_exit:
309 kfree(wpath);
310 return ret;
311}
312
313/**
314 * pci_dev_str_match - test if a string matches a device
315 * @dev: the PCI device to test
316 * @p: string to match the device against
317 * @endptr: pointer to the string after the match
318 *
319 * Test if a string (typically from a kernel parameter) matches a specified
320 * PCI device. The string may be of one of the following formats:
321 *
322 * [<domain>:]<bus>:<device>.<func>[/<device>.<func>]*
323 * pci:<vendor>:<device>[:<subvendor>:<subdevice>]
324 *
325 * The first format specifies a PCI bus/device/function address which
326 * may change if new hardware is inserted, if motherboard firmware changes,
327 * or due to changes caused in kernel parameters. If the domain is
328 * left unspecified, it is taken to be 0. In order to be robust against
329 * bus renumbering issues, a path of PCI device/function numbers may be used
330 * to address the specific device. The path for a device can be determined
331 * through the use of 'lspci -t'.
332 *
333 * The second format matches devices using IDs in the configuration
334 * space which may match multiple devices in the system. A value of 0
335 * for any field will match all devices. (Note: this differs from
336 * in-kernel code that uses PCI_ANY_ID which is ~0; this is for
337 * legacy reasons and convenience so users don't have to specify
338 * FFFFFFFFs on the command line.)
339 *
340 * Returns 1 if the string matches the device, 0 if it does not and
341 * a negative error code if the string cannot be parsed.
342 */
343static int pci_dev_str_match(struct pci_dev *dev, const char *p,
344 const char **endptr)
345{
346 int ret;
347 int count;
348 unsigned short vendor, device, subsystem_vendor, subsystem_device;
349
350 if (strncmp(p, "pci:", 4) == 0) {
351 /* PCI vendor/device (subvendor/subdevice) IDs are specified */
352 p += 4;
353 ret = sscanf(p, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx%n", &vendor, &device,
354 &subsystem_vendor, &subsystem_device, &count);
355 if (ret != 4) {
356 ret = sscanf(p, "%hx:%hx%n", &vendor, &device, &count);
357 if (ret != 2)
358 return -EINVAL;
359
360 subsystem_vendor = 0;
361 subsystem_device = 0;
362 }
363
364 p += count;
365
366 if ((!vendor || vendor == dev->vendor) &&
367 (!device || device == dev->device) &&
368 (!subsystem_vendor ||
369 subsystem_vendor == dev->subsystem_vendor) &&
370 (!subsystem_device ||
371 subsystem_device == dev->subsystem_device))
372 goto found;
373 } else {
374 /*
375 * PCI Bus, Device, Function IDs are specified
376 * (optionally, may include a path of devfns following it)
377 */
378 ret = pci_dev_str_match_path(dev, p, &p);
379 if (ret < 0)
380 return ret;
381 else if (ret)
382 goto found;
383 }
384
385 *endptr = p;
386 return 0;
387
388found:
389 *endptr = p;
390 return 1;
391}
392
393static int __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(struct pci_bus *bus, unsigned int devfn,
394 u8 pos, int cap, int *ttl)
395{
396 u8 id;
397 u16 ent;
398
399 pci_bus_read_config_byte(bus, devfn, pos, &pos);
400
401 while ((*ttl)--) {
402 if (pos < 0x40)
403 break;
404 pos &= ~3;
405 pci_bus_read_config_word(bus, devfn, pos, &ent);
406
407 id = ent & 0xff;
408 if (id == 0xff)
409 break;
410 if (id == cap)
411 return pos;
412 pos = (ent >> 8);
413 }
414 return 0;
415}
416
417static int __pci_find_next_cap(struct pci_bus *bus, unsigned int devfn,
418 u8 pos, int cap)
419{
420 int ttl = PCI_FIND_CAP_TTL;
421
422 return __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(bus, devfn, pos, cap, &ttl);
423}
424
425int pci_find_next_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 pos, int cap)
426{
427 return __pci_find_next_cap(dev->bus, dev->devfn,
428 pos + PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT, cap);
429}
430EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_next_capability);
431
432static int __pci_bus_find_cap_start(struct pci_bus *bus,
433 unsigned int devfn, u8 hdr_type)
434{
435 u16 status;
436
437 pci_bus_read_config_word(bus, devfn, PCI_STATUS, &status);
438 if (!(status & PCI_STATUS_CAP_LIST))
439 return 0;
440
441 switch (hdr_type) {
442 case PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL:
443 case PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE:
444 return PCI_CAPABILITY_LIST;
445 case PCI_HEADER_TYPE_CARDBUS:
446 return PCI_CB_CAPABILITY_LIST;
447 }
448
449 return 0;
450}
451
452/**
453 * pci_find_capability - query for devices' capabilities
454 * @dev: PCI device to query
455 * @cap: capability code
456 *
457 * Tell if a device supports a given PCI capability.
458 * Returns the address of the requested capability structure within the
459 * device's PCI configuration space or 0 in case the device does not
460 * support it. Possible values for @cap include:
461 *
462 * %PCI_CAP_ID_PM Power Management
463 * %PCI_CAP_ID_AGP Accelerated Graphics Port
464 * %PCI_CAP_ID_VPD Vital Product Data
465 * %PCI_CAP_ID_SLOTID Slot Identification
466 * %PCI_CAP_ID_MSI Message Signalled Interrupts
467 * %PCI_CAP_ID_CHSWP CompactPCI HotSwap
468 * %PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX PCI-X
469 * %PCI_CAP_ID_EXP PCI Express
470 */
471int pci_find_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int cap)
472{
473 int pos;
474
475 pos = __pci_bus_find_cap_start(dev->bus, dev->devfn, dev->hdr_type);
476 if (pos)
477 pos = __pci_find_next_cap(dev->bus, dev->devfn, pos, cap);
478
479 return pos;
480}
481EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_find_capability);
482
483/**
484 * pci_bus_find_capability - query for devices' capabilities
485 * @bus: the PCI bus to query
486 * @devfn: PCI device to query
487 * @cap: capability code
488 *
489 * Like pci_find_capability() but works for PCI devices that do not have a
490 * pci_dev structure set up yet.
491 *
492 * Returns the address of the requested capability structure within the
493 * device's PCI configuration space or 0 in case the device does not
494 * support it.
495 */
496int pci_bus_find_capability(struct pci_bus *bus, unsigned int devfn, int cap)
497{
498 int pos;
499 u8 hdr_type;
500
501 pci_bus_read_config_byte(bus, devfn, PCI_HEADER_TYPE, &hdr_type);
502
503 pos = __pci_bus_find_cap_start(bus, devfn, hdr_type & 0x7f);
504 if (pos)
505 pos = __pci_find_next_cap(bus, devfn, pos, cap);
506
507 return pos;
508}
509EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_bus_find_capability);
510
511/**
512 * pci_find_next_ext_capability - Find an extended capability
513 * @dev: PCI device to query
514 * @start: address at which to start looking (0 to start at beginning of list)
515 * @cap: capability code
516 *
517 * Returns the address of the next matching extended capability structure
518 * within the device's PCI configuration space or 0 if the device does
519 * not support it. Some capabilities can occur several times, e.g., the
520 * vendor-specific capability, and this provides a way to find them all.
521 */
522int pci_find_next_ext_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int start, int cap)
523{
524 u32 header;
525 int ttl;
526 int pos = PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE;
527
528 /* minimum 8 bytes per capability */
529 ttl = (PCI_CFG_SPACE_EXP_SIZE - PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE) / 8;
530
531 if (dev->cfg_size <= PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE)
532 return 0;
533
534 if (start)
535 pos = start;
536
537 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos, &header) != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
538 return 0;
539
540 /*
541 * If we have no capabilities, this is indicated by cap ID,
542 * cap version and next pointer all being 0.
543 */
544 if (header == 0)
545 return 0;
546
547 while (ttl-- > 0) {
548 if (PCI_EXT_CAP_ID(header) == cap && pos != start)
549 return pos;
550
551 pos = PCI_EXT_CAP_NEXT(header);
552 if (pos < PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE)
553 break;
554
555 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos, &header) != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
556 break;
557 }
558
559 return 0;
560}
561EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_next_ext_capability);
562
563/**
564 * pci_find_ext_capability - Find an extended capability
565 * @dev: PCI device to query
566 * @cap: capability code
567 *
568 * Returns the address of the requested extended capability structure
569 * within the device's PCI configuration space or 0 if the device does
570 * not support it. Possible values for @cap include:
571 *
572 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ERR Advanced Error Reporting
573 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VC Virtual Channel
574 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN Device Serial Number
575 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PWR Power Budgeting
576 */
577int pci_find_ext_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int cap)
578{
579 return pci_find_next_ext_capability(dev, 0, cap);
580}
581EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_ext_capability);
582
583/**
584 * pci_get_dsn - Read and return the 8-byte Device Serial Number
585 * @dev: PCI device to query
586 *
587 * Looks up the PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN and reads the 8 bytes of the Device Serial
588 * Number.
589 *
590 * Returns the DSN, or zero if the capability does not exist.
591 */
592u64 pci_get_dsn(struct pci_dev *dev)
593{
594 u32 dword;
595 u64 dsn;
596 int pos;
597
598 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN);
599 if (!pos)
600 return 0;
601
602 /*
603 * The Device Serial Number is two dwords offset 4 bytes from the
604 * capability position. The specification says that the first dword is
605 * the lower half, and the second dword is the upper half.
606 */
607 pos += 4;
608 pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos, &dword);
609 dsn = (u64)dword;
610 pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos + 4, &dword);
611 dsn |= ((u64)dword) << 32;
612
613 return dsn;
614}
615EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_get_dsn);
616
617static int __pci_find_next_ht_cap(struct pci_dev *dev, int pos, int ht_cap)
618{
619 int rc, ttl = PCI_FIND_CAP_TTL;
620 u8 cap, mask;
621
622 if (ht_cap == HT_CAPTYPE_SLAVE || ht_cap == HT_CAPTYPE_HOST)
623 mask = HT_3BIT_CAP_MASK;
624 else
625 mask = HT_5BIT_CAP_MASK;
626
627 pos = __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(dev->bus, dev->devfn, pos,
628 PCI_CAP_ID_HT, &ttl);
629 while (pos) {
630 rc = pci_read_config_byte(dev, pos + 3, &cap);
631 if (rc != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
632 return 0;
633
634 if ((cap & mask) == ht_cap)
635 return pos;
636
637 pos = __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(dev->bus, dev->devfn,
638 pos + PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT,
639 PCI_CAP_ID_HT, &ttl);
640 }
641
642 return 0;
643}
644/**
645 * pci_find_next_ht_capability - query a device's Hypertransport capabilities
646 * @dev: PCI device to query
647 * @pos: Position from which to continue searching
648 * @ht_cap: Hypertransport capability code
649 *
650 * To be used in conjunction with pci_find_ht_capability() to search for
651 * all capabilities matching @ht_cap. @pos should always be a value returned
652 * from pci_find_ht_capability().
653 *
654 * NB. To be 100% safe against broken PCI devices, the caller should take
655 * steps to avoid an infinite loop.
656 */
657int pci_find_next_ht_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int pos, int ht_cap)
658{
659 return __pci_find_next_ht_cap(dev, pos + PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT, ht_cap);
660}
661EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_next_ht_capability);
662
663/**
664 * pci_find_ht_capability - query a device's Hypertransport capabilities
665 * @dev: PCI device to query
666 * @ht_cap: Hypertransport capability code
667 *
668 * Tell if a device supports a given Hypertransport capability.
669 * Returns an address within the device's PCI configuration space
670 * or 0 in case the device does not support the request capability.
671 * The address points to the PCI capability, of type PCI_CAP_ID_HT,
672 * which has a Hypertransport capability matching @ht_cap.
673 */
674int pci_find_ht_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int ht_cap)
675{
676 int pos;
677
678 pos = __pci_bus_find_cap_start(dev->bus, dev->devfn, dev->hdr_type);
679 if (pos)
680 pos = __pci_find_next_ht_cap(dev, pos, ht_cap);
681
682 return pos;
683}
684EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_ht_capability);
685
686/**
687 * pci_find_parent_resource - return resource region of parent bus of given
688 * region
689 * @dev: PCI device structure contains resources to be searched
690 * @res: child resource record for which parent is sought
691 *
692 * For given resource region of given device, return the resource region of
693 * parent bus the given region is contained in.
694 */
695struct resource *pci_find_parent_resource(const struct pci_dev *dev,
696 struct resource *res)
697{
698 const struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
699 struct resource *r;
700 int i;
701
702 pci_bus_for_each_resource(bus, r, i) {
703 if (!r)
704 continue;
705 if (resource_contains(r, res)) {
706
707 /*
708 * If the window is prefetchable but the BAR is
709 * not, the allocator made a mistake.
710 */
711 if (r->flags & IORESOURCE_PREFETCH &&
712 !(res->flags & IORESOURCE_PREFETCH))
713 return NULL;
714
715 /*
716 * If we're below a transparent bridge, there may
717 * be both a positively-decoded aperture and a
718 * subtractively-decoded region that contain the BAR.
719 * We want the positively-decoded one, so this depends
720 * on pci_bus_for_each_resource() giving us those
721 * first.
722 */
723 return r;
724 }
725 }
726 return NULL;
727}
728EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_find_parent_resource);
729
730/**
731 * pci_find_resource - Return matching PCI device resource
732 * @dev: PCI device to query
733 * @res: Resource to look for
734 *
735 * Goes over standard PCI resources (BARs) and checks if the given resource
736 * is partially or fully contained in any of them. In that case the
737 * matching resource is returned, %NULL otherwise.
738 */
739struct resource *pci_find_resource(struct pci_dev *dev, struct resource *res)
740{
741 int i;
742
743 for (i = 0; i < PCI_STD_NUM_BARS; i++) {
744 struct resource *r = &dev->resource[i];
745
746 if (r->start && resource_contains(r, res))
747 return r;
748 }
749
750 return NULL;
751}
752EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_find_resource);
753
754/**
755 * pci_wait_for_pending - wait for @mask bit(s) to clear in status word @pos
756 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
757 * @pos: config space offset of status word
758 * @mask: mask of bit(s) to care about in status word
759 *
760 * Return 1 when mask bit(s) in status word clear, 0 otherwise.
761 */
762int pci_wait_for_pending(struct pci_dev *dev, int pos, u16 mask)
763{
764 int i;
765
766 /* Wait for Transaction Pending bit clean */
767 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
768 u16 status;
769 if (i)
770 msleep((1 << (i - 1)) * 100);
771
772 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos, &status);
773 if (!(status & mask))
774 return 1;
775 }
776
777 return 0;
778}
779
780static int pci_acs_enable;
781
782/**
783 * pci_request_acs - ask for ACS to be enabled if supported
784 */
785void pci_request_acs(void)
786{
787 pci_acs_enable = 1;
788}
789
790static const char *disable_acs_redir_param;
791
792/**
793 * pci_disable_acs_redir - disable ACS redirect capabilities
794 * @dev: the PCI device
795 *
796 * For only devices specified in the disable_acs_redir parameter.
797 */
798static void pci_disable_acs_redir(struct pci_dev *dev)
799{
800 int ret = 0;
801 const char *p;
802 int pos;
803 u16 ctrl;
804
805 if (!disable_acs_redir_param)
806 return;
807
808 p = disable_acs_redir_param;
809 while (*p) {
810 ret = pci_dev_str_match(dev, p, &p);
811 if (ret < 0) {
812 pr_info_once("PCI: Can't parse disable_acs_redir parameter: %s\n",
813 disable_acs_redir_param);
814
815 break;
816 } else if (ret == 1) {
817 /* Found a match */
818 break;
819 }
820
821 if (*p != ';' && *p != ',') {
822 /* End of param or invalid format */
823 break;
824 }
825 p++;
826 }
827
828 if (ret != 1)
829 return;
830
831 if (!pci_dev_specific_disable_acs_redir(dev))
832 return;
833
834 pos = dev->acs_cap;
835 if (!pos) {
836 pci_warn(dev, "cannot disable ACS redirect for this hardware as it does not have ACS capabilities\n");
837 return;
838 }
839
840 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, &ctrl);
841
842 /* P2P Request & Completion Redirect */
843 ctrl &= ~(PCI_ACS_RR | PCI_ACS_CR | PCI_ACS_EC);
844
845 pci_write_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, ctrl);
846
847 pci_info(dev, "disabled ACS redirect\n");
848}
849
850/**
851 * pci_std_enable_acs - enable ACS on devices using standard ACS capabilities
852 * @dev: the PCI device
853 */
854static void pci_std_enable_acs(struct pci_dev *dev)
855{
856 int pos;
857 u16 cap;
858 u16 ctrl;
859
860 pos = dev->acs_cap;
861 if (!pos)
862 return;
863
864 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CAP, &cap);
865 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, &ctrl);
866
867 /* Source Validation */
868 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_SV);
869
870 /* P2P Request Redirect */
871 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_RR);
872
873 /* P2P Completion Redirect */
874 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_CR);
875
876 /* Upstream Forwarding */
877 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_UF);
878
879 pci_write_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, ctrl);
880}
881
882/**
883 * pci_enable_acs - enable ACS if hardware support it
884 * @dev: the PCI device
885 */
886static void pci_enable_acs(struct pci_dev *dev)
887{
888 if (!pci_acs_enable)
889 goto disable_acs_redir;
890
891 if (!pci_dev_specific_enable_acs(dev))
892 goto disable_acs_redir;
893
894 pci_std_enable_acs(dev);
895
896disable_acs_redir:
897 /*
898 * Note: pci_disable_acs_redir() must be called even if ACS was not
899 * enabled by the kernel because it may have been enabled by
900 * platform firmware. So if we are told to disable it, we should
901 * always disable it after setting the kernel's default
902 * preferences.
903 */
904 pci_disable_acs_redir(dev);
905}
906
907/**
908 * pci_restore_bars - restore a device's BAR values (e.g. after wake-up)
909 * @dev: PCI device to have its BARs restored
910 *
911 * Restore the BAR values for a given device, so as to make it
912 * accessible by its driver.
913 */
914static void pci_restore_bars(struct pci_dev *dev)
915{
916 int i;
917
918 for (i = 0; i < PCI_BRIDGE_RESOURCES; i++)
919 pci_update_resource(dev, i);
920}
921
922static const struct pci_platform_pm_ops *pci_platform_pm;
923
924int pci_set_platform_pm(const struct pci_platform_pm_ops *ops)
925{
926 if (!ops->is_manageable || !ops->set_state || !ops->get_state ||
927 !ops->choose_state || !ops->set_wakeup || !ops->need_resume)
928 return -EINVAL;
929 pci_platform_pm = ops;
930 return 0;
931}
932
933static inline bool platform_pci_power_manageable(struct pci_dev *dev)
934{
935 return pci_platform_pm ? pci_platform_pm->is_manageable(dev) : false;
936}
937
938static inline int platform_pci_set_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
939 pci_power_t t)
940{
941 return pci_platform_pm ? pci_platform_pm->set_state(dev, t) : -ENOSYS;
942}
943
944static inline pci_power_t platform_pci_get_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
945{
946 return pci_platform_pm ? pci_platform_pm->get_state(dev) : PCI_UNKNOWN;
947}
948
949static inline void platform_pci_refresh_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
950{
951 if (pci_platform_pm && pci_platform_pm->refresh_state)
952 pci_platform_pm->refresh_state(dev);
953}
954
955static inline pci_power_t platform_pci_choose_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
956{
957 return pci_platform_pm ?
958 pci_platform_pm->choose_state(dev) : PCI_POWER_ERROR;
959}
960
961static inline int platform_pci_set_wakeup(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
962{
963 return pci_platform_pm ?
964 pci_platform_pm->set_wakeup(dev, enable) : -ENODEV;
965}
966
967static inline bool platform_pci_need_resume(struct pci_dev *dev)
968{
969 return pci_platform_pm ? pci_platform_pm->need_resume(dev) : false;
970}
971
972static inline bool platform_pci_bridge_d3(struct pci_dev *dev)
973{
974 if (pci_platform_pm && pci_platform_pm->bridge_d3)
975 return pci_platform_pm->bridge_d3(dev);
976 return false;
977}
978
979/**
980 * pci_raw_set_power_state - Use PCI PM registers to set the power state of
981 * given PCI device
982 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
983 * @state: PCI power state (D0, D1, D2, D3hot) to put the device into.
984 *
985 * RETURN VALUE:
986 * -EINVAL if the requested state is invalid.
987 * -EIO if device does not support PCI PM or its PM capabilities register has a
988 * wrong version, or device doesn't support the requested state.
989 * 0 if device already is in the requested state.
990 * 0 if device's power state has been successfully changed.
991 */
992static int pci_raw_set_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
993{
994 u16 pmcsr;
995 bool need_restore = false;
996
997 /* Check if we're already there */
998 if (dev->current_state == state)
999 return 0;
1000
1001 if (!dev->pm_cap)
1002 return -EIO;
1003
1004 if (state < PCI_D0 || state > PCI_D3hot)
1005 return -EINVAL;
1006
1007 /*
1008 * Validate transition: We can enter D0 from any state, but if
1009 * we're already in a low-power state, we can only go deeper. E.g.,
1010 * we can go from D1 to D3, but we can't go directly from D3 to D1;
1011 * we'd have to go from D3 to D0, then to D1.
1012 */
1013 if (state != PCI_D0 && dev->current_state <= PCI_D3cold
1014 && dev->current_state > state) {
1015 pci_err(dev, "invalid power transition (from %s to %s)\n",
1016 pci_power_name(dev->current_state),
1017 pci_power_name(state));
1018 return -EINVAL;
1019 }
1020
1021 /* Check if this device supports the desired state */
1022 if ((state == PCI_D1 && !dev->d1_support)
1023 || (state == PCI_D2 && !dev->d2_support))
1024 return -EIO;
1025
1026 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1027 if (pmcsr == (u16) ~0) {
1028 pci_err(dev, "can't change power state from %s to %s (config space inaccessible)\n",
1029 pci_power_name(dev->current_state),
1030 pci_power_name(state));
1031 return -EIO;
1032 }
1033
1034 /*
1035 * If we're (effectively) in D3, force entire word to 0.
1036 * This doesn't affect PME_Status, disables PME_En, and
1037 * sets PowerState to 0.
1038 */
1039 switch (dev->current_state) {
1040 case PCI_D0:
1041 case PCI_D1:
1042 case PCI_D2:
1043 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
1044 pmcsr |= state;
1045 break;
1046 case PCI_D3hot:
1047 case PCI_D3cold:
1048 case PCI_UNKNOWN: /* Boot-up */
1049 if ((pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK) == PCI_D3hot
1050 && !(pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET))
1051 need_restore = true;
1052 fallthrough; /* force to D0 */
1053 default:
1054 pmcsr = 0;
1055 break;
1056 }
1057
1058 /* Enter specified state */
1059 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, pmcsr);
1060
1061 /*
1062 * Mandatory power management transition delays; see PCI PM 1.1
1063 * 5.6.1 table 18
1064 */
1065 if (state == PCI_D3hot || dev->current_state == PCI_D3hot)
1066 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
1067 else if (state == PCI_D2 || dev->current_state == PCI_D2)
1068 msleep(PCI_PM_D2_DELAY);
1069
1070 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1071 dev->current_state = (pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK);
1072 if (dev->current_state != state)
1073 pci_info_ratelimited(dev, "refused to change power state from %s to %s\n",
1074 pci_power_name(dev->current_state),
1075 pci_power_name(state));
1076
1077 /*
1078 * According to section 5.4.1 of the "PCI BUS POWER MANAGEMENT
1079 * INTERFACE SPECIFICATION, REV. 1.2", a device transitioning
1080 * from D3hot to D0 _may_ perform an internal reset, thereby
1081 * going to "D0 Uninitialized" rather than "D0 Initialized".
1082 * For example, at least some versions of the 3c905B and the
1083 * 3c556B exhibit this behaviour.
1084 *
1085 * At least some laptop BIOSen (e.g. the Thinkpad T21) leave
1086 * devices in a D3hot state at boot. Consequently, we need to
1087 * restore at least the BARs so that the device will be
1088 * accessible to its driver.
1089 */
1090 if (need_restore)
1091 pci_restore_bars(dev);
1092
1093 if (dev->bus->self)
1094 pcie_aspm_pm_state_change(dev->bus->self);
1095
1096 return 0;
1097}
1098
1099/**
1100 * pci_update_current_state - Read power state of given device and cache it
1101 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1102 * @state: State to cache in case the device doesn't have the PM capability
1103 *
1104 * The power state is read from the PMCSR register, which however is
1105 * inaccessible in D3cold. The platform firmware is therefore queried first
1106 * to detect accessibility of the register. In case the platform firmware
1107 * reports an incorrect state or the device isn't power manageable by the
1108 * platform at all, we try to detect D3cold by testing accessibility of the
1109 * vendor ID in config space.
1110 */
1111void pci_update_current_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1112{
1113 if (platform_pci_get_power_state(dev) == PCI_D3cold ||
1114 !pci_device_is_present(dev)) {
1115 dev->current_state = PCI_D3cold;
1116 } else if (dev->pm_cap) {
1117 u16 pmcsr;
1118
1119 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1120 dev->current_state = (pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK);
1121 } else {
1122 dev->current_state = state;
1123 }
1124}
1125
1126/**
1127 * pci_refresh_power_state - Refresh the given device's power state data
1128 * @dev: Target PCI device.
1129 *
1130 * Ask the platform to refresh the devices power state information and invoke
1131 * pci_update_current_state() to update its current PCI power state.
1132 */
1133void pci_refresh_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1134{
1135 if (platform_pci_power_manageable(dev))
1136 platform_pci_refresh_power_state(dev);
1137
1138 pci_update_current_state(dev, dev->current_state);
1139}
1140
1141/**
1142 * pci_platform_power_transition - Use platform to change device power state
1143 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1144 * @state: State to put the device into.
1145 */
1146int pci_platform_power_transition(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1147{
1148 int error;
1149
1150 if (platform_pci_power_manageable(dev)) {
1151 error = platform_pci_set_power_state(dev, state);
1152 if (!error)
1153 pci_update_current_state(dev, state);
1154 } else
1155 error = -ENODEV;
1156
1157 if (error && !dev->pm_cap) /* Fall back to PCI_D0 */
1158 dev->current_state = PCI_D0;
1159
1160 return error;
1161}
1162EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_platform_power_transition);
1163
1164/**
1165 * pci_wakeup - Wake up a PCI device
1166 * @pci_dev: Device to handle.
1167 * @ign: ignored parameter
1168 */
1169static int pci_wakeup(struct pci_dev *pci_dev, void *ign)
1170{
1171 pci_wakeup_event(pci_dev);
1172 pm_request_resume(&pci_dev->dev);
1173 return 0;
1174}
1175
1176/**
1177 * pci_wakeup_bus - Walk given bus and wake up devices on it
1178 * @bus: Top bus of the subtree to walk.
1179 */
1180void pci_wakeup_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
1181{
1182 if (bus)
1183 pci_walk_bus(bus, pci_wakeup, NULL);
1184}
1185
1186static int pci_dev_wait(struct pci_dev *dev, char *reset_type, int timeout)
1187{
1188 int delay = 1;
1189 u32 id;
1190
1191 /*
1192 * After reset, the device should not silently discard config
1193 * requests, but it may still indicate that it needs more time by
1194 * responding to them with CRS completions. The Root Port will
1195 * generally synthesize ~0 data to complete the read (except when
1196 * CRS SV is enabled and the read was for the Vendor ID; in that
1197 * case it synthesizes 0x0001 data).
1198 *
1199 * Wait for the device to return a non-CRS completion. Read the
1200 * Command register instead of Vendor ID so we don't have to
1201 * contend with the CRS SV value.
1202 */
1203 pci_read_config_dword(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &id);
1204 while (id == ~0) {
1205 if (delay > timeout) {
1206 pci_warn(dev, "not ready %dms after %s; giving up\n",
1207 delay - 1, reset_type);
1208 return -ENOTTY;
1209 }
1210
1211 if (delay > 1000)
1212 pci_info(dev, "not ready %dms after %s; waiting\n",
1213 delay - 1, reset_type);
1214
1215 msleep(delay);
1216 delay *= 2;
1217 pci_read_config_dword(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &id);
1218 }
1219
1220 if (delay > 1000)
1221 pci_info(dev, "ready %dms after %s\n", delay - 1,
1222 reset_type);
1223
1224 return 0;
1225}
1226
1227/**
1228 * pci_power_up - Put the given device into D0
1229 * @dev: PCI device to power up
1230 */
1231int pci_power_up(struct pci_dev *dev)
1232{
1233 pci_platform_power_transition(dev, PCI_D0);
1234
1235 /*
1236 * Mandatory power management transition delays are handled in
1237 * pci_pm_resume_noirq() and pci_pm_runtime_resume() of the
1238 * corresponding bridge.
1239 */
1240 if (dev->runtime_d3cold) {
1241 /*
1242 * When powering on a bridge from D3cold, the whole hierarchy
1243 * may be powered on into D0uninitialized state, resume them to
1244 * give them a chance to suspend again
1245 */
1246 pci_wakeup_bus(dev->subordinate);
1247 }
1248
1249 return pci_raw_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
1250}
1251
1252/**
1253 * __pci_dev_set_current_state - Set current state of a PCI device
1254 * @dev: Device to handle
1255 * @data: pointer to state to be set
1256 */
1257static int __pci_dev_set_current_state(struct pci_dev *dev, void *data)
1258{
1259 pci_power_t state = *(pci_power_t *)data;
1260
1261 dev->current_state = state;
1262 return 0;
1263}
1264
1265/**
1266 * pci_bus_set_current_state - Walk given bus and set current state of devices
1267 * @bus: Top bus of the subtree to walk.
1268 * @state: state to be set
1269 */
1270void pci_bus_set_current_state(struct pci_bus *bus, pci_power_t state)
1271{
1272 if (bus)
1273 pci_walk_bus(bus, __pci_dev_set_current_state, &state);
1274}
1275
1276/**
1277 * pci_set_power_state - Set the power state of a PCI device
1278 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1279 * @state: PCI power state (D0, D1, D2, D3hot) to put the device into.
1280 *
1281 * Transition a device to a new power state, using the platform firmware and/or
1282 * the device's PCI PM registers.
1283 *
1284 * RETURN VALUE:
1285 * -EINVAL if the requested state is invalid.
1286 * -EIO if device does not support PCI PM or its PM capabilities register has a
1287 * wrong version, or device doesn't support the requested state.
1288 * 0 if the transition is to D1 or D2 but D1 and D2 are not supported.
1289 * 0 if device already is in the requested state.
1290 * 0 if the transition is to D3 but D3 is not supported.
1291 * 0 if device's power state has been successfully changed.
1292 */
1293int pci_set_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1294{
1295 int error;
1296
1297 /* Bound the state we're entering */
1298 if (state > PCI_D3cold)
1299 state = PCI_D3cold;
1300 else if (state < PCI_D0)
1301 state = PCI_D0;
1302 else if ((state == PCI_D1 || state == PCI_D2) && pci_no_d1d2(dev))
1303
1304 /*
1305 * If the device or the parent bridge do not support PCI
1306 * PM, ignore the request if we're doing anything other
1307 * than putting it into D0 (which would only happen on
1308 * boot).
1309 */
1310 return 0;
1311
1312 /* Check if we're already there */
1313 if (dev->current_state == state)
1314 return 0;
1315
1316 if (state == PCI_D0)
1317 return pci_power_up(dev);
1318
1319 /*
1320 * This device is quirked not to be put into D3, so don't put it in
1321 * D3
1322 */
1323 if (state >= PCI_D3hot && (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_D3))
1324 return 0;
1325
1326 /*
1327 * To put device in D3cold, we put device into D3hot in native
1328 * way, then put device into D3cold with platform ops
1329 */
1330 error = pci_raw_set_power_state(dev, state > PCI_D3hot ?
1331 PCI_D3hot : state);
1332
1333 if (pci_platform_power_transition(dev, state))
1334 return error;
1335
1336 /* Powering off a bridge may power off the whole hierarchy */
1337 if (state == PCI_D3cold)
1338 pci_bus_set_current_state(dev->subordinate, PCI_D3cold);
1339
1340 return 0;
1341}
1342EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_power_state);
1343
1344/**
1345 * pci_choose_state - Choose the power state of a PCI device
1346 * @dev: PCI device to be suspended
1347 * @state: target sleep state for the whole system. This is the value
1348 * that is passed to suspend() function.
1349 *
1350 * Returns PCI power state suitable for given device and given system
1351 * message.
1352 */
1353pci_power_t pci_choose_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pm_message_t state)
1354{
1355 pci_power_t ret;
1356
1357 if (!dev->pm_cap)
1358 return PCI_D0;
1359
1360 ret = platform_pci_choose_state(dev);
1361 if (ret != PCI_POWER_ERROR)
1362 return ret;
1363
1364 switch (state.event) {
1365 case PM_EVENT_ON:
1366 return PCI_D0;
1367 case PM_EVENT_FREEZE:
1368 case PM_EVENT_PRETHAW:
1369 /* REVISIT both freeze and pre-thaw "should" use D0 */
1370 case PM_EVENT_SUSPEND:
1371 case PM_EVENT_HIBERNATE:
1372 return PCI_D3hot;
1373 default:
1374 pci_info(dev, "unrecognized suspend event %d\n",
1375 state.event);
1376 BUG();
1377 }
1378 return PCI_D0;
1379}
1380EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_choose_state);
1381
1382#define PCI_EXP_SAVE_REGS 7
1383
1384static struct pci_cap_saved_state *_pci_find_saved_cap(struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
1385 u16 cap, bool extended)
1386{
1387 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
1388
1389 hlist_for_each_entry(tmp, &pci_dev->saved_cap_space, next) {
1390 if (tmp->cap.cap_extended == extended && tmp->cap.cap_nr == cap)
1391 return tmp;
1392 }
1393 return NULL;
1394}
1395
1396struct pci_cap_saved_state *pci_find_saved_cap(struct pci_dev *dev, char cap)
1397{
1398 return _pci_find_saved_cap(dev, cap, false);
1399}
1400
1401struct pci_cap_saved_state *pci_find_saved_ext_cap(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 cap)
1402{
1403 return _pci_find_saved_cap(dev, cap, true);
1404}
1405
1406static int pci_save_pcie_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1407{
1408 int i = 0;
1409 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1410 u16 *cap;
1411
1412 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
1413 return 0;
1414
1415 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
1416 if (!save_state) {
1417 pci_err(dev, "buffer not found in %s\n", __func__);
1418 return -ENOMEM;
1419 }
1420
1421 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1422 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &cap[i++]);
1423 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL, &cap[i++]);
1424 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL, &cap[i++]);
1425 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_RTCTL, &cap[i++]);
1426 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, &cap[i++]);
1427 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2, &cap[i++]);
1428 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL2, &cap[i++]);
1429
1430 return 0;
1431}
1432
1433static void pci_restore_pcie_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1434{
1435 int i = 0;
1436 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1437 u16 *cap;
1438
1439 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
1440 if (!save_state)
1441 return;
1442
1443 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1444 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, cap[i++]);
1445 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL, cap[i++]);
1446 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL, cap[i++]);
1447 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_RTCTL, cap[i++]);
1448 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, cap[i++]);
1449 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2, cap[i++]);
1450 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL2, cap[i++]);
1451}
1452
1453static int pci_save_pcix_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1454{
1455 int pos;
1456 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1457
1458 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1459 if (!pos)
1460 return 0;
1461
1462 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1463 if (!save_state) {
1464 pci_err(dev, "buffer not found in %s\n", __func__);
1465 return -ENOMEM;
1466 }
1467
1468 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_X_CMD,
1469 (u16 *)save_state->cap.data);
1470
1471 return 0;
1472}
1473
1474static void pci_restore_pcix_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1475{
1476 int i = 0, pos;
1477 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1478 u16 *cap;
1479
1480 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1481 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1482 if (!save_state || !pos)
1483 return;
1484 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1485
1486 pci_write_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_X_CMD, cap[i++]);
1487}
1488
1489static void pci_save_ltr_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1490{
1491 int ltr;
1492 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1493 u16 *cap;
1494
1495 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
1496 return;
1497
1498 ltr = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1499 if (!ltr)
1500 return;
1501
1502 save_state = pci_find_saved_ext_cap(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1503 if (!save_state) {
1504 pci_err(dev, "no suspend buffer for LTR; ASPM issues possible after resume\n");
1505 return;
1506 }
1507
1508 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1509 pci_read_config_word(dev, ltr + PCI_LTR_MAX_SNOOP_LAT, cap++);
1510 pci_read_config_word(dev, ltr + PCI_LTR_MAX_NOSNOOP_LAT, cap++);
1511}
1512
1513static void pci_restore_ltr_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1514{
1515 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1516 int ltr;
1517 u16 *cap;
1518
1519 save_state = pci_find_saved_ext_cap(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1520 ltr = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1521 if (!save_state || !ltr)
1522 return;
1523
1524 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1525 pci_write_config_word(dev, ltr + PCI_LTR_MAX_SNOOP_LAT, *cap++);
1526 pci_write_config_word(dev, ltr + PCI_LTR_MAX_NOSNOOP_LAT, *cap++);
1527}
1528
1529/**
1530 * pci_save_state - save the PCI configuration space of a device before
1531 * suspending
1532 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1533 */
1534int pci_save_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1535{
1536 int i;
1537 /* XXX: 100% dword access ok here? */
1538 for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
1539 pci_read_config_dword(dev, i * 4, &dev->saved_config_space[i]);
1540 pci_dbg(dev, "saving config space at offset %#x (reading %#x)\n",
1541 i * 4, dev->saved_config_space[i]);
1542 }
1543 dev->state_saved = true;
1544
1545 i = pci_save_pcie_state(dev);
1546 if (i != 0)
1547 return i;
1548
1549 i = pci_save_pcix_state(dev);
1550 if (i != 0)
1551 return i;
1552
1553 pci_save_ltr_state(dev);
1554 pci_save_dpc_state(dev);
1555 pci_save_aer_state(dev);
1556 return pci_save_vc_state(dev);
1557}
1558EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_save_state);
1559
1560static void pci_restore_config_dword(struct pci_dev *pdev, int offset,
1561 u32 saved_val, int retry, bool force)
1562{
1563 u32 val;
1564
1565 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, offset, &val);
1566 if (!force && val == saved_val)
1567 return;
1568
1569 for (;;) {
1570 pci_dbg(pdev, "restoring config space at offset %#x (was %#x, writing %#x)\n",
1571 offset, val, saved_val);
1572 pci_write_config_dword(pdev, offset, saved_val);
1573 if (retry-- <= 0)
1574 return;
1575
1576 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, offset, &val);
1577 if (val == saved_val)
1578 return;
1579
1580 mdelay(1);
1581 }
1582}
1583
1584static void pci_restore_config_space_range(struct pci_dev *pdev,
1585 int start, int end, int retry,
1586 bool force)
1587{
1588 int index;
1589
1590 for (index = end; index >= start; index--)
1591 pci_restore_config_dword(pdev, 4 * index,
1592 pdev->saved_config_space[index],
1593 retry, force);
1594}
1595
1596static void pci_restore_config_space(struct pci_dev *pdev)
1597{
1598 if (pdev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL) {
1599 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 10, 15, 0, false);
1600 /* Restore BARs before the command register. */
1601 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 4, 9, 10, false);
1602 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 0, 3, 0, false);
1603 } else if (pdev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE) {
1604 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 12, 15, 0, false);
1605
1606 /*
1607 * Force rewriting of prefetch registers to avoid S3 resume
1608 * issues on Intel PCI bridges that occur when these
1609 * registers are not explicitly written.
1610 */
1611 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 9, 11, 0, true);
1612 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 0, 8, 0, false);
1613 } else {
1614 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 0, 15, 0, false);
1615 }
1616}
1617
1618static void pci_restore_rebar_state(struct pci_dev *pdev)
1619{
1620 unsigned int pos, nbars, i;
1621 u32 ctrl;
1622
1623 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(pdev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_REBAR);
1624 if (!pos)
1625 return;
1626
1627 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
1628 nbars = (ctrl & PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_MASK) >>
1629 PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_SHIFT;
1630
1631 for (i = 0; i < nbars; i++, pos += 8) {
1632 struct resource *res;
1633 int bar_idx, size;
1634
1635 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
1636 bar_idx = ctrl & PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_IDX;
1637 res = pdev->resource + bar_idx;
1638 size = ilog2(resource_size(res)) - 20;
1639 ctrl &= ~PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE;
1640 ctrl |= size << PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SHIFT;
1641 pci_write_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, ctrl);
1642 }
1643}
1644
1645/**
1646 * pci_restore_state - Restore the saved state of a PCI device
1647 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1648 */
1649void pci_restore_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1650{
1651 if (!dev->state_saved)
1652 return;
1653
1654 /*
1655 * Restore max latencies (in the LTR capability) before enabling
1656 * LTR itself (in the PCIe capability).
1657 */
1658 pci_restore_ltr_state(dev);
1659
1660 pci_restore_pcie_state(dev);
1661 pci_restore_pasid_state(dev);
1662 pci_restore_pri_state(dev);
1663 pci_restore_ats_state(dev);
1664 pci_restore_vc_state(dev);
1665 pci_restore_rebar_state(dev);
1666 pci_restore_dpc_state(dev);
1667
1668 pci_aer_clear_status(dev);
1669 pci_restore_aer_state(dev);
1670
1671 pci_restore_config_space(dev);
1672
1673 pci_restore_pcix_state(dev);
1674 pci_restore_msi_state(dev);
1675
1676 /* Restore ACS and IOV configuration state */
1677 pci_enable_acs(dev);
1678 pci_restore_iov_state(dev);
1679
1680 dev->state_saved = false;
1681}
1682EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_restore_state);
1683
1684struct pci_saved_state {
1685 u32 config_space[16];
1686 struct pci_cap_saved_data cap[];
1687};
1688
1689/**
1690 * pci_store_saved_state - Allocate and return an opaque struct containing
1691 * the device saved state.
1692 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1693 *
1694 * Return NULL if no state or error.
1695 */
1696struct pci_saved_state *pci_store_saved_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1697{
1698 struct pci_saved_state *state;
1699 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
1700 struct pci_cap_saved_data *cap;
1701 size_t size;
1702
1703 if (!dev->state_saved)
1704 return NULL;
1705
1706 size = sizeof(*state) + sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data);
1707
1708 hlist_for_each_entry(tmp, &dev->saved_cap_space, next)
1709 size += sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data) + tmp->cap.size;
1710
1711 state = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
1712 if (!state)
1713 return NULL;
1714
1715 memcpy(state->config_space, dev->saved_config_space,
1716 sizeof(state->config_space));
1717
1718 cap = state->cap;
1719 hlist_for_each_entry(tmp, &dev->saved_cap_space, next) {
1720 size_t len = sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data) + tmp->cap.size;
1721 memcpy(cap, &tmp->cap, len);
1722 cap = (struct pci_cap_saved_data *)((u8 *)cap + len);
1723 }
1724 /* Empty cap_save terminates list */
1725
1726 return state;
1727}
1728EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_store_saved_state);
1729
1730/**
1731 * pci_load_saved_state - Reload the provided save state into struct pci_dev.
1732 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1733 * @state: Saved state returned from pci_store_saved_state()
1734 */
1735int pci_load_saved_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
1736 struct pci_saved_state *state)
1737{
1738 struct pci_cap_saved_data *cap;
1739
1740 dev->state_saved = false;
1741
1742 if (!state)
1743 return 0;
1744
1745 memcpy(dev->saved_config_space, state->config_space,
1746 sizeof(state->config_space));
1747
1748 cap = state->cap;
1749 while (cap->size) {
1750 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
1751
1752 tmp = _pci_find_saved_cap(dev, cap->cap_nr, cap->cap_extended);
1753 if (!tmp || tmp->cap.size != cap->size)
1754 return -EINVAL;
1755
1756 memcpy(tmp->cap.data, cap->data, tmp->cap.size);
1757 cap = (struct pci_cap_saved_data *)((u8 *)cap +
1758 sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data) + cap->size);
1759 }
1760
1761 dev->state_saved = true;
1762 return 0;
1763}
1764EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_load_saved_state);
1765
1766/**
1767 * pci_load_and_free_saved_state - Reload the save state pointed to by state,
1768 * and free the memory allocated for it.
1769 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1770 * @state: Pointer to saved state returned from pci_store_saved_state()
1771 */
1772int pci_load_and_free_saved_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
1773 struct pci_saved_state **state)
1774{
1775 int ret = pci_load_saved_state(dev, *state);
1776 kfree(*state);
1777 *state = NULL;
1778 return ret;
1779}
1780EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_load_and_free_saved_state);
1781
1782int __weak pcibios_enable_device(struct pci_dev *dev, int bars)
1783{
1784 return pci_enable_resources(dev, bars);
1785}
1786
1787static int do_pci_enable_device(struct pci_dev *dev, int bars)
1788{
1789 int err;
1790 struct pci_dev *bridge;
1791 u16 cmd;
1792 u8 pin;
1793
1794 err = pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
1795 if (err < 0 && err != -EIO)
1796 return err;
1797
1798 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
1799 if (bridge)
1800 pcie_aspm_powersave_config_link(bridge);
1801
1802 err = pcibios_enable_device(dev, bars);
1803 if (err < 0)
1804 return err;
1805 pci_fixup_device(pci_fixup_enable, dev);
1806
1807 if (dev->msi_enabled || dev->msix_enabled)
1808 return 0;
1809
1810 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN, &pin);
1811 if (pin) {
1812 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
1813 if (cmd & PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE)
1814 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND,
1815 cmd & ~PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE);
1816 }
1817
1818 return 0;
1819}
1820
1821/**
1822 * pci_reenable_device - Resume abandoned device
1823 * @dev: PCI device to be resumed
1824 *
1825 * NOTE: This function is a backend of pci_default_resume() and is not supposed
1826 * to be called by normal code, write proper resume handler and use it instead.
1827 */
1828int pci_reenable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
1829{
1830 if (pci_is_enabled(dev))
1831 return do_pci_enable_device(dev, (1 << PCI_NUM_RESOURCES) - 1);
1832 return 0;
1833}
1834EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_reenable_device);
1835
1836static void pci_enable_bridge(struct pci_dev *dev)
1837{
1838 struct pci_dev *bridge;
1839 int retval;
1840
1841 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
1842 if (bridge)
1843 pci_enable_bridge(bridge);
1844
1845 if (pci_is_enabled(dev)) {
1846 if (!dev->is_busmaster)
1847 pci_set_master(dev);
1848 return;
1849 }
1850
1851 retval = pci_enable_device(dev);
1852 if (retval)
1853 pci_err(dev, "Error enabling bridge (%d), continuing\n",
1854 retval);
1855 pci_set_master(dev);
1856}
1857
1858static int pci_enable_device_flags(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned long flags)
1859{
1860 struct pci_dev *bridge;
1861 int err;
1862 int i, bars = 0;
1863
1864 /*
1865 * Power state could be unknown at this point, either due to a fresh
1866 * boot or a device removal call. So get the current power state
1867 * so that things like MSI message writing will behave as expected
1868 * (e.g. if the device really is in D0 at enable time).
1869 */
1870 if (dev->pm_cap) {
1871 u16 pmcsr;
1872 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1873 dev->current_state = (pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK);
1874 }
1875
1876 if (atomic_inc_return(&dev->enable_cnt) > 1)
1877 return 0; /* already enabled */
1878
1879 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
1880 if (bridge)
1881 pci_enable_bridge(bridge);
1882
1883 /* only skip sriov related */
1884 for (i = 0; i <= PCI_ROM_RESOURCE; i++)
1885 if (dev->resource[i].flags & flags)
1886 bars |= (1 << i);
1887 for (i = PCI_BRIDGE_RESOURCES; i < DEVICE_COUNT_RESOURCE; i++)
1888 if (dev->resource[i].flags & flags)
1889 bars |= (1 << i);
1890
1891 err = do_pci_enable_device(dev, bars);
1892 if (err < 0)
1893 atomic_dec(&dev->enable_cnt);
1894 return err;
1895}
1896
1897/**
1898 * pci_enable_device_io - Initialize a device for use with IO space
1899 * @dev: PCI device to be initialized
1900 *
1901 * Initialize device before it's used by a driver. Ask low-level code
1902 * to enable I/O resources. Wake up the device if it was suspended.
1903 * Beware, this function can fail.
1904 */
1905int pci_enable_device_io(struct pci_dev *dev)
1906{
1907 return pci_enable_device_flags(dev, IORESOURCE_IO);
1908}
1909EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_device_io);
1910
1911/**
1912 * pci_enable_device_mem - Initialize a device for use with Memory space
1913 * @dev: PCI device to be initialized
1914 *
1915 * Initialize device before it's used by a driver. Ask low-level code
1916 * to enable Memory resources. Wake up the device if it was suspended.
1917 * Beware, this function can fail.
1918 */
1919int pci_enable_device_mem(struct pci_dev *dev)
1920{
1921 return pci_enable_device_flags(dev, IORESOURCE_MEM);
1922}
1923EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_device_mem);
1924
1925/**
1926 * pci_enable_device - Initialize device before it's used by a driver.
1927 * @dev: PCI device to be initialized
1928 *
1929 * Initialize device before it's used by a driver. Ask low-level code
1930 * to enable I/O and memory. Wake up the device if it was suspended.
1931 * Beware, this function can fail.
1932 *
1933 * Note we don't actually enable the device many times if we call
1934 * this function repeatedly (we just increment the count).
1935 */
1936int pci_enable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
1937{
1938 return pci_enable_device_flags(dev, IORESOURCE_MEM | IORESOURCE_IO);
1939}
1940EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_device);
1941
1942/*
1943 * Managed PCI resources. This manages device on/off, INTx/MSI/MSI-X
1944 * on/off and BAR regions. pci_dev itself records MSI/MSI-X status, so
1945 * there's no need to track it separately. pci_devres is initialized
1946 * when a device is enabled using managed PCI device enable interface.
1947 */
1948struct pci_devres {
1949 unsigned int enabled:1;
1950 unsigned int pinned:1;
1951 unsigned int orig_intx:1;
1952 unsigned int restore_intx:1;
1953 unsigned int mwi:1;
1954 u32 region_mask;
1955};
1956
1957static void pcim_release(struct device *gendev, void *res)
1958{
1959 struct pci_dev *dev = to_pci_dev(gendev);
1960 struct pci_devres *this = res;
1961 int i;
1962
1963 if (dev->msi_enabled)
1964 pci_disable_msi(dev);
1965 if (dev->msix_enabled)
1966 pci_disable_msix(dev);
1967
1968 for (i = 0; i < DEVICE_COUNT_RESOURCE; i++)
1969 if (this->region_mask & (1 << i))
1970 pci_release_region(dev, i);
1971
1972 if (this->mwi)
1973 pci_clear_mwi(dev);
1974
1975 if (this->restore_intx)
1976 pci_intx(dev, this->orig_intx);
1977
1978 if (this->enabled && !this->pinned)
1979 pci_disable_device(dev);
1980}
1981
1982static struct pci_devres *get_pci_dr(struct pci_dev *pdev)
1983{
1984 struct pci_devres *dr, *new_dr;
1985
1986 dr = devres_find(&pdev->dev, pcim_release, NULL, NULL);
1987 if (dr)
1988 return dr;
1989
1990 new_dr = devres_alloc(pcim_release, sizeof(*new_dr), GFP_KERNEL);
1991 if (!new_dr)
1992 return NULL;
1993 return devres_get(&pdev->dev, new_dr, NULL, NULL);
1994}
1995
1996static struct pci_devres *find_pci_dr(struct pci_dev *pdev)
1997{
1998 if (pci_is_managed(pdev))
1999 return devres_find(&pdev->dev, pcim_release, NULL, NULL);
2000 return NULL;
2001}
2002
2003/**
2004 * pcim_enable_device - Managed pci_enable_device()
2005 * @pdev: PCI device to be initialized
2006 *
2007 * Managed pci_enable_device().
2008 */
2009int pcim_enable_device(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2010{
2011 struct pci_devres *dr;
2012 int rc;
2013
2014 dr = get_pci_dr(pdev);
2015 if (unlikely(!dr))
2016 return -ENOMEM;
2017 if (dr->enabled)
2018 return 0;
2019
2020 rc = pci_enable_device(pdev);
2021 if (!rc) {
2022 pdev->is_managed = 1;
2023 dr->enabled = 1;
2024 }
2025 return rc;
2026}
2027EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcim_enable_device);
2028
2029/**
2030 * pcim_pin_device - Pin managed PCI device
2031 * @pdev: PCI device to pin
2032 *
2033 * Pin managed PCI device @pdev. Pinned device won't be disabled on
2034 * driver detach. @pdev must have been enabled with
2035 * pcim_enable_device().
2036 */
2037void pcim_pin_device(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2038{
2039 struct pci_devres *dr;
2040
2041 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
2042 WARN_ON(!dr || !dr->enabled);
2043 if (dr)
2044 dr->pinned = 1;
2045}
2046EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcim_pin_device);
2047
2048/*
2049 * pcibios_add_device - provide arch specific hooks when adding device dev
2050 * @dev: the PCI device being added
2051 *
2052 * Permits the platform to provide architecture specific functionality when
2053 * devices are added. This is the default implementation. Architecture
2054 * implementations can override this.
2055 */
2056int __weak pcibios_add_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2057{
2058 return 0;
2059}
2060
2061/**
2062 * pcibios_release_device - provide arch specific hooks when releasing
2063 * device dev
2064 * @dev: the PCI device being released
2065 *
2066 * Permits the platform to provide architecture specific functionality when
2067 * devices are released. This is the default implementation. Architecture
2068 * implementations can override this.
2069 */
2070void __weak pcibios_release_device(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
2071
2072/**
2073 * pcibios_disable_device - disable arch specific PCI resources for device dev
2074 * @dev: the PCI device to disable
2075 *
2076 * Disables architecture specific PCI resources for the device. This
2077 * is the default implementation. Architecture implementations can
2078 * override this.
2079 */
2080void __weak pcibios_disable_device(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
2081
2082/**
2083 * pcibios_penalize_isa_irq - penalize an ISA IRQ
2084 * @irq: ISA IRQ to penalize
2085 * @active: IRQ active or not
2086 *
2087 * Permits the platform to provide architecture-specific functionality when
2088 * penalizing ISA IRQs. This is the default implementation. Architecture
2089 * implementations can override this.
2090 */
2091void __weak pcibios_penalize_isa_irq(int irq, int active) {}
2092
2093static void do_pci_disable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2094{
2095 u16 pci_command;
2096
2097 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &pci_command);
2098 if (pci_command & PCI_COMMAND_MASTER) {
2099 pci_command &= ~PCI_COMMAND_MASTER;
2100 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, pci_command);
2101 }
2102
2103 pcibios_disable_device(dev);
2104}
2105
2106/**
2107 * pci_disable_enabled_device - Disable device without updating enable_cnt
2108 * @dev: PCI device to disable
2109 *
2110 * NOTE: This function is a backend of PCI power management routines and is
2111 * not supposed to be called drivers.
2112 */
2113void pci_disable_enabled_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2114{
2115 if (pci_is_enabled(dev))
2116 do_pci_disable_device(dev);
2117}
2118
2119/**
2120 * pci_disable_device - Disable PCI device after use
2121 * @dev: PCI device to be disabled
2122 *
2123 * Signal to the system that the PCI device is not in use by the system
2124 * anymore. This only involves disabling PCI bus-mastering, if active.
2125 *
2126 * Note we don't actually disable the device until all callers of
2127 * pci_enable_device() have called pci_disable_device().
2128 */
2129void pci_disable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2130{
2131 struct pci_devres *dr;
2132
2133 dr = find_pci_dr(dev);
2134 if (dr)
2135 dr->enabled = 0;
2136
2137 dev_WARN_ONCE(&dev->dev, atomic_read(&dev->enable_cnt) <= 0,
2138 "disabling already-disabled device");
2139
2140 if (atomic_dec_return(&dev->enable_cnt) != 0)
2141 return;
2142
2143 do_pci_disable_device(dev);
2144
2145 dev->is_busmaster = 0;
2146}
2147EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_disable_device);
2148
2149/**
2150 * pcibios_set_pcie_reset_state - set reset state for device dev
2151 * @dev: the PCIe device reset
2152 * @state: Reset state to enter into
2153 *
2154 * Set the PCIe reset state for the device. This is the default
2155 * implementation. Architecture implementations can override this.
2156 */
2157int __weak pcibios_set_pcie_reset_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
2158 enum pcie_reset_state state)
2159{
2160 return -EINVAL;
2161}
2162
2163/**
2164 * pci_set_pcie_reset_state - set reset state for device dev
2165 * @dev: the PCIe device reset
2166 * @state: Reset state to enter into
2167 *
2168 * Sets the PCI reset state for the device.
2169 */
2170int pci_set_pcie_reset_state(struct pci_dev *dev, enum pcie_reset_state state)
2171{
2172 return pcibios_set_pcie_reset_state(dev, state);
2173}
2174EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_set_pcie_reset_state);
2175
2176void pcie_clear_device_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
2177{
2178 u16 sta;
2179
2180 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVSTA, &sta);
2181 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVSTA, sta);
2182}
2183
2184/**
2185 * pcie_clear_root_pme_status - Clear root port PME interrupt status.
2186 * @dev: PCIe root port or event collector.
2187 */
2188void pcie_clear_root_pme_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
2189{
2190 pcie_capability_set_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_RTSTA, PCI_EXP_RTSTA_PME);
2191}
2192
2193/**
2194 * pci_check_pme_status - Check if given device has generated PME.
2195 * @dev: Device to check.
2196 *
2197 * Check the PME status of the device and if set, clear it and clear PME enable
2198 * (if set). Return 'true' if PME status and PME enable were both set or
2199 * 'false' otherwise.
2200 */
2201bool pci_check_pme_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
2202{
2203 int pmcsr_pos;
2204 u16 pmcsr;
2205 bool ret = false;
2206
2207 if (!dev->pm_cap)
2208 return false;
2209
2210 pmcsr_pos = dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL;
2211 pci_read_config_word(dev, pmcsr_pos, &pmcsr);
2212 if (!(pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS))
2213 return false;
2214
2215 /* Clear PME status. */
2216 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS;
2217 if (pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE) {
2218 /* Disable PME to avoid interrupt flood. */
2219 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2220 ret = true;
2221 }
2222
2223 pci_write_config_word(dev, pmcsr_pos, pmcsr);
2224
2225 return ret;
2226}
2227
2228/**
2229 * pci_pme_wakeup - Wake up a PCI device if its PME Status bit is set.
2230 * @dev: Device to handle.
2231 * @pme_poll_reset: Whether or not to reset the device's pme_poll flag.
2232 *
2233 * Check if @dev has generated PME and queue a resume request for it in that
2234 * case.
2235 */
2236static int pci_pme_wakeup(struct pci_dev *dev, void *pme_poll_reset)
2237{
2238 if (pme_poll_reset && dev->pme_poll)
2239 dev->pme_poll = false;
2240
2241 if (pci_check_pme_status(dev)) {
2242 pci_wakeup_event(dev);
2243 pm_request_resume(&dev->dev);
2244 }
2245 return 0;
2246}
2247
2248/**
2249 * pci_pme_wakeup_bus - Walk given bus and wake up devices on it, if necessary.
2250 * @bus: Top bus of the subtree to walk.
2251 */
2252void pci_pme_wakeup_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
2253{
2254 if (bus)
2255 pci_walk_bus(bus, pci_pme_wakeup, (void *)true);
2256}
2257
2258
2259/**
2260 * pci_pme_capable - check the capability of PCI device to generate PME#
2261 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
2262 * @state: PCI state from which device will issue PME#.
2263 */
2264bool pci_pme_capable(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
2265{
2266 if (!dev->pm_cap)
2267 return false;
2268
2269 return !!(dev->pme_support & (1 << state));
2270}
2271EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_pme_capable);
2272
2273static void pci_pme_list_scan(struct work_struct *work)
2274{
2275 struct pci_pme_device *pme_dev, *n;
2276
2277 mutex_lock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2278 list_for_each_entry_safe(pme_dev, n, &pci_pme_list, list) {
2279 if (pme_dev->dev->pme_poll) {
2280 struct pci_dev *bridge;
2281
2282 bridge = pme_dev->dev->bus->self;
2283 /*
2284 * If bridge is in low power state, the
2285 * configuration space of subordinate devices
2286 * may be not accessible
2287 */
2288 if (bridge && bridge->current_state != PCI_D0)
2289 continue;
2290 /*
2291 * If the device is in D3cold it should not be
2292 * polled either.
2293 */
2294 if (pme_dev->dev->current_state == PCI_D3cold)
2295 continue;
2296
2297 pci_pme_wakeup(pme_dev->dev, NULL);
2298 } else {
2299 list_del(&pme_dev->list);
2300 kfree(pme_dev);
2301 }
2302 }
2303 if (!list_empty(&pci_pme_list))
2304 queue_delayed_work(system_freezable_wq, &pci_pme_work,
2305 msecs_to_jiffies(PME_TIMEOUT));
2306 mutex_unlock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2307}
2308
2309static void __pci_pme_active(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
2310{
2311 u16 pmcsr;
2312
2313 if (!dev->pme_support)
2314 return;
2315
2316 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
2317 /* Clear PME_Status by writing 1 to it and enable PME# */
2318 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS | PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2319 if (!enable)
2320 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2321
2322 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, pmcsr);
2323}
2324
2325/**
2326 * pci_pme_restore - Restore PME configuration after config space restore.
2327 * @dev: PCI device to update.
2328 */
2329void pci_pme_restore(struct pci_dev *dev)
2330{
2331 u16 pmcsr;
2332
2333 if (!dev->pme_support)
2334 return;
2335
2336 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
2337 if (dev->wakeup_prepared) {
2338 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2339 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS;
2340 } else {
2341 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2342 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS;
2343 }
2344 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, pmcsr);
2345}
2346
2347/**
2348 * pci_pme_active - enable or disable PCI device's PME# function
2349 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
2350 * @enable: 'true' to enable PME# generation; 'false' to disable it.
2351 *
2352 * The caller must verify that the device is capable of generating PME# before
2353 * calling this function with @enable equal to 'true'.
2354 */
2355void pci_pme_active(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
2356{
2357 __pci_pme_active(dev, enable);
2358
2359 /*
2360 * PCI (as opposed to PCIe) PME requires that the device have
2361 * its PME# line hooked up correctly. Not all hardware vendors
2362 * do this, so the PME never gets delivered and the device
2363 * remains asleep. The easiest way around this is to
2364 * periodically walk the list of suspended devices and check
2365 * whether any have their PME flag set. The assumption is that
2366 * we'll wake up often enough anyway that this won't be a huge
2367 * hit, and the power savings from the devices will still be a
2368 * win.
2369 *
2370 * Although PCIe uses in-band PME message instead of PME# line
2371 * to report PME, PME does not work for some PCIe devices in
2372 * reality. For example, there are devices that set their PME
2373 * status bits, but don't really bother to send a PME message;
2374 * there are PCI Express Root Ports that don't bother to
2375 * trigger interrupts when they receive PME messages from the
2376 * devices below. So PME poll is used for PCIe devices too.
2377 */
2378
2379 if (dev->pme_poll) {
2380 struct pci_pme_device *pme_dev;
2381 if (enable) {
2382 pme_dev = kmalloc(sizeof(struct pci_pme_device),
2383 GFP_KERNEL);
2384 if (!pme_dev) {
2385 pci_warn(dev, "can't enable PME#\n");
2386 return;
2387 }
2388 pme_dev->dev = dev;
2389 mutex_lock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2390 list_add(&pme_dev->list, &pci_pme_list);
2391 if (list_is_singular(&pci_pme_list))
2392 queue_delayed_work(system_freezable_wq,
2393 &pci_pme_work,
2394 msecs_to_jiffies(PME_TIMEOUT));
2395 mutex_unlock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2396 } else {
2397 mutex_lock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2398 list_for_each_entry(pme_dev, &pci_pme_list, list) {
2399 if (pme_dev->dev == dev) {
2400 list_del(&pme_dev->list);
2401 kfree(pme_dev);
2402 break;
2403 }
2404 }
2405 mutex_unlock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2406 }
2407 }
2408
2409 pci_dbg(dev, "PME# %s\n", enable ? "enabled" : "disabled");
2410}
2411EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_pme_active);
2412
2413/**
2414 * __pci_enable_wake - enable PCI device as wakeup event source
2415 * @dev: PCI device affected
2416 * @state: PCI state from which device will issue wakeup events
2417 * @enable: True to enable event generation; false to disable
2418 *
2419 * This enables the device as a wakeup event source, or disables it.
2420 * When such events involves platform-specific hooks, those hooks are
2421 * called automatically by this routine.
2422 *
2423 * Devices with legacy power management (no standard PCI PM capabilities)
2424 * always require such platform hooks.
2425 *
2426 * RETURN VALUE:
2427 * 0 is returned on success
2428 * -EINVAL is returned if device is not supposed to wake up the system
2429 * Error code depending on the platform is returned if both the platform and
2430 * the native mechanism fail to enable the generation of wake-up events
2431 */
2432static int __pci_enable_wake(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state, bool enable)
2433{
2434 int ret = 0;
2435
2436 /*
2437 * Bridges that are not power-manageable directly only signal
2438 * wakeup on behalf of subordinate devices which is set up
2439 * elsewhere, so skip them. However, bridges that are
2440 * power-manageable may signal wakeup for themselves (for example,
2441 * on a hotplug event) and they need to be covered here.
2442 */
2443 if (!pci_power_manageable(dev))
2444 return 0;
2445
2446 /* Don't do the same thing twice in a row for one device. */
2447 if (!!enable == !!dev->wakeup_prepared)
2448 return 0;
2449
2450 /*
2451 * According to "PCI System Architecture" 4th ed. by Tom Shanley & Don
2452 * Anderson we should be doing PME# wake enable followed by ACPI wake
2453 * enable. To disable wake-up we call the platform first, for symmetry.
2454 */
2455
2456 if (enable) {
2457 int error;
2458
2459 if (pci_pme_capable(dev, state))
2460 pci_pme_active(dev, true);
2461 else
2462 ret = 1;
2463 error = platform_pci_set_wakeup(dev, true);
2464 if (ret)
2465 ret = error;
2466 if (!ret)
2467 dev->wakeup_prepared = true;
2468 } else {
2469 platform_pci_set_wakeup(dev, false);
2470 pci_pme_active(dev, false);
2471 dev->wakeup_prepared = false;
2472 }
2473
2474 return ret;
2475}
2476
2477/**
2478 * pci_enable_wake - change wakeup settings for a PCI device
2479 * @pci_dev: Target device
2480 * @state: PCI state from which device will issue wakeup events
2481 * @enable: Whether or not to enable event generation
2482 *
2483 * If @enable is set, check device_may_wakeup() for the device before calling
2484 * __pci_enable_wake() for it.
2485 */
2486int pci_enable_wake(struct pci_dev *pci_dev, pci_power_t state, bool enable)
2487{
2488 if (enable && !device_may_wakeup(&pci_dev->dev))
2489 return -EINVAL;
2490
2491 return __pci_enable_wake(pci_dev, state, enable);
2492}
2493EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_wake);
2494
2495/**
2496 * pci_wake_from_d3 - enable/disable device to wake up from D3_hot or D3_cold
2497 * @dev: PCI device to prepare
2498 * @enable: True to enable wake-up event generation; false to disable
2499 *
2500 * Many drivers want the device to wake up the system from D3_hot or D3_cold
2501 * and this function allows them to set that up cleanly - pci_enable_wake()
2502 * should not be called twice in a row to enable wake-up due to PCI PM vs ACPI
2503 * ordering constraints.
2504 *
2505 * This function only returns error code if the device is not allowed to wake
2506 * up the system from sleep or it is not capable of generating PME# from both
2507 * D3_hot and D3_cold and the platform is unable to enable wake-up power for it.
2508 */
2509int pci_wake_from_d3(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
2510{
2511 return pci_pme_capable(dev, PCI_D3cold) ?
2512 pci_enable_wake(dev, PCI_D3cold, enable) :
2513 pci_enable_wake(dev, PCI_D3hot, enable);
2514}
2515EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_wake_from_d3);
2516
2517/**
2518 * pci_target_state - find an appropriate low power state for a given PCI dev
2519 * @dev: PCI device
2520 * @wakeup: Whether or not wakeup functionality will be enabled for the device.
2521 *
2522 * Use underlying platform code to find a supported low power state for @dev.
2523 * If the platform can't manage @dev, return the deepest state from which it
2524 * can generate wake events, based on any available PME info.
2525 */
2526static pci_power_t pci_target_state(struct pci_dev *dev, bool wakeup)
2527{
2528 pci_power_t target_state = PCI_D3hot;
2529
2530 if (platform_pci_power_manageable(dev)) {
2531 /*
2532 * Call the platform to find the target state for the device.
2533 */
2534 pci_power_t state = platform_pci_choose_state(dev);
2535
2536 switch (state) {
2537 case PCI_POWER_ERROR:
2538 case PCI_UNKNOWN:
2539 break;
2540 case PCI_D1:
2541 case PCI_D2:
2542 if (pci_no_d1d2(dev))
2543 break;
2544 fallthrough;
2545 default:
2546 target_state = state;
2547 }
2548
2549 return target_state;
2550 }
2551
2552 if (!dev->pm_cap)
2553 target_state = PCI_D0;
2554
2555 /*
2556 * If the device is in D3cold even though it's not power-manageable by
2557 * the platform, it may have been powered down by non-standard means.
2558 * Best to let it slumber.
2559 */
2560 if (dev->current_state == PCI_D3cold)
2561 target_state = PCI_D3cold;
2562
2563 if (wakeup) {
2564 /*
2565 * Find the deepest state from which the device can generate
2566 * PME#.
2567 */
2568 if (dev->pme_support) {
2569 while (target_state
2570 && !(dev->pme_support & (1 << target_state)))
2571 target_state--;
2572 }
2573 }
2574
2575 return target_state;
2576}
2577
2578/**
2579 * pci_prepare_to_sleep - prepare PCI device for system-wide transition
2580 * into a sleep state
2581 * @dev: Device to handle.
2582 *
2583 * Choose the power state appropriate for the device depending on whether
2584 * it can wake up the system and/or is power manageable by the platform
2585 * (PCI_D3hot is the default) and put the device into that state.
2586 */
2587int pci_prepare_to_sleep(struct pci_dev *dev)
2588{
2589 bool wakeup = device_may_wakeup(&dev->dev);
2590 pci_power_t target_state = pci_target_state(dev, wakeup);
2591 int error;
2592
2593 if (target_state == PCI_POWER_ERROR)
2594 return -EIO;
2595
2596 pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, wakeup);
2597
2598 error = pci_set_power_state(dev, target_state);
2599
2600 if (error)
2601 pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, false);
2602
2603 return error;
2604}
2605EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_prepare_to_sleep);
2606
2607/**
2608 * pci_back_from_sleep - turn PCI device on during system-wide transition
2609 * into working state
2610 * @dev: Device to handle.
2611 *
2612 * Disable device's system wake-up capability and put it into D0.
2613 */
2614int pci_back_from_sleep(struct pci_dev *dev)
2615{
2616 pci_enable_wake(dev, PCI_D0, false);
2617 return pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
2618}
2619EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_back_from_sleep);
2620
2621/**
2622 * pci_finish_runtime_suspend - Carry out PCI-specific part of runtime suspend.
2623 * @dev: PCI device being suspended.
2624 *
2625 * Prepare @dev to generate wake-up events at run time and put it into a low
2626 * power state.
2627 */
2628int pci_finish_runtime_suspend(struct pci_dev *dev)
2629{
2630 pci_power_t target_state;
2631 int error;
2632
2633 target_state = pci_target_state(dev, device_can_wakeup(&dev->dev));
2634 if (target_state == PCI_POWER_ERROR)
2635 return -EIO;
2636
2637 dev->runtime_d3cold = target_state == PCI_D3cold;
2638
2639 __pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, pci_dev_run_wake(dev));
2640
2641 error = pci_set_power_state(dev, target_state);
2642
2643 if (error) {
2644 pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, false);
2645 dev->runtime_d3cold = false;
2646 }
2647
2648 return error;
2649}
2650
2651/**
2652 * pci_dev_run_wake - Check if device can generate run-time wake-up events.
2653 * @dev: Device to check.
2654 *
2655 * Return true if the device itself is capable of generating wake-up events
2656 * (through the platform or using the native PCIe PME) or if the device supports
2657 * PME and one of its upstream bridges can generate wake-up events.
2658 */
2659bool pci_dev_run_wake(struct pci_dev *dev)
2660{
2661 struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
2662
2663 if (!dev->pme_support)
2664 return false;
2665
2666 /* PME-capable in principle, but not from the target power state */
2667 if (!pci_pme_capable(dev, pci_target_state(dev, true)))
2668 return false;
2669
2670 if (device_can_wakeup(&dev->dev))
2671 return true;
2672
2673 while (bus->parent) {
2674 struct pci_dev *bridge = bus->self;
2675
2676 if (device_can_wakeup(&bridge->dev))
2677 return true;
2678
2679 bus = bus->parent;
2680 }
2681
2682 /* We have reached the root bus. */
2683 if (bus->bridge)
2684 return device_can_wakeup(bus->bridge);
2685
2686 return false;
2687}
2688EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_dev_run_wake);
2689
2690/**
2691 * pci_dev_need_resume - Check if it is necessary to resume the device.
2692 * @pci_dev: Device to check.
2693 *
2694 * Return 'true' if the device is not runtime-suspended or it has to be
2695 * reconfigured due to wakeup settings difference between system and runtime
2696 * suspend, or the current power state of it is not suitable for the upcoming
2697 * (system-wide) transition.
2698 */
2699bool pci_dev_need_resume(struct pci_dev *pci_dev)
2700{
2701 struct device *dev = &pci_dev->dev;
2702 pci_power_t target_state;
2703
2704 if (!pm_runtime_suspended(dev) || platform_pci_need_resume(pci_dev))
2705 return true;
2706
2707 target_state = pci_target_state(pci_dev, device_may_wakeup(dev));
2708
2709 /*
2710 * If the earlier platform check has not triggered, D3cold is just power
2711 * removal on top of D3hot, so no need to resume the device in that
2712 * case.
2713 */
2714 return target_state != pci_dev->current_state &&
2715 target_state != PCI_D3cold &&
2716 pci_dev->current_state != PCI_D3hot;
2717}
2718
2719/**
2720 * pci_dev_adjust_pme - Adjust PME setting for a suspended device.
2721 * @pci_dev: Device to check.
2722 *
2723 * If the device is suspended and it is not configured for system wakeup,
2724 * disable PME for it to prevent it from waking up the system unnecessarily.
2725 *
2726 * Note that if the device's power state is D3cold and the platform check in
2727 * pci_dev_need_resume() has not triggered, the device's configuration need not
2728 * be changed.
2729 */
2730void pci_dev_adjust_pme(struct pci_dev *pci_dev)
2731{
2732 struct device *dev = &pci_dev->dev;
2733
2734 spin_lock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
2735
2736 if (pm_runtime_suspended(dev) && !device_may_wakeup(dev) &&
2737 pci_dev->current_state < PCI_D3cold)
2738 __pci_pme_active(pci_dev, false);
2739
2740 spin_unlock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
2741}
2742
2743/**
2744 * pci_dev_complete_resume - Finalize resume from system sleep for a device.
2745 * @pci_dev: Device to handle.
2746 *
2747 * If the device is runtime suspended and wakeup-capable, enable PME for it as
2748 * it might have been disabled during the prepare phase of system suspend if
2749 * the device was not configured for system wakeup.
2750 */
2751void pci_dev_complete_resume(struct pci_dev *pci_dev)
2752{
2753 struct device *dev = &pci_dev->dev;
2754
2755 if (!pci_dev_run_wake(pci_dev))
2756 return;
2757
2758 spin_lock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
2759
2760 if (pm_runtime_suspended(dev) && pci_dev->current_state < PCI_D3cold)
2761 __pci_pme_active(pci_dev, true);
2762
2763 spin_unlock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
2764}
2765
2766void pci_config_pm_runtime_get(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2767{
2768 struct device *dev = &pdev->dev;
2769 struct device *parent = dev->parent;
2770
2771 if (parent)
2772 pm_runtime_get_sync(parent);
2773 pm_runtime_get_noresume(dev);
2774 /*
2775 * pdev->current_state is set to PCI_D3cold during suspending,
2776 * so wait until suspending completes
2777 */
2778 pm_runtime_barrier(dev);
2779 /*
2780 * Only need to resume devices in D3cold, because config
2781 * registers are still accessible for devices suspended but
2782 * not in D3cold.
2783 */
2784 if (pdev->current_state == PCI_D3cold)
2785 pm_runtime_resume(dev);
2786}
2787
2788void pci_config_pm_runtime_put(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2789{
2790 struct device *dev = &pdev->dev;
2791 struct device *parent = dev->parent;
2792
2793 pm_runtime_put(dev);
2794 if (parent)
2795 pm_runtime_put_sync(parent);
2796}
2797
2798static const struct dmi_system_id bridge_d3_blacklist[] = {
2799#ifdef CONFIG_X86
2800 {
2801 /*
2802 * Gigabyte X299 root port is not marked as hotplug capable
2803 * which allows Linux to power manage it. However, this
2804 * confuses the BIOS SMI handler so don't power manage root
2805 * ports on that system.
2806 */
2807 .ident = "X299 DESIGNARE EX-CF",
2808 .matches = {
2809 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_VENDOR, "Gigabyte Technology Co., Ltd."),
2810 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_NAME, "X299 DESIGNARE EX-CF"),
2811 },
2812 },
2813#endif
2814 { }
2815};
2816
2817/**
2818 * pci_bridge_d3_possible - Is it possible to put the bridge into D3
2819 * @bridge: Bridge to check
2820 *
2821 * This function checks if it is possible to move the bridge to D3.
2822 * Currently we only allow D3 for recent enough PCIe ports and Thunderbolt.
2823 */
2824bool pci_bridge_d3_possible(struct pci_dev *bridge)
2825{
2826 if (!pci_is_pcie(bridge))
2827 return false;
2828
2829 switch (pci_pcie_type(bridge)) {
2830 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT:
2831 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM:
2832 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM:
2833 if (pci_bridge_d3_disable)
2834 return false;
2835
2836 /*
2837 * Hotplug ports handled by firmware in System Management Mode
2838 * may not be put into D3 by the OS (Thunderbolt on non-Macs).
2839 */
2840 if (bridge->is_hotplug_bridge && !pciehp_is_native(bridge))
2841 return false;
2842
2843 if (pci_bridge_d3_force)
2844 return true;
2845
2846 /* Even the oldest 2010 Thunderbolt controller supports D3. */
2847 if (bridge->is_thunderbolt)
2848 return true;
2849
2850 /* Platform might know better if the bridge supports D3 */
2851 if (platform_pci_bridge_d3(bridge))
2852 return true;
2853
2854 /*
2855 * Hotplug ports handled natively by the OS were not validated
2856 * by vendors for runtime D3 at least until 2018 because there
2857 * was no OS support.
2858 */
2859 if (bridge->is_hotplug_bridge)
2860 return false;
2861
2862 if (dmi_check_system(bridge_d3_blacklist))
2863 return false;
2864
2865 /*
2866 * It should be safe to put PCIe ports from 2015 or newer
2867 * to D3.
2868 */
2869 if (dmi_get_bios_year() >= 2015)
2870 return true;
2871 break;
2872 }
2873
2874 return false;
2875}
2876
2877static int pci_dev_check_d3cold(struct pci_dev *dev, void *data)
2878{
2879 bool *d3cold_ok = data;
2880
2881 if (/* The device needs to be allowed to go D3cold ... */
2882 dev->no_d3cold || !dev->d3cold_allowed ||
2883
2884 /* ... and if it is wakeup capable to do so from D3cold. */
2885 (device_may_wakeup(&dev->dev) &&
2886 !pci_pme_capable(dev, PCI_D3cold)) ||
2887
2888 /* If it is a bridge it must be allowed to go to D3. */
2889 !pci_power_manageable(dev))
2890
2891 *d3cold_ok = false;
2892
2893 return !*d3cold_ok;
2894}
2895
2896/*
2897 * pci_bridge_d3_update - Update bridge D3 capabilities
2898 * @dev: PCI device which is changed
2899 *
2900 * Update upstream bridge PM capabilities accordingly depending on if the
2901 * device PM configuration was changed or the device is being removed. The
2902 * change is also propagated upstream.
2903 */
2904void pci_bridge_d3_update(struct pci_dev *dev)
2905{
2906 bool remove = !device_is_registered(&dev->dev);
2907 struct pci_dev *bridge;
2908 bool d3cold_ok = true;
2909
2910 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
2911 if (!bridge || !pci_bridge_d3_possible(bridge))
2912 return;
2913
2914 /*
2915 * If D3 is currently allowed for the bridge, removing one of its
2916 * children won't change that.
2917 */
2918 if (remove && bridge->bridge_d3)
2919 return;
2920
2921 /*
2922 * If D3 is currently allowed for the bridge and a child is added or
2923 * changed, disallowance of D3 can only be caused by that child, so
2924 * we only need to check that single device, not any of its siblings.
2925 *
2926 * If D3 is currently not allowed for the bridge, checking the device
2927 * first may allow us to skip checking its siblings.
2928 */
2929 if (!remove)
2930 pci_dev_check_d3cold(dev, &d3cold_ok);
2931
2932 /*
2933 * If D3 is currently not allowed for the bridge, this may be caused
2934 * either by the device being changed/removed or any of its siblings,
2935 * so we need to go through all children to find out if one of them
2936 * continues to block D3.
2937 */
2938 if (d3cold_ok && !bridge->bridge_d3)
2939 pci_walk_bus(bridge->subordinate, pci_dev_check_d3cold,
2940 &d3cold_ok);
2941
2942 if (bridge->bridge_d3 != d3cold_ok) {
2943 bridge->bridge_d3 = d3cold_ok;
2944 /* Propagate change to upstream bridges */
2945 pci_bridge_d3_update(bridge);
2946 }
2947}
2948
2949/**
2950 * pci_d3cold_enable - Enable D3cold for device
2951 * @dev: PCI device to handle
2952 *
2953 * This function can be used in drivers to enable D3cold from the device
2954 * they handle. It also updates upstream PCI bridge PM capabilities
2955 * accordingly.
2956 */
2957void pci_d3cold_enable(struct pci_dev *dev)
2958{
2959 if (dev->no_d3cold) {
2960 dev->no_d3cold = false;
2961 pci_bridge_d3_update(dev);
2962 }
2963}
2964EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_d3cold_enable);
2965
2966/**
2967 * pci_d3cold_disable - Disable D3cold for device
2968 * @dev: PCI device to handle
2969 *
2970 * This function can be used in drivers to disable D3cold from the device
2971 * they handle. It also updates upstream PCI bridge PM capabilities
2972 * accordingly.
2973 */
2974void pci_d3cold_disable(struct pci_dev *dev)
2975{
2976 if (!dev->no_d3cold) {
2977 dev->no_d3cold = true;
2978 pci_bridge_d3_update(dev);
2979 }
2980}
2981EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_d3cold_disable);
2982
2983/**
2984 * pci_pm_init - Initialize PM functions of given PCI device
2985 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
2986 */
2987void pci_pm_init(struct pci_dev *dev)
2988{
2989 int pm;
2990 u16 status;
2991 u16 pmc;
2992
2993 pm_runtime_forbid(&dev->dev);
2994 pm_runtime_set_active(&dev->dev);
2995 pm_runtime_enable(&dev->dev);
2996 device_enable_async_suspend(&dev->dev);
2997 dev->wakeup_prepared = false;
2998
2999 dev->pm_cap = 0;
3000 dev->pme_support = 0;
3001
3002 /* find PCI PM capability in list */
3003 pm = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PM);
3004 if (!pm)
3005 return;
3006 /* Check device's ability to generate PME# */
3007 pci_read_config_word(dev, pm + PCI_PM_PMC, &pmc);
3008
3009 if ((pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_VER_MASK) > 3) {
3010 pci_err(dev, "unsupported PM cap regs version (%u)\n",
3011 pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_VER_MASK);
3012 return;
3013 }
3014
3015 dev->pm_cap = pm;
3016 dev->d3_delay = PCI_PM_D3_WAIT;
3017 dev->d3cold_delay = PCI_PM_D3COLD_WAIT;
3018 dev->bridge_d3 = pci_bridge_d3_possible(dev);
3019 dev->d3cold_allowed = true;
3020
3021 dev->d1_support = false;
3022 dev->d2_support = false;
3023 if (!pci_no_d1d2(dev)) {
3024 if (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_D1)
3025 dev->d1_support = true;
3026 if (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_D2)
3027 dev->d2_support = true;
3028
3029 if (dev->d1_support || dev->d2_support)
3030 pci_info(dev, "supports%s%s\n",
3031 dev->d1_support ? " D1" : "",
3032 dev->d2_support ? " D2" : "");
3033 }
3034
3035 pmc &= PCI_PM_CAP_PME_MASK;
3036 if (pmc) {
3037 pci_info(dev, "PME# supported from%s%s%s%s%s\n",
3038 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D0) ? " D0" : "",
3039 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D1) ? " D1" : "",
3040 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D2) ? " D2" : "",
3041 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D3) ? " D3hot" : "",
3042 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D3cold) ? " D3cold" : "");
3043 dev->pme_support = pmc >> PCI_PM_CAP_PME_SHIFT;
3044 dev->pme_poll = true;
3045 /*
3046 * Make device's PM flags reflect the wake-up capability, but
3047 * let the user space enable it to wake up the system as needed.
3048 */
3049 device_set_wakeup_capable(&dev->dev, true);
3050 /* Disable the PME# generation functionality */
3051 pci_pme_active(dev, false);
3052 }
3053
3054 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_STATUS, &status);
3055 if (status & PCI_STATUS_IMM_READY)
3056 dev->imm_ready = 1;
3057}
3058
3059static unsigned long pci_ea_flags(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 prop)
3060{
3061 unsigned long flags = IORESOURCE_PCI_FIXED | IORESOURCE_PCI_EA_BEI;
3062
3063 switch (prop) {
3064 case PCI_EA_P_MEM:
3065 case PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM:
3066 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM;
3067 break;
3068 case PCI_EA_P_MEM_PREFETCH:
3069 case PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM_PREFETCH:
3070 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM | IORESOURCE_PREFETCH;
3071 break;
3072 case PCI_EA_P_IO:
3073 flags |= IORESOURCE_IO;
3074 break;
3075 default:
3076 return 0;
3077 }
3078
3079 return flags;
3080}
3081
3082static struct resource *pci_ea_get_resource(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 bei,
3083 u8 prop)
3084{
3085 if (bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_BAR5 && prop <= PCI_EA_P_IO)
3086 return &dev->resource[bei];
3087#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_IOV
3088 else if (bei >= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0 && bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR5 &&
3089 (prop == PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM || prop == PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM_PREFETCH))
3090 return &dev->resource[PCI_IOV_RESOURCES +
3091 bei - PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0];
3092#endif
3093 else if (bei == PCI_EA_BEI_ROM)
3094 return &dev->resource[PCI_ROM_RESOURCE];
3095 else
3096 return NULL;
3097}
3098
3099/* Read an Enhanced Allocation (EA) entry */
3100static int pci_ea_read(struct pci_dev *dev, int offset)
3101{
3102 struct resource *res;
3103 int ent_size, ent_offset = offset;
3104 resource_size_t start, end;
3105 unsigned long flags;
3106 u32 dw0, bei, base, max_offset;
3107 u8 prop;
3108 bool support_64 = (sizeof(resource_size_t) >= 8);
3109
3110 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &dw0);
3111 ent_offset += 4;
3112
3113 /* Entry size field indicates DWORDs after 1st */
3114 ent_size = ((dw0 & PCI_EA_ES) + 1) << 2;
3115
3116 if (!(dw0 & PCI_EA_ENABLE)) /* Entry not enabled */
3117 goto out;
3118
3119 bei = (dw0 & PCI_EA_BEI) >> 4;
3120 prop = (dw0 & PCI_EA_PP) >> 8;
3121
3122 /*
3123 * If the Property is in the reserved range, try the Secondary
3124 * Property instead.
3125 */
3126 if (prop > PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_IO && prop < PCI_EA_P_MEM_RESERVED)
3127 prop = (dw0 & PCI_EA_SP) >> 16;
3128 if (prop > PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_IO)
3129 goto out;
3130
3131 res = pci_ea_get_resource(dev, bei, prop);
3132 if (!res) {
3133 pci_err(dev, "Unsupported EA entry BEI: %u\n", bei);
3134 goto out;
3135 }
3136
3137 flags = pci_ea_flags(dev, prop);
3138 if (!flags) {
3139 pci_err(dev, "Unsupported EA properties: %#x\n", prop);
3140 goto out;
3141 }
3142
3143 /* Read Base */
3144 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &base);
3145 start = (base & PCI_EA_FIELD_MASK);
3146 ent_offset += 4;
3147
3148 /* Read MaxOffset */
3149 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &max_offset);
3150 ent_offset += 4;
3151
3152 /* Read Base MSBs (if 64-bit entry) */
3153 if (base & PCI_EA_IS_64) {
3154 u32 base_upper;
3155
3156 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &base_upper);
3157 ent_offset += 4;
3158
3159 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM_64;
3160
3161 /* entry starts above 32-bit boundary, can't use */
3162 if (!support_64 && base_upper)
3163 goto out;
3164
3165 if (support_64)
3166 start |= ((u64)base_upper << 32);
3167 }
3168
3169 end = start + (max_offset | 0x03);
3170
3171 /* Read MaxOffset MSBs (if 64-bit entry) */
3172 if (max_offset & PCI_EA_IS_64) {
3173 u32 max_offset_upper;
3174
3175 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &max_offset_upper);
3176 ent_offset += 4;
3177
3178 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM_64;
3179
3180 /* entry too big, can't use */
3181 if (!support_64 && max_offset_upper)
3182 goto out;
3183
3184 if (support_64)
3185 end += ((u64)max_offset_upper << 32);
3186 }
3187
3188 if (end < start) {
3189 pci_err(dev, "EA Entry crosses address boundary\n");
3190 goto out;
3191 }
3192
3193 if (ent_size != ent_offset - offset) {
3194 pci_err(dev, "EA Entry Size (%d) does not match length read (%d)\n",
3195 ent_size, ent_offset - offset);
3196 goto out;
3197 }
3198
3199 res->name = pci_name(dev);
3200 res->start = start;
3201 res->end = end;
3202 res->flags = flags;
3203
3204 if (bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_BAR5)
3205 pci_info(dev, "BAR %d: %pR (from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x)\n",
3206 bei, res, prop);
3207 else if (bei == PCI_EA_BEI_ROM)
3208 pci_info(dev, "ROM: %pR (from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x)\n",
3209 res, prop);
3210 else if (bei >= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0 && bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR5)
3211 pci_info(dev, "VF BAR %d: %pR (from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x)\n",
3212 bei - PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0, res, prop);
3213 else
3214 pci_info(dev, "BEI %d res: %pR (from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x)\n",
3215 bei, res, prop);
3216
3217out:
3218 return offset + ent_size;
3219}
3220
3221/* Enhanced Allocation Initialization */
3222void pci_ea_init(struct pci_dev *dev)
3223{
3224 int ea;
3225 u8 num_ent;
3226 int offset;
3227 int i;
3228
3229 /* find PCI EA capability in list */
3230 ea = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EA);
3231 if (!ea)
3232 return;
3233
3234 /* determine the number of entries */
3235 pci_bus_read_config_byte(dev->bus, dev->devfn, ea + PCI_EA_NUM_ENT,
3236 &num_ent);
3237 num_ent &= PCI_EA_NUM_ENT_MASK;
3238
3239 offset = ea + PCI_EA_FIRST_ENT;
3240
3241 /* Skip DWORD 2 for type 1 functions */
3242 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE)
3243 offset += 4;
3244
3245 /* parse each EA entry */
3246 for (i = 0; i < num_ent; ++i)
3247 offset = pci_ea_read(dev, offset);
3248}
3249
3250static void pci_add_saved_cap(struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
3251 struct pci_cap_saved_state *new_cap)
3252{
3253 hlist_add_head(&new_cap->next, &pci_dev->saved_cap_space);
3254}
3255
3256/**
3257 * _pci_add_cap_save_buffer - allocate buffer for saving given
3258 * capability registers
3259 * @dev: the PCI device
3260 * @cap: the capability to allocate the buffer for
3261 * @extended: Standard or Extended capability ID
3262 * @size: requested size of the buffer
3263 */
3264static int _pci_add_cap_save_buffer(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 cap,
3265 bool extended, unsigned int size)
3266{
3267 int pos;
3268 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
3269
3270 if (extended)
3271 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, cap);
3272 else
3273 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, cap);
3274
3275 if (!pos)
3276 return 0;
3277
3278 save_state = kzalloc(sizeof(*save_state) + size, GFP_KERNEL);
3279 if (!save_state)
3280 return -ENOMEM;
3281
3282 save_state->cap.cap_nr = cap;
3283 save_state->cap.cap_extended = extended;
3284 save_state->cap.size = size;
3285 pci_add_saved_cap(dev, save_state);
3286
3287 return 0;
3288}
3289
3290int pci_add_cap_save_buffer(struct pci_dev *dev, char cap, unsigned int size)
3291{
3292 return _pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, cap, false, size);
3293}
3294
3295int pci_add_ext_cap_save_buffer(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 cap, unsigned int size)
3296{
3297 return _pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, cap, true, size);
3298}
3299
3300/**
3301 * pci_allocate_cap_save_buffers - allocate buffers for saving capabilities
3302 * @dev: the PCI device
3303 */
3304void pci_allocate_cap_save_buffers(struct pci_dev *dev)
3305{
3306 int error;
3307
3308 error = pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP,
3309 PCI_EXP_SAVE_REGS * sizeof(u16));
3310 if (error)
3311 pci_err(dev, "unable to preallocate PCI Express save buffer\n");
3312
3313 error = pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX, sizeof(u16));
3314 if (error)
3315 pci_err(dev, "unable to preallocate PCI-X save buffer\n");
3316
3317 error = pci_add_ext_cap_save_buffer(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR,
3318 2 * sizeof(u16));
3319 if (error)
3320 pci_err(dev, "unable to allocate suspend buffer for LTR\n");
3321
3322 pci_allocate_vc_save_buffers(dev);
3323}
3324
3325void pci_free_cap_save_buffers(struct pci_dev *dev)
3326{
3327 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
3328 struct hlist_node *n;
3329
3330 hlist_for_each_entry_safe(tmp, n, &dev->saved_cap_space, next)
3331 kfree(tmp);
3332}
3333
3334/**
3335 * pci_configure_ari - enable or disable ARI forwarding
3336 * @dev: the PCI device
3337 *
3338 * If @dev and its upstream bridge both support ARI, enable ARI in the
3339 * bridge. Otherwise, disable ARI in the bridge.
3340 */
3341void pci_configure_ari(struct pci_dev *dev)
3342{
3343 u32 cap;
3344 struct pci_dev *bridge;
3345
3346 if (pcie_ari_disabled || !pci_is_pcie(dev) || dev->devfn)
3347 return;
3348
3349 bridge = dev->bus->self;
3350 if (!bridge)
3351 return;
3352
3353 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2, &cap);
3354 if (!(cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ARI))
3355 return;
3356
3357 if (pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ARI)) {
3358 pcie_capability_set_word(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3359 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ARI);
3360 bridge->ari_enabled = 1;
3361 } else {
3362 pcie_capability_clear_word(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3363 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ARI);
3364 bridge->ari_enabled = 0;
3365 }
3366}
3367
3368static bool pci_acs_flags_enabled(struct pci_dev *pdev, u16 acs_flags)
3369{
3370 int pos;
3371 u16 cap, ctrl;
3372
3373 pos = pdev->acs_cap;
3374 if (!pos)
3375 return false;
3376
3377 /*
3378 * Except for egress control, capabilities are either required
3379 * or only required if controllable. Features missing from the
3380 * capability field can therefore be assumed as hard-wired enabled.
3381 */
3382 pci_read_config_word(pdev, pos + PCI_ACS_CAP, &cap);
3383 acs_flags &= (cap | PCI_ACS_EC);
3384
3385 pci_read_config_word(pdev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, &ctrl);
3386 return (ctrl & acs_flags) == acs_flags;
3387}
3388
3389/**
3390 * pci_acs_enabled - test ACS against required flags for a given device
3391 * @pdev: device to test
3392 * @acs_flags: required PCI ACS flags
3393 *
3394 * Return true if the device supports the provided flags. Automatically
3395 * filters out flags that are not implemented on multifunction devices.
3396 *
3397 * Note that this interface checks the effective ACS capabilities of the
3398 * device rather than the actual capabilities. For instance, most single
3399 * function endpoints are not required to support ACS because they have no
3400 * opportunity for peer-to-peer access. We therefore return 'true'
3401 * regardless of whether the device exposes an ACS capability. This makes
3402 * it much easier for callers of this function to ignore the actual type
3403 * or topology of the device when testing ACS support.
3404 */
3405bool pci_acs_enabled(struct pci_dev *pdev, u16 acs_flags)
3406{
3407 int ret;
3408
3409 ret = pci_dev_specific_acs_enabled(pdev, acs_flags);
3410 if (ret >= 0)
3411 return ret > 0;
3412
3413 /*
3414 * Conventional PCI and PCI-X devices never support ACS, either
3415 * effectively or actually. The shared bus topology implies that
3416 * any device on the bus can receive or snoop DMA.
3417 */
3418 if (!pci_is_pcie(pdev))
3419 return false;
3420
3421 switch (pci_pcie_type(pdev)) {
3422 /*
3423 * PCI/X-to-PCIe bridges are not specifically mentioned by the spec,
3424 * but since their primary interface is PCI/X, we conservatively
3425 * handle them as we would a non-PCIe device.
3426 */
3427 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_PCIE_BRIDGE:
3428 /*
3429 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1 excludes ACS on these devices. "ACS is never
3430 * applicable... must never implement an ACS Extended Capability...".
3431 * This seems arbitrary, but we take a conservative interpretation
3432 * of this statement.
3433 */
3434 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_PCI_BRIDGE:
3435 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_EC:
3436 return false;
3437 /*
3438 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1.1 specifies that downstream and root ports should
3439 * implement ACS in order to indicate their peer-to-peer capabilities,
3440 * regardless of whether they are single- or multi-function devices.
3441 */
3442 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM:
3443 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT:
3444 return pci_acs_flags_enabled(pdev, acs_flags);
3445 /*
3446 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1.2 specifies ACS capabilities that should be
3447 * implemented by the remaining PCIe types to indicate peer-to-peer
3448 * capabilities, but only when they are part of a multifunction
3449 * device. The footnote for section 6.12 indicates the specific
3450 * PCIe types included here.
3451 */
3452 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ENDPOINT:
3453 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM:
3454 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_LEG_END:
3455 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_END:
3456 if (!pdev->multifunction)
3457 break;
3458
3459 return pci_acs_flags_enabled(pdev, acs_flags);
3460 }
3461
3462 /*
3463 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1.3 specifies no ACS capabilities are applicable
3464 * to single function devices with the exception of downstream ports.
3465 */
3466 return true;
3467}
3468
3469/**
3470 * pci_acs_path_enable - test ACS flags from start to end in a hierarchy
3471 * @start: starting downstream device
3472 * @end: ending upstream device or NULL to search to the root bus
3473 * @acs_flags: required flags
3474 *
3475 * Walk up a device tree from start to end testing PCI ACS support. If
3476 * any step along the way does not support the required flags, return false.
3477 */
3478bool pci_acs_path_enabled(struct pci_dev *start,
3479 struct pci_dev *end, u16 acs_flags)
3480{
3481 struct pci_dev *pdev, *parent = start;
3482
3483 do {
3484 pdev = parent;
3485
3486 if (!pci_acs_enabled(pdev, acs_flags))
3487 return false;
3488
3489 if (pci_is_root_bus(pdev->bus))
3490 return (end == NULL);
3491
3492 parent = pdev->bus->self;
3493 } while (pdev != end);
3494
3495 return true;
3496}
3497
3498/**
3499 * pci_acs_init - Initialize ACS if hardware supports it
3500 * @dev: the PCI device
3501 */
3502void pci_acs_init(struct pci_dev *dev)
3503{
3504 dev->acs_cap = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ACS);
3505
3506 if (dev->acs_cap)
3507 pci_enable_acs(dev);
3508}
3509
3510/**
3511 * pci_rebar_find_pos - find position of resize ctrl reg for BAR
3512 * @pdev: PCI device
3513 * @bar: BAR to find
3514 *
3515 * Helper to find the position of the ctrl register for a BAR.
3516 * Returns -ENOTSUPP if resizable BARs are not supported at all.
3517 * Returns -ENOENT if no ctrl register for the BAR could be found.
3518 */
3519static int pci_rebar_find_pos(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3520{
3521 unsigned int pos, nbars, i;
3522 u32 ctrl;
3523
3524 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(pdev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_REBAR);
3525 if (!pos)
3526 return -ENOTSUPP;
3527
3528 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3529 nbars = (ctrl & PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_MASK) >>
3530 PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_SHIFT;
3531
3532 for (i = 0; i < nbars; i++, pos += 8) {
3533 int bar_idx;
3534
3535 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3536 bar_idx = ctrl & PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_IDX;
3537 if (bar_idx == bar)
3538 return pos;
3539 }
3540
3541 return -ENOENT;
3542}
3543
3544/**
3545 * pci_rebar_get_possible_sizes - get possible sizes for BAR
3546 * @pdev: PCI device
3547 * @bar: BAR to query
3548 *
3549 * Get the possible sizes of a resizable BAR as bitmask defined in the spec
3550 * (bit 0=1MB, bit 19=512GB). Returns 0 if BAR isn't resizable.
3551 */
3552u32 pci_rebar_get_possible_sizes(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3553{
3554 int pos;
3555 u32 cap;
3556
3557 pos = pci_rebar_find_pos(pdev, bar);
3558 if (pos < 0)
3559 return 0;
3560
3561 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CAP, &cap);
3562 return (cap & PCI_REBAR_CAP_SIZES) >> 4;
3563}
3564
3565/**
3566 * pci_rebar_get_current_size - get the current size of a BAR
3567 * @pdev: PCI device
3568 * @bar: BAR to set size to
3569 *
3570 * Read the size of a BAR from the resizable BAR config.
3571 * Returns size if found or negative error code.
3572 */
3573int pci_rebar_get_current_size(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3574{
3575 int pos;
3576 u32 ctrl;
3577
3578 pos = pci_rebar_find_pos(pdev, bar);
3579 if (pos < 0)
3580 return pos;
3581
3582 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3583 return (ctrl & PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE) >> PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SHIFT;
3584}
3585
3586/**
3587 * pci_rebar_set_size - set a new size for a BAR
3588 * @pdev: PCI device
3589 * @bar: BAR to set size to
3590 * @size: new size as defined in the spec (0=1MB, 19=512GB)
3591 *
3592 * Set the new size of a BAR as defined in the spec.
3593 * Returns zero if resizing was successful, error code otherwise.
3594 */
3595int pci_rebar_set_size(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar, int size)
3596{
3597 int pos;
3598 u32 ctrl;
3599
3600 pos = pci_rebar_find_pos(pdev, bar);
3601 if (pos < 0)
3602 return pos;
3603
3604 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3605 ctrl &= ~PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE;
3606 ctrl |= size << PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SHIFT;
3607 pci_write_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, ctrl);
3608 return 0;
3609}
3610
3611/**
3612 * pci_enable_atomic_ops_to_root - enable AtomicOp requests to root port
3613 * @dev: the PCI device
3614 * @cap_mask: mask of desired AtomicOp sizes, including one or more of:
3615 * PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP32
3616 * PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP64
3617 * PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP128
3618 *
3619 * Return 0 if all upstream bridges support AtomicOp routing, egress
3620 * blocking is disabled on all upstream ports, and the root port supports
3621 * the requested completion capabilities (32-bit, 64-bit and/or 128-bit
3622 * AtomicOp completion), or negative otherwise.
3623 */
3624int pci_enable_atomic_ops_to_root(struct pci_dev *dev, u32 cap_mask)
3625{
3626 struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
3627 struct pci_dev *bridge;
3628 u32 cap, ctl2;
3629
3630 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
3631 return -EINVAL;
3632
3633 /*
3634 * Per PCIe r4.0, sec 6.15, endpoints and root ports may be
3635 * AtomicOp requesters. For now, we only support endpoints as
3636 * requesters and root ports as completers. No endpoints as
3637 * completers, and no peer-to-peer.
3638 */
3639
3640 switch (pci_pcie_type(dev)) {
3641 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ENDPOINT:
3642 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_LEG_END:
3643 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_END:
3644 break;
3645 default:
3646 return -EINVAL;
3647 }
3648
3649 while (bus->parent) {
3650 bridge = bus->self;
3651
3652 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2, &cap);
3653
3654 switch (pci_pcie_type(bridge)) {
3655 /* Ensure switch ports support AtomicOp routing */
3656 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM:
3657 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM:
3658 if (!(cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_ROUTE))
3659 return -EINVAL;
3660 break;
3661
3662 /* Ensure root port supports all the sizes we care about */
3663 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT:
3664 if ((cap & cap_mask) != cap_mask)
3665 return -EINVAL;
3666 break;
3667 }
3668
3669 /* Ensure upstream ports don't block AtomicOps on egress */
3670 if (pci_pcie_type(bridge) == PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM) {
3671 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3672 &ctl2);
3673 if (ctl2 & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ATOMIC_EGRESS_BLOCK)
3674 return -EINVAL;
3675 }
3676
3677 bus = bus->parent;
3678 }
3679
3680 pcie_capability_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3681 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ATOMIC_REQ);
3682 return 0;
3683}
3684EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_atomic_ops_to_root);
3685
3686/**
3687 * pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin - swizzle INTx for device behind bridge
3688 * @dev: the PCI device
3689 * @pin: the INTx pin (1=INTA, 2=INTB, 3=INTC, 4=INTD)
3690 *
3691 * Perform INTx swizzling for a device behind one level of bridge. This is
3692 * required by section 9.1 of the PCI-to-PCI bridge specification for devices
3693 * behind bridges on add-in cards. For devices with ARI enabled, the slot
3694 * number is always 0 (see the Implementation Note in section 2.2.8.1 of
3695 * the PCI Express Base Specification, Revision 2.1)
3696 */
3697u8 pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(const struct pci_dev *dev, u8 pin)
3698{
3699 int slot;
3700
3701 if (pci_ari_enabled(dev->bus))
3702 slot = 0;
3703 else
3704 slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
3705
3706 return (((pin - 1) + slot) % 4) + 1;
3707}
3708
3709int pci_get_interrupt_pin(struct pci_dev *dev, struct pci_dev **bridge)
3710{
3711 u8 pin;
3712
3713 pin = dev->pin;
3714 if (!pin)
3715 return -1;
3716
3717 while (!pci_is_root_bus(dev->bus)) {
3718 pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
3719 dev = dev->bus->self;
3720 }
3721 *bridge = dev;
3722 return pin;
3723}
3724
3725/**
3726 * pci_common_swizzle - swizzle INTx all the way to root bridge
3727 * @dev: the PCI device
3728 * @pinp: pointer to the INTx pin value (1=INTA, 2=INTB, 3=INTD, 4=INTD)
3729 *
3730 * Perform INTx swizzling for a device. This traverses through all PCI-to-PCI
3731 * bridges all the way up to a PCI root bus.
3732 */
3733u8 pci_common_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
3734{
3735 u8 pin = *pinp;
3736
3737 while (!pci_is_root_bus(dev->bus)) {
3738 pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
3739 dev = dev->bus->self;
3740 }
3741 *pinp = pin;
3742 return PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
3743}
3744EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_common_swizzle);
3745
3746/**
3747 * pci_release_region - Release a PCI bar
3748 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources were previously reserved by
3749 * pci_request_region()
3750 * @bar: BAR to release
3751 *
3752 * Releases the PCI I/O and memory resources previously reserved by a
3753 * successful call to pci_request_region(). Call this function only
3754 * after all use of the PCI regions has ceased.
3755 */
3756void pci_release_region(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3757{
3758 struct pci_devres *dr;
3759
3760 if (pci_resource_len(pdev, bar) == 0)
3761 return;
3762 if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_IO)
3763 release_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
3764 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar));
3765 else if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_MEM)
3766 release_mem_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
3767 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar));
3768
3769 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
3770 if (dr)
3771 dr->region_mask &= ~(1 << bar);
3772}
3773EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_release_region);
3774
3775/**
3776 * __pci_request_region - Reserved PCI I/O and memory resource
3777 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
3778 * @bar: BAR to be reserved
3779 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource.
3780 * @exclusive: whether the region access is exclusive or not
3781 *
3782 * Mark the PCI region associated with PCI device @pdev BAR @bar as
3783 * being reserved by owner @res_name. Do not access any
3784 * address inside the PCI regions unless this call returns
3785 * successfully.
3786 *
3787 * If @exclusive is set, then the region is marked so that userspace
3788 * is explicitly not allowed to map the resource via /dev/mem or
3789 * sysfs MMIO access.
3790 *
3791 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning
3792 * message is also printed on failure.
3793 */
3794static int __pci_request_region(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar,
3795 const char *res_name, int exclusive)
3796{
3797 struct pci_devres *dr;
3798
3799 if (pci_resource_len(pdev, bar) == 0)
3800 return 0;
3801
3802 if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_IO) {
3803 if (!request_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
3804 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar), res_name))
3805 goto err_out;
3806 } else if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_MEM) {
3807 if (!__request_mem_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
3808 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar), res_name,
3809 exclusive))
3810 goto err_out;
3811 }
3812
3813 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
3814 if (dr)
3815 dr->region_mask |= 1 << bar;
3816
3817 return 0;
3818
3819err_out:
3820 pci_warn(pdev, "BAR %d: can't reserve %pR\n", bar,
3821 &pdev->resource[bar]);
3822 return -EBUSY;
3823}
3824
3825/**
3826 * pci_request_region - Reserve PCI I/O and memory resource
3827 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
3828 * @bar: BAR to be reserved
3829 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource
3830 *
3831 * Mark the PCI region associated with PCI device @pdev BAR @bar as
3832 * being reserved by owner @res_name. Do not access any
3833 * address inside the PCI regions unless this call returns
3834 * successfully.
3835 *
3836 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning
3837 * message is also printed on failure.
3838 */
3839int pci_request_region(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar, const char *res_name)
3840{
3841 return __pci_request_region(pdev, bar, res_name, 0);
3842}
3843EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_region);
3844
3845/**
3846 * pci_release_selected_regions - Release selected PCI I/O and memory resources
3847 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources were previously reserved
3848 * @bars: Bitmask of BARs to be released
3849 *
3850 * Release selected PCI I/O and memory resources previously reserved.
3851 * Call this function only after all use of the PCI regions has ceased.
3852 */
3853void pci_release_selected_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars)
3854{
3855 int i;
3856
3857 for (i = 0; i < PCI_STD_NUM_BARS; i++)
3858 if (bars & (1 << i))
3859 pci_release_region(pdev, i);
3860}
3861EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_release_selected_regions);
3862
3863static int __pci_request_selected_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars,
3864 const char *res_name, int excl)
3865{
3866 int i;
3867
3868 for (i = 0; i < PCI_STD_NUM_BARS; i++)
3869 if (bars & (1 << i))
3870 if (__pci_request_region(pdev, i, res_name, excl))
3871 goto err_out;
3872 return 0;
3873
3874err_out:
3875 while (--i >= 0)
3876 if (bars & (1 << i))
3877 pci_release_region(pdev, i);
3878
3879 return -EBUSY;
3880}
3881
3882
3883/**
3884 * pci_request_selected_regions - Reserve selected PCI I/O and memory resources
3885 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
3886 * @bars: Bitmask of BARs to be requested
3887 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource
3888 */
3889int pci_request_selected_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars,
3890 const char *res_name)
3891{
3892 return __pci_request_selected_regions(pdev, bars, res_name, 0);
3893}
3894EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_selected_regions);
3895
3896int pci_request_selected_regions_exclusive(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars,
3897 const char *res_name)
3898{
3899 return __pci_request_selected_regions(pdev, bars, res_name,
3900 IORESOURCE_EXCLUSIVE);
3901}
3902EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_selected_regions_exclusive);
3903
3904/**
3905 * pci_release_regions - Release reserved PCI I/O and memory resources
3906 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources were previously reserved by
3907 * pci_request_regions()
3908 *
3909 * Releases all PCI I/O and memory resources previously reserved by a
3910 * successful call to pci_request_regions(). Call this function only
3911 * after all use of the PCI regions has ceased.
3912 */
3913
3914void pci_release_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev)
3915{
3916 pci_release_selected_regions(pdev, (1 << PCI_STD_NUM_BARS) - 1);
3917}
3918EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_release_regions);
3919
3920/**
3921 * pci_request_regions - Reserve PCI I/O and memory resources
3922 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
3923 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource.
3924 *
3925 * Mark all PCI regions associated with PCI device @pdev as
3926 * being reserved by owner @res_name. Do not access any
3927 * address inside the PCI regions unless this call returns
3928 * successfully.
3929 *
3930 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning
3931 * message is also printed on failure.
3932 */
3933int pci_request_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, const char *res_name)
3934{
3935 return pci_request_selected_regions(pdev,
3936 ((1 << PCI_STD_NUM_BARS) - 1), res_name);
3937}
3938EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_regions);
3939
3940/**
3941 * pci_request_regions_exclusive - Reserve PCI I/O and memory resources
3942 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
3943 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource.
3944 *
3945 * Mark all PCI regions associated with PCI device @pdev as being reserved
3946 * by owner @res_name. Do not access any address inside the PCI regions
3947 * unless this call returns successfully.
3948 *
3949 * pci_request_regions_exclusive() will mark the region so that /dev/mem
3950 * and the sysfs MMIO access will not be allowed.
3951 *
3952 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning message is also
3953 * printed on failure.
3954 */
3955int pci_request_regions_exclusive(struct pci_dev *pdev, const char *res_name)
3956{
3957 return pci_request_selected_regions_exclusive(pdev,
3958 ((1 << PCI_STD_NUM_BARS) - 1), res_name);
3959}
3960EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_regions_exclusive);
3961
3962/*
3963 * Record the PCI IO range (expressed as CPU physical address + size).
3964 * Return a negative value if an error has occurred, zero otherwise
3965 */
3966int pci_register_io_range(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, phys_addr_t addr,
3967 resource_size_t size)
3968{
3969 int ret = 0;
3970#ifdef PCI_IOBASE
3971 struct logic_pio_hwaddr *range;
3972
3973 if (!size || addr + size < addr)
3974 return -EINVAL;
3975
3976 range = kzalloc(sizeof(*range), GFP_ATOMIC);
3977 if (!range)
3978 return -ENOMEM;
3979
3980 range->fwnode = fwnode;
3981 range->size = size;
3982 range->hw_start = addr;
3983 range->flags = LOGIC_PIO_CPU_MMIO;
3984
3985 ret = logic_pio_register_range(range);
3986 if (ret)
3987 kfree(range);
3988#endif
3989
3990 return ret;
3991}
3992
3993phys_addr_t pci_pio_to_address(unsigned long pio)
3994{
3995 phys_addr_t address = (phys_addr_t)OF_BAD_ADDR;
3996
3997#ifdef PCI_IOBASE
3998 if (pio >= MMIO_UPPER_LIMIT)
3999 return address;
4000
4001 address = logic_pio_to_hwaddr(pio);
4002#endif
4003
4004 return address;
4005}
4006
4007unsigned long __weak pci_address_to_pio(phys_addr_t address)
4008{
4009#ifdef PCI_IOBASE
4010 return logic_pio_trans_cpuaddr(address);
4011#else
4012 if (address > IO_SPACE_LIMIT)
4013 return (unsigned long)-1;
4014
4015 return (unsigned long) address;
4016#endif
4017}
4018
4019/**
4020 * pci_remap_iospace - Remap the memory mapped I/O space
4021 * @res: Resource describing the I/O space
4022 * @phys_addr: physical address of range to be mapped
4023 *
4024 * Remap the memory mapped I/O space described by the @res and the CPU
4025 * physical address @phys_addr into virtual address space. Only
4026 * architectures that have memory mapped IO functions defined (and the
4027 * PCI_IOBASE value defined) should call this function.
4028 */
4029int pci_remap_iospace(const struct resource *res, phys_addr_t phys_addr)
4030{
4031#if defined(PCI_IOBASE) && defined(CONFIG_MMU)
4032 unsigned long vaddr = (unsigned long)PCI_IOBASE + res->start;
4033
4034 if (!(res->flags & IORESOURCE_IO))
4035 return -EINVAL;
4036
4037 if (res->end > IO_SPACE_LIMIT)
4038 return -EINVAL;
4039
4040 return ioremap_page_range(vaddr, vaddr + resource_size(res), phys_addr,
4041 pgprot_device(PAGE_KERNEL));
4042#else
4043 /*
4044 * This architecture does not have memory mapped I/O space,
4045 * so this function should never be called
4046 */
4047 WARN_ONCE(1, "This architecture does not support memory mapped I/O\n");
4048 return -ENODEV;
4049#endif
4050}
4051EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_remap_iospace);
4052
4053/**
4054 * pci_unmap_iospace - Unmap the memory mapped I/O space
4055 * @res: resource to be unmapped
4056 *
4057 * Unmap the CPU virtual address @res from virtual address space. Only
4058 * architectures that have memory mapped IO functions defined (and the
4059 * PCI_IOBASE value defined) should call this function.
4060 */
4061void pci_unmap_iospace(struct resource *res)
4062{
4063#if defined(PCI_IOBASE) && defined(CONFIG_MMU)
4064 unsigned long vaddr = (unsigned long)PCI_IOBASE + res->start;
4065
4066 unmap_kernel_range(vaddr, resource_size(res));
4067#endif
4068}
4069EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_unmap_iospace);
4070
4071static void devm_pci_unmap_iospace(struct device *dev, void *ptr)
4072{
4073 struct resource **res = ptr;
4074
4075 pci_unmap_iospace(*res);
4076}
4077
4078/**
4079 * devm_pci_remap_iospace - Managed pci_remap_iospace()
4080 * @dev: Generic device to remap IO address for
4081 * @res: Resource describing the I/O space
4082 * @phys_addr: physical address of range to be mapped
4083 *
4084 * Managed pci_remap_iospace(). Map is automatically unmapped on driver
4085 * detach.
4086 */
4087int devm_pci_remap_iospace(struct device *dev, const struct resource *res,
4088 phys_addr_t phys_addr)
4089{
4090 const struct resource **ptr;
4091 int error;
4092
4093 ptr = devres_alloc(devm_pci_unmap_iospace, sizeof(*ptr), GFP_KERNEL);
4094 if (!ptr)
4095 return -ENOMEM;
4096
4097 error = pci_remap_iospace(res, phys_addr);
4098 if (error) {
4099 devres_free(ptr);
4100 } else {
4101 *ptr = res;
4102 devres_add(dev, ptr);
4103 }
4104
4105 return error;
4106}
4107EXPORT_SYMBOL(devm_pci_remap_iospace);
4108
4109/**
4110 * devm_pci_remap_cfgspace - Managed pci_remap_cfgspace()
4111 * @dev: Generic device to remap IO address for
4112 * @offset: Resource address to map
4113 * @size: Size of map
4114 *
4115 * Managed pci_remap_cfgspace(). Map is automatically unmapped on driver
4116 * detach.
4117 */
4118void __iomem *devm_pci_remap_cfgspace(struct device *dev,
4119 resource_size_t offset,
4120 resource_size_t size)
4121{
4122 void __iomem **ptr, *addr;
4123
4124 ptr = devres_alloc(devm_ioremap_release, sizeof(*ptr), GFP_KERNEL);
4125 if (!ptr)
4126 return NULL;
4127
4128 addr = pci_remap_cfgspace(offset, size);
4129 if (addr) {
4130 *ptr = addr;
4131 devres_add(dev, ptr);
4132 } else
4133 devres_free(ptr);
4134
4135 return addr;
4136}
4137EXPORT_SYMBOL(devm_pci_remap_cfgspace);
4138
4139/**
4140 * devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource - check, request region and ioremap cfg resource
4141 * @dev: generic device to handle the resource for
4142 * @res: configuration space resource to be handled
4143 *
4144 * Checks that a resource is a valid memory region, requests the memory
4145 * region and ioremaps with pci_remap_cfgspace() API that ensures the
4146 * proper PCI configuration space memory attributes are guaranteed.
4147 *
4148 * All operations are managed and will be undone on driver detach.
4149 *
4150 * Returns a pointer to the remapped memory or an ERR_PTR() encoded error code
4151 * on failure. Usage example::
4152 *
4153 * res = platform_get_resource(pdev, IORESOURCE_MEM, 0);
4154 * base = devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource(&pdev->dev, res);
4155 * if (IS_ERR(base))
4156 * return PTR_ERR(base);
4157 */
4158void __iomem *devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource(struct device *dev,
4159 struct resource *res)
4160{
4161 resource_size_t size;
4162 const char *name;
4163 void __iomem *dest_ptr;
4164
4165 BUG_ON(!dev);
4166
4167 if (!res || resource_type(res) != IORESOURCE_MEM) {
4168 dev_err(dev, "invalid resource\n");
4169 return IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
4170 }
4171
4172 size = resource_size(res);
4173 name = res->name ?: dev_name(dev);
4174
4175 if (!devm_request_mem_region(dev, res->start, size, name)) {
4176 dev_err(dev, "can't request region for resource %pR\n", res);
4177 return IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-EBUSY);
4178 }
4179
4180 dest_ptr = devm_pci_remap_cfgspace(dev, res->start, size);
4181 if (!dest_ptr) {
4182 dev_err(dev, "ioremap failed for resource %pR\n", res);
4183 devm_release_mem_region(dev, res->start, size);
4184 dest_ptr = IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
4185 }
4186
4187 return dest_ptr;
4188}
4189EXPORT_SYMBOL(devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource);
4190
4191static void __pci_set_master(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
4192{
4193 u16 old_cmd, cmd;
4194
4195 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &old_cmd);
4196 if (enable)
4197 cmd = old_cmd | PCI_COMMAND_MASTER;
4198 else
4199 cmd = old_cmd & ~PCI_COMMAND_MASTER;
4200 if (cmd != old_cmd) {
4201 pci_dbg(dev, "%s bus mastering\n",
4202 enable ? "enabling" : "disabling");
4203 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4204 }
4205 dev->is_busmaster = enable;
4206}
4207
4208/**
4209 * pcibios_setup - process "pci=" kernel boot arguments
4210 * @str: string used to pass in "pci=" kernel boot arguments
4211 *
4212 * Process kernel boot arguments. This is the default implementation.
4213 * Architecture specific implementations can override this as necessary.
4214 */
4215char * __weak __init pcibios_setup(char *str)
4216{
4217 return str;
4218}
4219
4220/**
4221 * pcibios_set_master - enable PCI bus-mastering for device dev
4222 * @dev: the PCI device to enable
4223 *
4224 * Enables PCI bus-mastering for the device. This is the default
4225 * implementation. Architecture specific implementations can override
4226 * this if necessary.
4227 */
4228void __weak pcibios_set_master(struct pci_dev *dev)
4229{
4230 u8 lat;
4231
4232 /* The latency timer doesn't apply to PCIe (either Type 0 or Type 1) */
4233 if (pci_is_pcie(dev))
4234 return;
4235
4236 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_LATENCY_TIMER, &lat);
4237 if (lat < 16)
4238 lat = (64 <= pcibios_max_latency) ? 64 : pcibios_max_latency;
4239 else if (lat > pcibios_max_latency)
4240 lat = pcibios_max_latency;
4241 else
4242 return;
4243
4244 pci_write_config_byte(dev, PCI_LATENCY_TIMER, lat);
4245}
4246
4247/**
4248 * pci_set_master - enables bus-mastering for device dev
4249 * @dev: the PCI device to enable
4250 *
4251 * Enables bus-mastering on the device and calls pcibios_set_master()
4252 * to do the needed arch specific settings.
4253 */
4254void pci_set_master(struct pci_dev *dev)
4255{
4256 __pci_set_master(dev, true);
4257 pcibios_set_master(dev);
4258}
4259EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_master);
4260
4261/**
4262 * pci_clear_master - disables bus-mastering for device dev
4263 * @dev: the PCI device to disable
4264 */
4265void pci_clear_master(struct pci_dev *dev)
4266{
4267 __pci_set_master(dev, false);
4268}
4269EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_clear_master);
4270
4271/**
4272 * pci_set_cacheline_size - ensure the CACHE_LINE_SIZE register is programmed
4273 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is to be enabled
4274 *
4275 * Helper function for pci_set_mwi.
4276 * Originally copied from drivers/net/acenic.c.
4277 * Copyright 1998-2001 by Jes Sorensen, <jes@trained-monkey.org>.
4278 *
4279 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4280 */
4281int pci_set_cacheline_size(struct pci_dev *dev)
4282{
4283 u8 cacheline_size;
4284
4285 if (!pci_cache_line_size)
4286 return -EINVAL;
4287
4288 /* Validate current setting: the PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE must be
4289 equal to or multiple of the right value. */
4290 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE, &cacheline_size);
4291 if (cacheline_size >= pci_cache_line_size &&
4292 (cacheline_size % pci_cache_line_size) == 0)
4293 return 0;
4294
4295 /* Write the correct value. */
4296 pci_write_config_byte(dev, PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE, pci_cache_line_size);
4297 /* Read it back. */
4298 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE, &cacheline_size);
4299 if (cacheline_size == pci_cache_line_size)
4300 return 0;
4301
4302 pci_info(dev, "cache line size of %d is not supported\n",
4303 pci_cache_line_size << 2);
4304
4305 return -EINVAL;
4306}
4307EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_set_cacheline_size);
4308
4309/**
4310 * pci_set_mwi - enables memory-write-invalidate PCI transaction
4311 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is enabled
4312 *
4313 * Enables the Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction in %PCI_COMMAND.
4314 *
4315 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4316 */
4317int pci_set_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4318{
4319#ifdef PCI_DISABLE_MWI
4320 return 0;
4321#else
4322 int rc;
4323 u16 cmd;
4324
4325 rc = pci_set_cacheline_size(dev);
4326 if (rc)
4327 return rc;
4328
4329 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
4330 if (!(cmd & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)) {
4331 pci_dbg(dev, "enabling Mem-Wr-Inval\n");
4332 cmd |= PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE;
4333 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4334 }
4335 return 0;
4336#endif
4337}
4338EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_mwi);
4339
4340/**
4341 * pcim_set_mwi - a device-managed pci_set_mwi()
4342 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is enabled
4343 *
4344 * Managed pci_set_mwi().
4345 *
4346 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4347 */
4348int pcim_set_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4349{
4350 struct pci_devres *dr;
4351
4352 dr = find_pci_dr(dev);
4353 if (!dr)
4354 return -ENOMEM;
4355
4356 dr->mwi = 1;
4357 return pci_set_mwi(dev);
4358}
4359EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcim_set_mwi);
4360
4361/**
4362 * pci_try_set_mwi - enables memory-write-invalidate PCI transaction
4363 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is enabled
4364 *
4365 * Enables the Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction in %PCI_COMMAND.
4366 * Callers are not required to check the return value.
4367 *
4368 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4369 */
4370int pci_try_set_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4371{
4372#ifdef PCI_DISABLE_MWI
4373 return 0;
4374#else
4375 return pci_set_mwi(dev);
4376#endif
4377}
4378EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_try_set_mwi);
4379
4380/**
4381 * pci_clear_mwi - disables Memory-Write-Invalidate for device dev
4382 * @dev: the PCI device to disable
4383 *
4384 * Disables PCI Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction on the device
4385 */
4386void pci_clear_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4387{
4388#ifndef PCI_DISABLE_MWI
4389 u16 cmd;
4390
4391 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
4392 if (cmd & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE) {
4393 cmd &= ~PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE;
4394 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4395 }
4396#endif
4397}
4398EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_clear_mwi);
4399
4400/**
4401 * pci_intx - enables/disables PCI INTx for device dev
4402 * @pdev: the PCI device to operate on
4403 * @enable: boolean: whether to enable or disable PCI INTx
4404 *
4405 * Enables/disables PCI INTx for device @pdev
4406 */
4407void pci_intx(struct pci_dev *pdev, int enable)
4408{
4409 u16 pci_command, new;
4410
4411 pci_read_config_word(pdev, PCI_COMMAND, &pci_command);
4412
4413 if (enable)
4414 new = pci_command & ~PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4415 else
4416 new = pci_command | PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4417
4418 if (new != pci_command) {
4419 struct pci_devres *dr;
4420
4421 pci_write_config_word(pdev, PCI_COMMAND, new);
4422
4423 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
4424 if (dr && !dr->restore_intx) {
4425 dr->restore_intx = 1;
4426 dr->orig_intx = !enable;
4427 }
4428 }
4429}
4430EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_intx);
4431
4432static bool pci_check_and_set_intx_mask(struct pci_dev *dev, bool mask)
4433{
4434 struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
4435 bool mask_updated = true;
4436 u32 cmd_status_dword;
4437 u16 origcmd, newcmd;
4438 unsigned long flags;
4439 bool irq_pending;
4440
4441 /*
4442 * We do a single dword read to retrieve both command and status.
4443 * Document assumptions that make this possible.
4444 */
4445 BUILD_BUG_ON(PCI_COMMAND % 4);
4446 BUILD_BUG_ON(PCI_COMMAND + 2 != PCI_STATUS);
4447
4448 raw_spin_lock_irqsave(&pci_lock, flags);
4449
4450 bus->ops->read(bus, dev->devfn, PCI_COMMAND, 4, &cmd_status_dword);
4451
4452 irq_pending = (cmd_status_dword >> 16) & PCI_STATUS_INTERRUPT;
4453
4454 /*
4455 * Check interrupt status register to see whether our device
4456 * triggered the interrupt (when masking) or the next IRQ is
4457 * already pending (when unmasking).
4458 */
4459 if (mask != irq_pending) {
4460 mask_updated = false;
4461 goto done;
4462 }
4463
4464 origcmd = cmd_status_dword;
4465 newcmd = origcmd & ~PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4466 if (mask)
4467 newcmd |= PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4468 if (newcmd != origcmd)
4469 bus->ops->write(bus, dev->devfn, PCI_COMMAND, 2, newcmd);
4470
4471done:
4472 raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore(&pci_lock, flags);
4473
4474 return mask_updated;
4475}
4476
4477/**
4478 * pci_check_and_mask_intx - mask INTx on pending interrupt
4479 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4480 *
4481 * Check if the device dev has its INTx line asserted, mask it and return
4482 * true in that case. False is returned if no interrupt was pending.
4483 */
4484bool pci_check_and_mask_intx(struct pci_dev *dev)
4485{
4486 return pci_check_and_set_intx_mask(dev, true);
4487}
4488EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_check_and_mask_intx);
4489
4490/**
4491 * pci_check_and_unmask_intx - unmask INTx if no interrupt is pending
4492 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4493 *
4494 * Check if the device dev has its INTx line asserted, unmask it if not and
4495 * return true. False is returned and the mask remains active if there was
4496 * still an interrupt pending.
4497 */
4498bool pci_check_and_unmask_intx(struct pci_dev *dev)
4499{
4500 return pci_check_and_set_intx_mask(dev, false);
4501}
4502EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_check_and_unmask_intx);
4503
4504/**
4505 * pci_wait_for_pending_transaction - wait for pending transaction
4506 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4507 *
4508 * Return 0 if transaction is pending 1 otherwise.
4509 */
4510int pci_wait_for_pending_transaction(struct pci_dev *dev)
4511{
4512 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
4513 return 1;
4514
4515 return pci_wait_for_pending(dev, pci_pcie_cap(dev) + PCI_EXP_DEVSTA,
4516 PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_TRPND);
4517}
4518EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_wait_for_pending_transaction);
4519
4520/**
4521 * pcie_has_flr - check if a device supports function level resets
4522 * @dev: device to check
4523 *
4524 * Returns true if the device advertises support for PCIe function level
4525 * resets.
4526 */
4527bool pcie_has_flr(struct pci_dev *dev)
4528{
4529 u32 cap;
4530
4531 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_FLR_RESET)
4532 return false;
4533
4534 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCAP, &cap);
4535 return cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_FLR;
4536}
4537EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pcie_has_flr);
4538
4539/**
4540 * pcie_flr - initiate a PCIe function level reset
4541 * @dev: device to reset
4542 *
4543 * Initiate a function level reset on @dev. The caller should ensure the
4544 * device supports FLR before calling this function, e.g. by using the
4545 * pcie_has_flr() helper.
4546 */
4547int pcie_flr(struct pci_dev *dev)
4548{
4549 if (!pci_wait_for_pending_transaction(dev))
4550 pci_err(dev, "timed out waiting for pending transaction; performing function level reset anyway\n");
4551
4552 pcie_capability_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_BCR_FLR);
4553
4554 if (dev->imm_ready)
4555 return 0;
4556
4557 /*
4558 * Per PCIe r4.0, sec 6.6.2, a device must complete an FLR within
4559 * 100ms, but may silently discard requests while the FLR is in
4560 * progress. Wait 100ms before trying to access the device.
4561 */
4562 msleep(100);
4563
4564 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "FLR", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4565}
4566EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pcie_flr);
4567
4568static int pci_af_flr(struct pci_dev *dev, int probe)
4569{
4570 int pos;
4571 u8 cap;
4572
4573 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_AF);
4574 if (!pos)
4575 return -ENOTTY;
4576
4577 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_FLR_RESET)
4578 return -ENOTTY;
4579
4580 pci_read_config_byte(dev, pos + PCI_AF_CAP, &cap);
4581 if (!(cap & PCI_AF_CAP_TP) || !(cap & PCI_AF_CAP_FLR))
4582 return -ENOTTY;
4583
4584 if (probe)
4585 return 0;
4586
4587 /*
4588 * Wait for Transaction Pending bit to clear. A word-aligned test
4589 * is used, so we use the control offset rather than status and shift
4590 * the test bit to match.
4591 */
4592 if (!pci_wait_for_pending(dev, pos + PCI_AF_CTRL,
4593 PCI_AF_STATUS_TP << 8))
4594 pci_err(dev, "timed out waiting for pending transaction; performing AF function level reset anyway\n");
4595
4596 pci_write_config_byte(dev, pos + PCI_AF_CTRL, PCI_AF_CTRL_FLR);
4597
4598 if (dev->imm_ready)
4599 return 0;
4600
4601 /*
4602 * Per Advanced Capabilities for Conventional PCI ECN, 13 April 2006,
4603 * updated 27 July 2006; a device must complete an FLR within
4604 * 100ms, but may silently discard requests while the FLR is in
4605 * progress. Wait 100ms before trying to access the device.
4606 */
4607 msleep(100);
4608
4609 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "AF_FLR", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4610}
4611
4612/**
4613 * pci_pm_reset - Put device into PCI_D3 and back into PCI_D0.
4614 * @dev: Device to reset.
4615 * @probe: If set, only check if the device can be reset this way.
4616 *
4617 * If @dev supports native PCI PM and its PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET flag is
4618 * unset, it will be reinitialized internally when going from PCI_D3hot to
4619 * PCI_D0. If that's the case and the device is not in a low-power state
4620 * already, force it into PCI_D3hot and back to PCI_D0, causing it to be reset.
4621 *
4622 * NOTE: This causes the caller to sleep for twice the device power transition
4623 * cooldown period, which for the D0->D3hot and D3hot->D0 transitions is 10 ms
4624 * by default (i.e. unless the @dev's d3_delay field has a different value).
4625 * Moreover, only devices in D0 can be reset by this function.
4626 */
4627static int pci_pm_reset(struct pci_dev *dev, int probe)
4628{
4629 u16 csr;
4630
4631 if (!dev->pm_cap || dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_PM_RESET)
4632 return -ENOTTY;
4633
4634 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &csr);
4635 if (csr & PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET)
4636 return -ENOTTY;
4637
4638 if (probe)
4639 return 0;
4640
4641 if (dev->current_state != PCI_D0)
4642 return -EINVAL;
4643
4644 csr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
4645 csr |= PCI_D3hot;
4646 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, csr);
4647 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
4648
4649 csr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
4650 csr |= PCI_D0;
4651 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, csr);
4652 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
4653
4654 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "PM D3hot->D0", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4655}
4656
4657/**
4658 * pcie_wait_for_link_delay - Wait until link is active or inactive
4659 * @pdev: Bridge device
4660 * @active: waiting for active or inactive?
4661 * @delay: Delay to wait after link has become active (in ms)
4662 *
4663 * Use this to wait till link becomes active or inactive.
4664 */
4665static bool pcie_wait_for_link_delay(struct pci_dev *pdev, bool active,
4666 int delay)
4667{
4668 int timeout = 1000;
4669 bool ret;
4670 u16 lnk_status;
4671
4672 /*
4673 * Some controllers might not implement link active reporting. In this
4674 * case, we wait for 1000 ms + any delay requested by the caller.
4675 */
4676 if (!pdev->link_active_reporting) {
4677 msleep(timeout + delay);
4678 return true;
4679 }
4680
4681 /*
4682 * PCIe r4.0 sec 6.6.1, a component must enter LTSSM Detect within 20ms,
4683 * after which we should expect an link active if the reset was
4684 * successful. If so, software must wait a minimum 100ms before sending
4685 * configuration requests to devices downstream this port.
4686 *
4687 * If the link fails to activate, either the device was physically
4688 * removed or the link is permanently failed.
4689 */
4690 if (active)
4691 msleep(20);
4692 for (;;) {
4693 pcie_capability_read_word(pdev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &lnk_status);
4694 ret = !!(lnk_status & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_DLLLA);
4695 if (ret == active)
4696 break;
4697 if (timeout <= 0)
4698 break;
4699 msleep(10);
4700 timeout -= 10;
4701 }
4702 if (active && ret)
4703 msleep(delay);
4704 else if (ret != active)
4705 pci_info(pdev, "Data Link Layer Link Active not %s in 1000 msec\n",
4706 active ? "set" : "cleared");
4707 return ret == active;
4708}
4709
4710/**
4711 * pcie_wait_for_link - Wait until link is active or inactive
4712 * @pdev: Bridge device
4713 * @active: waiting for active or inactive?
4714 *
4715 * Use this to wait till link becomes active or inactive.
4716 */
4717bool pcie_wait_for_link(struct pci_dev *pdev, bool active)
4718{
4719 return pcie_wait_for_link_delay(pdev, active, 100);
4720}
4721
4722/*
4723 * Find maximum D3cold delay required by all the devices on the bus. The
4724 * spec says 100 ms, but firmware can lower it and we allow drivers to
4725 * increase it as well.
4726 *
4727 * Called with @pci_bus_sem locked for reading.
4728 */
4729static int pci_bus_max_d3cold_delay(const struct pci_bus *bus)
4730{
4731 const struct pci_dev *pdev;
4732 int min_delay = 100;
4733 int max_delay = 0;
4734
4735 list_for_each_entry(pdev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
4736 if (pdev->d3cold_delay < min_delay)
4737 min_delay = pdev->d3cold_delay;
4738 if (pdev->d3cold_delay > max_delay)
4739 max_delay = pdev->d3cold_delay;
4740 }
4741
4742 return max(min_delay, max_delay);
4743}
4744
4745/**
4746 * pci_bridge_wait_for_secondary_bus - Wait for secondary bus to be accessible
4747 * @dev: PCI bridge
4748 *
4749 * Handle necessary delays before access to the devices on the secondary
4750 * side of the bridge are permitted after D3cold to D0 transition.
4751 *
4752 * For PCIe this means the delays in PCIe 5.0 section 6.6.1. For
4753 * conventional PCI it means Tpvrh + Trhfa specified in PCI 3.0 section
4754 * 4.3.2.
4755 */
4756void pci_bridge_wait_for_secondary_bus(struct pci_dev *dev)
4757{
4758 struct pci_dev *child;
4759 int delay;
4760
4761 if (pci_dev_is_disconnected(dev))
4762 return;
4763
4764 if (!pci_is_bridge(dev) || !dev->bridge_d3)
4765 return;
4766
4767 down_read(&pci_bus_sem);
4768
4769 /*
4770 * We only deal with devices that are present currently on the bus.
4771 * For any hot-added devices the access delay is handled in pciehp
4772 * board_added(). In case of ACPI hotplug the firmware is expected
4773 * to configure the devices before OS is notified.
4774 */
4775 if (!dev->subordinate || list_empty(&dev->subordinate->devices)) {
4776 up_read(&pci_bus_sem);
4777 return;
4778 }
4779
4780 /* Take d3cold_delay requirements into account */
4781 delay = pci_bus_max_d3cold_delay(dev->subordinate);
4782 if (!delay) {
4783 up_read(&pci_bus_sem);
4784 return;
4785 }
4786
4787 child = list_first_entry(&dev->subordinate->devices, struct pci_dev,
4788 bus_list);
4789 up_read(&pci_bus_sem);
4790
4791 /*
4792 * Conventional PCI and PCI-X we need to wait Tpvrh + Trhfa before
4793 * accessing the device after reset (that is 1000 ms + 100 ms). In
4794 * practice this should not be needed because we don't do power
4795 * management for them (see pci_bridge_d3_possible()).
4796 */
4797 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev)) {
4798 pci_dbg(dev, "waiting %d ms for secondary bus\n", 1000 + delay);
4799 msleep(1000 + delay);
4800 return;
4801 }
4802
4803 /*
4804 * For PCIe downstream and root ports that do not support speeds
4805 * greater than 5 GT/s need to wait minimum 100 ms. For higher
4806 * speeds (gen3) we need to wait first for the data link layer to
4807 * become active.
4808 *
4809 * However, 100 ms is the minimum and the PCIe spec says the
4810 * software must allow at least 1s before it can determine that the
4811 * device that did not respond is a broken device. There is
4812 * evidence that 100 ms is not always enough, for example certain
4813 * Titan Ridge xHCI controller does not always respond to
4814 * configuration requests if we only wait for 100 ms (see
4815 * https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=203885).
4816 *
4817 * Therefore we wait for 100 ms and check for the device presence.
4818 * If it is still not present give it an additional 100 ms.
4819 */
4820 if (!pcie_downstream_port(dev))
4821 return;
4822
4823 if (pcie_get_speed_cap(dev) <= PCIE_SPEED_5_0GT) {
4824 pci_dbg(dev, "waiting %d ms for downstream link\n", delay);
4825 msleep(delay);
4826 } else {
4827 pci_dbg(dev, "waiting %d ms for downstream link, after activation\n",
4828 delay);
4829 if (!pcie_wait_for_link_delay(dev, true, delay)) {
4830 /* Did not train, no need to wait any further */
4831 return;
4832 }
4833 }
4834
4835 if (!pci_device_is_present(child)) {
4836 pci_dbg(child, "waiting additional %d ms to become accessible\n", delay);
4837 msleep(delay);
4838 }
4839}
4840
4841void pci_reset_secondary_bus(struct pci_dev *dev)
4842{
4843 u16 ctrl;
4844
4845 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL, &ctrl);
4846 ctrl |= PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_BUS_RESET;
4847 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL, ctrl);
4848
4849 /*
4850 * PCI spec v3.0 7.6.4.2 requires minimum Trst of 1ms. Double
4851 * this to 2ms to ensure that we meet the minimum requirement.
4852 */
4853 msleep(2);
4854
4855 ctrl &= ~PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_BUS_RESET;
4856 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL, ctrl);
4857
4858 /*
4859 * Trhfa for conventional PCI is 2^25 clock cycles.
4860 * Assuming a minimum 33MHz clock this results in a 1s
4861 * delay before we can consider subordinate devices to
4862 * be re-initialized. PCIe has some ways to shorten this,
4863 * but we don't make use of them yet.
4864 */
4865 ssleep(1);
4866}
4867
4868void __weak pcibios_reset_secondary_bus(struct pci_dev *dev)
4869{
4870 pci_reset_secondary_bus(dev);
4871}
4872
4873/**
4874 * pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset - Reset the secondary bus on a PCI bridge.
4875 * @dev: Bridge device
4876 *
4877 * Use the bridge control register to assert reset on the secondary bus.
4878 * Devices on the secondary bus are left in power-on state.
4879 */
4880int pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(struct pci_dev *dev)
4881{
4882 pcibios_reset_secondary_bus(dev);
4883
4884 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "bus reset", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4885}
4886EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset);
4887
4888static int pci_parent_bus_reset(struct pci_dev *dev, int probe)
4889{
4890 struct pci_dev *pdev;
4891
4892 if (pci_is_root_bus(dev->bus) || dev->subordinate ||
4893 !dev->bus->self || dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET)
4894 return -ENOTTY;
4895
4896 list_for_each_entry(pdev, &dev->bus->devices, bus_list)
4897 if (pdev != dev)
4898 return -ENOTTY;
4899
4900 if (probe)
4901 return 0;
4902
4903 return pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(dev->bus->self);
4904}
4905
4906static int pci_reset_hotplug_slot(struct hotplug_slot *hotplug, int probe)
4907{
4908 int rc = -ENOTTY;
4909
4910 if (!hotplug || !try_module_get(hotplug->owner))
4911 return rc;
4912
4913 if (hotplug->ops->reset_slot)
4914 rc = hotplug->ops->reset_slot(hotplug, probe);
4915
4916 module_put(hotplug->owner);
4917
4918 return rc;
4919}
4920
4921static int pci_dev_reset_slot_function(struct pci_dev *dev, int probe)
4922{
4923 struct pci_dev *pdev;
4924
4925 if (dev->subordinate || !dev->slot ||
4926 dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET)
4927 return -ENOTTY;
4928
4929 list_for_each_entry(pdev, &dev->bus->devices, bus_list)
4930 if (pdev != dev && pdev->slot == dev->slot)
4931 return -ENOTTY;
4932
4933 return pci_reset_hotplug_slot(dev->slot->hotplug, probe);
4934}
4935
4936static void pci_dev_lock(struct pci_dev *dev)
4937{
4938 pci_cfg_access_lock(dev);
4939 /* block PM suspend, driver probe, etc. */
4940 device_lock(&dev->dev);
4941}
4942
4943/* Return 1 on successful lock, 0 on contention */
4944static int pci_dev_trylock(struct pci_dev *dev)
4945{
4946 if (pci_cfg_access_trylock(dev)) {
4947 if (device_trylock(&dev->dev))
4948 return 1;
4949 pci_cfg_access_unlock(dev);
4950 }
4951
4952 return 0;
4953}
4954
4955static void pci_dev_unlock(struct pci_dev *dev)
4956{
4957 device_unlock(&dev->dev);
4958 pci_cfg_access_unlock(dev);
4959}
4960
4961static void pci_dev_save_and_disable(struct pci_dev *dev)
4962{
4963 const struct pci_error_handlers *err_handler =
4964 dev->driver ? dev->driver->err_handler : NULL;
4965
4966 /*
4967 * dev->driver->err_handler->reset_prepare() is protected against
4968 * races with ->remove() by the device lock, which must be held by
4969 * the caller.
4970 */
4971 if (err_handler && err_handler->reset_prepare)
4972 err_handler->reset_prepare(dev);
4973
4974 /*
4975 * Wake-up device prior to save. PM registers default to D0 after
4976 * reset and a simple register restore doesn't reliably return
4977 * to a non-D0 state anyway.
4978 */
4979 pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
4980
4981 pci_save_state(dev);
4982 /*
4983 * Disable the device by clearing the Command register, except for
4984 * INTx-disable which is set. This not only disables MMIO and I/O port
4985 * BARs, but also prevents the device from being Bus Master, preventing
4986 * DMA from the device including MSI/MSI-X interrupts. For PCI 2.3
4987 * compliant devices, INTx-disable prevents legacy interrupts.
4988 */
4989 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE);
4990}
4991
4992static void pci_dev_restore(struct pci_dev *dev)
4993{
4994 const struct pci_error_handlers *err_handler =
4995 dev->driver ? dev->driver->err_handler : NULL;
4996
4997 pci_restore_state(dev);
4998
4999 /*
5000 * dev->driver->err_handler->reset_done() is protected against
5001 * races with ->remove() by the device lock, which must be held by
5002 * the caller.
5003 */
5004 if (err_handler && err_handler->reset_done)
5005 err_handler->reset_done(dev);
5006}
5007
5008/**
5009 * __pci_reset_function_locked - reset a PCI device function while holding
5010 * the @dev mutex lock.
5011 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5012 *
5013 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5014 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5015 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5016 *
5017 * The device function is presumed to be unused and the caller is holding
5018 * the device mutex lock when this function is called.
5019 *
5020 * Resetting the device will make the contents of PCI configuration space
5021 * random, so any caller of this must be prepared to reinitialise the
5022 * device including MSI, bus mastering, BARs, decoding IO and memory spaces,
5023 * etc.
5024 *
5025 * Returns 0 if the device function was successfully reset or negative if the
5026 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5027 */
5028int __pci_reset_function_locked(struct pci_dev *dev)
5029{
5030 int rc;
5031
5032 might_sleep();
5033
5034 /*
5035 * A reset method returns -ENOTTY if it doesn't support this device
5036 * and we should try the next method.
5037 *
5038 * If it returns 0 (success), we're finished. If it returns any
5039 * other error, we're also finished: this indicates that further
5040 * reset mechanisms might be broken on the device.
5041 */
5042 rc = pci_dev_specific_reset(dev, 0);
5043 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5044 return rc;
5045 if (pcie_has_flr(dev)) {
5046 rc = pcie_flr(dev);
5047 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5048 return rc;
5049 }
5050 rc = pci_af_flr(dev, 0);
5051 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5052 return rc;
5053 rc = pci_pm_reset(dev, 0);
5054 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5055 return rc;
5056 rc = pci_dev_reset_slot_function(dev, 0);
5057 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5058 return rc;
5059 return pci_parent_bus_reset(dev, 0);
5060}
5061EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(__pci_reset_function_locked);
5062
5063/**
5064 * pci_probe_reset_function - check whether the device can be safely reset
5065 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5066 *
5067 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5068 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5069 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5070 *
5071 * Returns 0 if the device function can be reset or negative if the
5072 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5073 */
5074int pci_probe_reset_function(struct pci_dev *dev)
5075{
5076 int rc;
5077
5078 might_sleep();
5079
5080 rc = pci_dev_specific_reset(dev, 1);
5081 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5082 return rc;
5083 if (pcie_has_flr(dev))
5084 return 0;
5085 rc = pci_af_flr(dev, 1);
5086 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5087 return rc;
5088 rc = pci_pm_reset(dev, 1);
5089 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5090 return rc;
5091 rc = pci_dev_reset_slot_function(dev, 1);
5092 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5093 return rc;
5094
5095 return pci_parent_bus_reset(dev, 1);
5096}
5097
5098/**
5099 * pci_reset_function - quiesce and reset a PCI device function
5100 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5101 *
5102 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5103 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5104 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5105 *
5106 * This function does not just reset the PCI portion of a device, but
5107 * clears all the state associated with the device. This function differs
5108 * from __pci_reset_function_locked() in that it saves and restores device state
5109 * over the reset and takes the PCI device lock.
5110 *
5111 * Returns 0 if the device function was successfully reset or negative if the
5112 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5113 */
5114int pci_reset_function(struct pci_dev *dev)
5115{
5116 int rc;
5117
5118 if (!dev->reset_fn)
5119 return -ENOTTY;
5120
5121 pci_dev_lock(dev);
5122 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5123
5124 rc = __pci_reset_function_locked(dev);
5125
5126 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5127 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5128
5129 return rc;
5130}
5131EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_reset_function);
5132
5133/**
5134 * pci_reset_function_locked - quiesce and reset a PCI device function
5135 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5136 *
5137 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5138 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5139 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5140 *
5141 * This function does not just reset the PCI portion of a device, but
5142 * clears all the state associated with the device. This function differs
5143 * from __pci_reset_function_locked() in that it saves and restores device state
5144 * over the reset. It also differs from pci_reset_function() in that it
5145 * requires the PCI device lock to be held.
5146 *
5147 * Returns 0 if the device function was successfully reset or negative if the
5148 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5149 */
5150int pci_reset_function_locked(struct pci_dev *dev)
5151{
5152 int rc;
5153
5154 if (!dev->reset_fn)
5155 return -ENOTTY;
5156
5157 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5158
5159 rc = __pci_reset_function_locked(dev);
5160
5161 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5162
5163 return rc;
5164}
5165EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_reset_function_locked);
5166
5167/**
5168 * pci_try_reset_function - quiesce and reset a PCI device function
5169 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5170 *
5171 * Same as above, except return -EAGAIN if unable to lock device.
5172 */
5173int pci_try_reset_function(struct pci_dev *dev)
5174{
5175 int rc;
5176
5177 if (!dev->reset_fn)
5178 return -ENOTTY;
5179
5180 if (!pci_dev_trylock(dev))
5181 return -EAGAIN;
5182
5183 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5184 rc = __pci_reset_function_locked(dev);
5185 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5186 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5187
5188 return rc;
5189}
5190EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_try_reset_function);
5191
5192/* Do any devices on or below this bus prevent a bus reset? */
5193static bool pci_bus_resetable(struct pci_bus *bus)
5194{
5195 struct pci_dev *dev;
5196
5197
5198 if (bus->self && (bus->self->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET))
5199 return false;
5200
5201 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5202 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET ||
5203 (dev->subordinate && !pci_bus_resetable(dev->subordinate)))
5204 return false;
5205 }
5206
5207 return true;
5208}
5209
5210/* Lock devices from the top of the tree down */
5211static void pci_bus_lock(struct pci_bus *bus)
5212{
5213 struct pci_dev *dev;
5214
5215 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5216 pci_dev_lock(dev);
5217 if (dev->subordinate)
5218 pci_bus_lock(dev->subordinate);
5219 }
5220}
5221
5222/* Unlock devices from the bottom of the tree up */
5223static void pci_bus_unlock(struct pci_bus *bus)
5224{
5225 struct pci_dev *dev;
5226
5227 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5228 if (dev->subordinate)
5229 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5230 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5231 }
5232}
5233
5234/* Return 1 on successful lock, 0 on contention */
5235static int pci_bus_trylock(struct pci_bus *bus)
5236{
5237 struct pci_dev *dev;
5238
5239 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5240 if (!pci_dev_trylock(dev))
5241 goto unlock;
5242 if (dev->subordinate) {
5243 if (!pci_bus_trylock(dev->subordinate)) {
5244 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5245 goto unlock;
5246 }
5247 }
5248 }
5249 return 1;
5250
5251unlock:
5252 list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5253 if (dev->subordinate)
5254 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5255 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5256 }
5257 return 0;
5258}
5259
5260/* Do any devices on or below this slot prevent a bus reset? */
5261static bool pci_slot_resetable(struct pci_slot *slot)
5262{
5263 struct pci_dev *dev;
5264
5265 if (slot->bus->self &&
5266 (slot->bus->self->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET))
5267 return false;
5268
5269 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5270 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5271 continue;
5272 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET ||
5273 (dev->subordinate && !pci_bus_resetable(dev->subordinate)))
5274 return false;
5275 }
5276
5277 return true;
5278}
5279
5280/* Lock devices from the top of the tree down */
5281static void pci_slot_lock(struct pci_slot *slot)
5282{
5283 struct pci_dev *dev;
5284
5285 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5286 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5287 continue;
5288 pci_dev_lock(dev);
5289 if (dev->subordinate)
5290 pci_bus_lock(dev->subordinate);
5291 }
5292}
5293
5294/* Unlock devices from the bottom of the tree up */
5295static void pci_slot_unlock(struct pci_slot *slot)
5296{
5297 struct pci_dev *dev;
5298
5299 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5300 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5301 continue;
5302 if (dev->subordinate)
5303 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5304 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5305 }
5306}
5307
5308/* Return 1 on successful lock, 0 on contention */
5309static int pci_slot_trylock(struct pci_slot *slot)
5310{
5311 struct pci_dev *dev;
5312
5313 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5314 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5315 continue;
5316 if (!pci_dev_trylock(dev))
5317 goto unlock;
5318 if (dev->subordinate) {
5319 if (!pci_bus_trylock(dev->subordinate)) {
5320 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5321 goto unlock;
5322 }
5323 }
5324 }
5325 return 1;
5326
5327unlock:
5328 list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(dev,
5329 &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5330 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5331 continue;
5332 if (dev->subordinate)
5333 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5334 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5335 }
5336 return 0;
5337}
5338
5339/*
5340 * Save and disable devices from the top of the tree down while holding
5341 * the @dev mutex lock for the entire tree.
5342 */
5343static void pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(struct pci_bus *bus)
5344{
5345 struct pci_dev *dev;
5346
5347 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5348 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5349 if (dev->subordinate)
5350 pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(dev->subordinate);
5351 }
5352}
5353
5354/*
5355 * Restore devices from top of the tree down while holding @dev mutex lock
5356 * for the entire tree. Parent bridges need to be restored before we can
5357 * get to subordinate devices.
5358 */
5359static void pci_bus_restore_locked(struct pci_bus *bus)
5360{
5361 struct pci_dev *dev;
5362
5363 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5364 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5365 if (dev->subordinate)
5366 pci_bus_restore_locked(dev->subordinate);
5367 }
5368}
5369
5370/*
5371 * Save and disable devices from the top of the tree down while holding
5372 * the @dev mutex lock for the entire tree.
5373 */
5374static void pci_slot_save_and_disable_locked(struct pci_slot *slot)
5375{
5376 struct pci_dev *dev;
5377
5378 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5379 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5380 continue;
5381 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5382 if (dev->subordinate)
5383 pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(dev->subordinate);
5384 }
5385}
5386
5387/*
5388 * Restore devices from top of the tree down while holding @dev mutex lock
5389 * for the entire tree. Parent bridges need to be restored before we can
5390 * get to subordinate devices.
5391 */
5392static void pci_slot_restore_locked(struct pci_slot *slot)
5393{
5394 struct pci_dev *dev;
5395
5396 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5397 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5398 continue;
5399 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5400 if (dev->subordinate)
5401 pci_bus_restore_locked(dev->subordinate);
5402 }
5403}
5404
5405static int pci_slot_reset(struct pci_slot *slot, int probe)
5406{
5407 int rc;
5408
5409 if (!slot || !pci_slot_resetable(slot))
5410 return -ENOTTY;
5411
5412 if (!probe)
5413 pci_slot_lock(slot);
5414
5415 might_sleep();
5416
5417 rc = pci_reset_hotplug_slot(slot->hotplug, probe);
5418
5419 if (!probe)
5420 pci_slot_unlock(slot);
5421
5422 return rc;
5423}
5424
5425/**
5426 * pci_probe_reset_slot - probe whether a PCI slot can be reset
5427 * @slot: PCI slot to probe
5428 *
5429 * Return 0 if slot can be reset, negative if a slot reset is not supported.
5430 */
5431int pci_probe_reset_slot(struct pci_slot *slot)
5432{
5433 return pci_slot_reset(slot, 1);
5434}
5435EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_probe_reset_slot);
5436
5437/**
5438 * __pci_reset_slot - Try to reset a PCI slot
5439 * @slot: PCI slot to reset
5440 *
5441 * A PCI bus may host multiple slots, each slot may support a reset mechanism
5442 * independent of other slots. For instance, some slots may support slot power
5443 * control. In the case of a 1:1 bus to slot architecture, this function may
5444 * wrap the bus reset to avoid spurious slot related events such as hotplug.
5445 * Generally a slot reset should be attempted before a bus reset. All of the
5446 * function of the slot and any subordinate buses behind the slot are reset
5447 * through this function. PCI config space of all devices in the slot and
5448 * behind the slot is saved before and restored after reset.
5449 *
5450 * Same as above except return -EAGAIN if the slot cannot be locked
5451 */
5452static int __pci_reset_slot(struct pci_slot *slot)
5453{
5454 int rc;
5455
5456 rc = pci_slot_reset(slot, 1);
5457 if (rc)
5458 return rc;
5459
5460 if (pci_slot_trylock(slot)) {
5461 pci_slot_save_and_disable_locked(slot);
5462 might_sleep();
5463 rc = pci_reset_hotplug_slot(slot->hotplug, 0);
5464 pci_slot_restore_locked(slot);
5465 pci_slot_unlock(slot);
5466 } else
5467 rc = -EAGAIN;
5468
5469 return rc;
5470}
5471
5472static int pci_bus_reset(struct pci_bus *bus, int probe)
5473{
5474 int ret;
5475
5476 if (!bus->self || !pci_bus_resetable(bus))
5477 return -ENOTTY;
5478
5479 if (probe)
5480 return 0;
5481
5482 pci_bus_lock(bus);
5483
5484 might_sleep();
5485
5486 ret = pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(bus->self);
5487
5488 pci_bus_unlock(bus);
5489
5490 return ret;
5491}
5492
5493/**
5494 * pci_bus_error_reset - reset the bridge's subordinate bus
5495 * @bridge: The parent device that connects to the bus to reset
5496 *
5497 * This function will first try to reset the slots on this bus if the method is
5498 * available. If slot reset fails or is not available, this will fall back to a
5499 * secondary bus reset.
5500 */
5501int pci_bus_error_reset(struct pci_dev *bridge)
5502{
5503 struct pci_bus *bus = bridge->subordinate;
5504 struct pci_slot *slot;
5505
5506 if (!bus)
5507 return -ENOTTY;
5508
5509 mutex_lock(&pci_slot_mutex);
5510 if (list_empty(&bus->slots))
5511 goto bus_reset;
5512
5513 list_for_each_entry(slot, &bus->slots, list)
5514 if (pci_probe_reset_slot(slot))
5515 goto bus_reset;
5516
5517 list_for_each_entry(slot, &bus->slots, list)
5518 if (pci_slot_reset(slot, 0))
5519 goto bus_reset;
5520
5521 mutex_unlock(&pci_slot_mutex);
5522 return 0;
5523bus_reset:
5524 mutex_unlock(&pci_slot_mutex);
5525 return pci_bus_reset(bridge->subordinate, 0);
5526}
5527
5528/**
5529 * pci_probe_reset_bus - probe whether a PCI bus can be reset
5530 * @bus: PCI bus to probe
5531 *
5532 * Return 0 if bus can be reset, negative if a bus reset is not supported.
5533 */
5534int pci_probe_reset_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
5535{
5536 return pci_bus_reset(bus, 1);
5537}
5538EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_probe_reset_bus);
5539
5540/**
5541 * __pci_reset_bus - Try to reset a PCI bus
5542 * @bus: top level PCI bus to reset
5543 *
5544 * Same as above except return -EAGAIN if the bus cannot be locked
5545 */
5546static int __pci_reset_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
5547{
5548 int rc;
5549
5550 rc = pci_bus_reset(bus, 1);
5551 if (rc)
5552 return rc;
5553
5554 if (pci_bus_trylock(bus)) {
5555 pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(bus);
5556 might_sleep();
5557 rc = pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(bus->self);
5558 pci_bus_restore_locked(bus);
5559 pci_bus_unlock(bus);
5560 } else
5561 rc = -EAGAIN;
5562
5563 return rc;
5564}
5565
5566/**
5567 * pci_reset_bus - Try to reset a PCI bus
5568 * @pdev: top level PCI device to reset via slot/bus
5569 *
5570 * Same as above except return -EAGAIN if the bus cannot be locked
5571 */
5572int pci_reset_bus(struct pci_dev *pdev)
5573{
5574 return (!pci_probe_reset_slot(pdev->slot)) ?
5575 __pci_reset_slot(pdev->slot) : __pci_reset_bus(pdev->bus);
5576}
5577EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_reset_bus);
5578
5579/**
5580 * pcix_get_max_mmrbc - get PCI-X maximum designed memory read byte count
5581 * @dev: PCI device to query
5582 *
5583 * Returns mmrbc: maximum designed memory read count in bytes or
5584 * appropriate error value.
5585 */
5586int pcix_get_max_mmrbc(struct pci_dev *dev)
5587{
5588 int cap;
5589 u32 stat;
5590
5591 cap = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
5592 if (!cap)
5593 return -EINVAL;
5594
5595 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, cap + PCI_X_STATUS, &stat))
5596 return -EINVAL;
5597
5598 return 512 << ((stat & PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_READ) >> 21);
5599}
5600EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcix_get_max_mmrbc);
5601
5602/**
5603 * pcix_get_mmrbc - get PCI-X maximum memory read byte count
5604 * @dev: PCI device to query
5605 *
5606 * Returns mmrbc: maximum memory read count in bytes or appropriate error
5607 * value.
5608 */
5609int pcix_get_mmrbc(struct pci_dev *dev)
5610{
5611 int cap;
5612 u16 cmd;
5613
5614 cap = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
5615 if (!cap)
5616 return -EINVAL;
5617
5618 if (pci_read_config_word(dev, cap + PCI_X_CMD, &cmd))
5619 return -EINVAL;
5620
5621 return 512 << ((cmd & PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ) >> 2);
5622}
5623EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcix_get_mmrbc);
5624
5625/**
5626 * pcix_set_mmrbc - set PCI-X maximum memory read byte count
5627 * @dev: PCI device to query
5628 * @mmrbc: maximum memory read count in bytes
5629 * valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
5630 *
5631 * If possible sets maximum memory read byte count, some bridges have errata
5632 * that prevent this.
5633 */
5634int pcix_set_mmrbc(struct pci_dev *dev, int mmrbc)
5635{
5636 int cap;
5637 u32 stat, v, o;
5638 u16 cmd;
5639
5640 if (mmrbc < 512 || mmrbc > 4096 || !is_power_of_2(mmrbc))
5641 return -EINVAL;
5642
5643 v = ffs(mmrbc) - 10;
5644
5645 cap = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
5646 if (!cap)
5647 return -EINVAL;
5648
5649 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, cap + PCI_X_STATUS, &stat))
5650 return -EINVAL;
5651
5652 if (v > (stat & PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_READ) >> 21)
5653 return -E2BIG;
5654
5655 if (pci_read_config_word(dev, cap + PCI_X_CMD, &cmd))
5656 return -EINVAL;
5657
5658 o = (cmd & PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ) >> 2;
5659 if (o != v) {
5660 if (v > o && (dev->bus->bus_flags & PCI_BUS_FLAGS_NO_MMRBC))
5661 return -EIO;
5662
5663 cmd &= ~PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ;
5664 cmd |= v << 2;
5665 if (pci_write_config_word(dev, cap + PCI_X_CMD, cmd))
5666 return -EIO;
5667 }
5668 return 0;
5669}
5670EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcix_set_mmrbc);
5671
5672/**
5673 * pcie_get_readrq - get PCI Express read request size
5674 * @dev: PCI device to query
5675 *
5676 * Returns maximum memory read request in bytes or appropriate error value.
5677 */
5678int pcie_get_readrq(struct pci_dev *dev)
5679{
5680 u16 ctl;
5681
5682 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &ctl);
5683
5684 return 128 << ((ctl & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ) >> 12);
5685}
5686EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_readrq);
5687
5688/**
5689 * pcie_set_readrq - set PCI Express maximum memory read request
5690 * @dev: PCI device to query
5691 * @rq: maximum memory read count in bytes
5692 * valid values are 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
5693 *
5694 * If possible sets maximum memory read request in bytes
5695 */
5696int pcie_set_readrq(struct pci_dev *dev, int rq)
5697{
5698 u16 v;
5699 int ret;
5700
5701 if (rq < 128 || rq > 4096 || !is_power_of_2(rq))
5702 return -EINVAL;
5703
5704 /*
5705 * If using the "performance" PCIe config, we clamp the read rq
5706 * size to the max packet size to keep the host bridge from
5707 * generating requests larger than we can cope with.
5708 */
5709 if (pcie_bus_config == PCIE_BUS_PERFORMANCE) {
5710 int mps = pcie_get_mps(dev);
5711
5712 if (mps < rq)
5713 rq = mps;
5714 }
5715
5716 v = (ffs(rq) - 8) << 12;
5717
5718 ret = pcie_capability_clear_and_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL,
5719 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ, v);
5720
5721 return pcibios_err_to_errno(ret);
5722}
5723EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_set_readrq);
5724
5725/**
5726 * pcie_get_mps - get PCI Express maximum payload size
5727 * @dev: PCI device to query
5728 *
5729 * Returns maximum payload size in bytes
5730 */
5731int pcie_get_mps(struct pci_dev *dev)
5732{
5733 u16 ctl;
5734
5735 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &ctl);
5736
5737 return 128 << ((ctl & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD) >> 5);
5738}
5739EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_mps);
5740
5741/**
5742 * pcie_set_mps - set PCI Express maximum payload size
5743 * @dev: PCI device to query
5744 * @mps: maximum payload size in bytes
5745 * valid values are 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
5746 *
5747 * If possible sets maximum payload size
5748 */
5749int pcie_set_mps(struct pci_dev *dev, int mps)
5750{
5751 u16 v;
5752 int ret;
5753
5754 if (mps < 128 || mps > 4096 || !is_power_of_2(mps))
5755 return -EINVAL;
5756
5757 v = ffs(mps) - 8;
5758 if (v > dev->pcie_mpss)
5759 return -EINVAL;
5760 v <<= 5;
5761
5762 ret = pcie_capability_clear_and_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL,
5763 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD, v);
5764
5765 return pcibios_err_to_errno(ret);
5766}
5767EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_set_mps);
5768
5769/**
5770 * pcie_bandwidth_available - determine minimum link settings of a PCIe
5771 * device and its bandwidth limitation
5772 * @dev: PCI device to query
5773 * @limiting_dev: storage for device causing the bandwidth limitation
5774 * @speed: storage for speed of limiting device
5775 * @width: storage for width of limiting device
5776 *
5777 * Walk up the PCI device chain and find the point where the minimum
5778 * bandwidth is available. Return the bandwidth available there and (if
5779 * limiting_dev, speed, and width pointers are supplied) information about
5780 * that point. The bandwidth returned is in Mb/s, i.e., megabits/second of
5781 * raw bandwidth.
5782 */
5783u32 pcie_bandwidth_available(struct pci_dev *dev, struct pci_dev **limiting_dev,
5784 enum pci_bus_speed *speed,
5785 enum pcie_link_width *width)
5786{
5787 u16 lnksta;
5788 enum pci_bus_speed next_speed;
5789 enum pcie_link_width next_width;
5790 u32 bw, next_bw;
5791
5792 if (speed)
5793 *speed = PCI_SPEED_UNKNOWN;
5794 if (width)
5795 *width = PCIE_LNK_WIDTH_UNKNOWN;
5796
5797 bw = 0;
5798
5799 while (dev) {
5800 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &lnksta);
5801
5802 next_speed = pcie_link_speed[lnksta & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS];
5803 next_width = (lnksta & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW) >>
5804 PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW_SHIFT;
5805
5806 next_bw = next_width * PCIE_SPEED2MBS_ENC(next_speed);
5807
5808 /* Check if current device limits the total bandwidth */
5809 if (!bw || next_bw <= bw) {
5810 bw = next_bw;
5811
5812 if (limiting_dev)
5813 *limiting_dev = dev;
5814 if (speed)
5815 *speed = next_speed;
5816 if (width)
5817 *width = next_width;
5818 }
5819
5820 dev = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
5821 }
5822
5823 return bw;
5824}
5825EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_bandwidth_available);
5826
5827/**
5828 * pcie_get_speed_cap - query for the PCI device's link speed capability
5829 * @dev: PCI device to query
5830 *
5831 * Query the PCI device speed capability. Return the maximum link speed
5832 * supported by the device.
5833 */
5834enum pci_bus_speed pcie_get_speed_cap(struct pci_dev *dev)
5835{
5836 u32 lnkcap2, lnkcap;
5837
5838 /*
5839 * Link Capabilities 2 was added in PCIe r3.0, sec 7.8.18. The
5840 * implementation note there recommends using the Supported Link
5841 * Speeds Vector in Link Capabilities 2 when supported.
5842 *
5843 * Without Link Capabilities 2, i.e., prior to PCIe r3.0, software
5844 * should use the Supported Link Speeds field in Link Capabilities,
5845 * where only 2.5 GT/s and 5.0 GT/s speeds were defined.
5846 */
5847 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2, &lnkcap2);
5848
5849 /* PCIe r3.0-compliant */
5850 if (lnkcap2)
5851 return PCIE_LNKCAP2_SLS2SPEED(lnkcap2);
5852
5853 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP, &lnkcap);
5854 if ((lnkcap & PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS) == PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_5_0GB)
5855 return PCIE_SPEED_5_0GT;
5856 else if ((lnkcap & PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS) == PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_2_5GB)
5857 return PCIE_SPEED_2_5GT;
5858
5859 return PCI_SPEED_UNKNOWN;
5860}
5861EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_speed_cap);
5862
5863/**
5864 * pcie_get_width_cap - query for the PCI device's link width capability
5865 * @dev: PCI device to query
5866 *
5867 * Query the PCI device width capability. Return the maximum link width
5868 * supported by the device.
5869 */
5870enum pcie_link_width pcie_get_width_cap(struct pci_dev *dev)
5871{
5872 u32 lnkcap;
5873
5874 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP, &lnkcap);
5875 if (lnkcap)
5876 return (lnkcap & PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_MLW) >> 4;
5877
5878 return PCIE_LNK_WIDTH_UNKNOWN;
5879}
5880EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_width_cap);
5881
5882/**
5883 * pcie_bandwidth_capable - calculate a PCI device's link bandwidth capability
5884 * @dev: PCI device
5885 * @speed: storage for link speed
5886 * @width: storage for link width
5887 *
5888 * Calculate a PCI device's link bandwidth by querying for its link speed
5889 * and width, multiplying them, and applying encoding overhead. The result
5890 * is in Mb/s, i.e., megabits/second of raw bandwidth.
5891 */
5892u32 pcie_bandwidth_capable(struct pci_dev *dev, enum pci_bus_speed *speed,
5893 enum pcie_link_width *width)
5894{
5895 *speed = pcie_get_speed_cap(dev);
5896 *width = pcie_get_width_cap(dev);
5897
5898 if (*speed == PCI_SPEED_UNKNOWN || *width == PCIE_LNK_WIDTH_UNKNOWN)
5899 return 0;
5900
5901 return *width * PCIE_SPEED2MBS_ENC(*speed);
5902}
5903
5904/**
5905 * __pcie_print_link_status - Report the PCI device's link speed and width
5906 * @dev: PCI device to query
5907 * @verbose: Print info even when enough bandwidth is available
5908 *
5909 * If the available bandwidth at the device is less than the device is
5910 * capable of, report the device's maximum possible bandwidth and the
5911 * upstream link that limits its performance. If @verbose, always print
5912 * the available bandwidth, even if the device isn't constrained.
5913 */
5914void __pcie_print_link_status(struct pci_dev *dev, bool verbose)
5915{
5916 enum pcie_link_width width, width_cap;
5917 enum pci_bus_speed speed, speed_cap;
5918 struct pci_dev *limiting_dev = NULL;
5919 u32 bw_avail, bw_cap;
5920
5921 bw_cap = pcie_bandwidth_capable(dev, &speed_cap, &width_cap);
5922 bw_avail = pcie_bandwidth_available(dev, &limiting_dev, &speed, &width);
5923
5924 if (bw_avail >= bw_cap && verbose)
5925 pci_info(dev, "%u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth (%s x%d link)\n",
5926 bw_cap / 1000, bw_cap % 1000,
5927 pci_speed_string(speed_cap), width_cap);
5928 else if (bw_avail < bw_cap)
5929 pci_info(dev, "%u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth, limited by %s x%d link at %s (capable of %u.%03u Gb/s with %s x%d link)\n",
5930 bw_avail / 1000, bw_avail % 1000,
5931 pci_speed_string(speed), width,
5932 limiting_dev ? pci_name(limiting_dev) : "<unknown>",
5933 bw_cap / 1000, bw_cap % 1000,
5934 pci_speed_string(speed_cap), width_cap);
5935}
5936
5937/**
5938 * pcie_print_link_status - Report the PCI device's link speed and width
5939 * @dev: PCI device to query
5940 *
5941 * Report the available bandwidth at the device.
5942 */
5943void pcie_print_link_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
5944{
5945 __pcie_print_link_status(dev, true);
5946}
5947EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_print_link_status);
5948
5949/**
5950 * pci_select_bars - Make BAR mask from the type of resource
5951 * @dev: the PCI device for which BAR mask is made
5952 * @flags: resource type mask to be selected
5953 *
5954 * This helper routine makes bar mask from the type of resource.
5955 */
5956int pci_select_bars(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned long flags)
5957{
5958 int i, bars = 0;
5959 for (i = 0; i < PCI_NUM_RESOURCES; i++)
5960 if (pci_resource_flags(dev, i) & flags)
5961 bars |= (1 << i);
5962 return bars;
5963}
5964EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_select_bars);
5965
5966/* Some architectures require additional programming to enable VGA */
5967static arch_set_vga_state_t arch_set_vga_state;
5968
5969void __init pci_register_set_vga_state(arch_set_vga_state_t func)
5970{
5971 arch_set_vga_state = func; /* NULL disables */
5972}
5973
5974static int pci_set_vga_state_arch(struct pci_dev *dev, bool decode,
5975 unsigned int command_bits, u32 flags)
5976{
5977 if (arch_set_vga_state)
5978 return arch_set_vga_state(dev, decode, command_bits,
5979 flags);
5980 return 0;
5981}
5982
5983/**
5984 * pci_set_vga_state - set VGA decode state on device and parents if requested
5985 * @dev: the PCI device
5986 * @decode: true = enable decoding, false = disable decoding
5987 * @command_bits: PCI_COMMAND_IO and/or PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY
5988 * @flags: traverse ancestors and change bridges
5989 * CHANGE_BRIDGE_ONLY / CHANGE_BRIDGE
5990 */
5991int pci_set_vga_state(struct pci_dev *dev, bool decode,
5992 unsigned int command_bits, u32 flags)
5993{
5994 struct pci_bus *bus;
5995 struct pci_dev *bridge;
5996 u16 cmd;
5997 int rc;
5998
5999 WARN_ON((flags & PCI_VGA_STATE_CHANGE_DECODES) && (command_bits & ~(PCI_COMMAND_IO|PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY)));
6000
6001 /* ARCH specific VGA enables */
6002 rc = pci_set_vga_state_arch(dev, decode, command_bits, flags);
6003 if (rc)
6004 return rc;
6005
6006 if (flags & PCI_VGA_STATE_CHANGE_DECODES) {
6007 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
6008 if (decode == true)
6009 cmd |= command_bits;
6010 else
6011 cmd &= ~command_bits;
6012 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
6013 }
6014
6015 if (!(flags & PCI_VGA_STATE_CHANGE_BRIDGE))
6016 return 0;
6017
6018 bus = dev->bus;
6019 while (bus) {
6020 bridge = bus->self;
6021 if (bridge) {
6022 pci_read_config_word(bridge, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL,
6023 &cmd);
6024 if (decode == true)
6025 cmd |= PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_VGA;
6026 else
6027 cmd &= ~PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_VGA;
6028 pci_write_config_word(bridge, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL,
6029 cmd);
6030 }
6031 bus = bus->parent;
6032 }
6033 return 0;
6034}
6035
6036#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
6037bool pci_pr3_present(struct pci_dev *pdev)
6038{
6039 struct acpi_device *adev;
6040
6041 if (acpi_disabled)
6042 return false;
6043
6044 adev = ACPI_COMPANION(&pdev->dev);
6045 if (!adev)
6046 return false;
6047
6048 return adev->power.flags.power_resources &&
6049 acpi_has_method(adev->handle, "_PR3");
6050}
6051EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_pr3_present);
6052#endif
6053
6054/**
6055 * pci_add_dma_alias - Add a DMA devfn alias for a device
6056 * @dev: the PCI device for which alias is added
6057 * @devfn_from: alias slot and function
6058 * @nr_devfns: number of subsequent devfns to alias
6059 *
6060 * This helper encodes an 8-bit devfn as a bit number in dma_alias_mask
6061 * which is used to program permissible bus-devfn source addresses for DMA
6062 * requests in an IOMMU. These aliases factor into IOMMU group creation
6063 * and are useful for devices generating DMA requests beyond or different
6064 * from their logical bus-devfn. Examples include device quirks where the
6065 * device simply uses the wrong devfn, as well as non-transparent bridges
6066 * where the alias may be a proxy for devices in another domain.
6067 *
6068 * IOMMU group creation is performed during device discovery or addition,
6069 * prior to any potential DMA mapping and therefore prior to driver probing
6070 * (especially for userspace assigned devices where IOMMU group definition
6071 * cannot be left as a userspace activity). DMA aliases should therefore
6072 * be configured via quirks, such as the PCI fixup header quirk.
6073 */
6074void pci_add_dma_alias(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 devfn_from, unsigned nr_devfns)
6075{
6076 int devfn_to;
6077
6078 nr_devfns = min(nr_devfns, (unsigned) MAX_NR_DEVFNS - devfn_from);
6079 devfn_to = devfn_from + nr_devfns - 1;
6080
6081 if (!dev->dma_alias_mask)
6082 dev->dma_alias_mask = bitmap_zalloc(MAX_NR_DEVFNS, GFP_KERNEL);
6083 if (!dev->dma_alias_mask) {
6084 pci_warn(dev, "Unable to allocate DMA alias mask\n");
6085 return;
6086 }
6087
6088 bitmap_set(dev->dma_alias_mask, devfn_from, nr_devfns);
6089
6090 if (nr_devfns == 1)
6091 pci_info(dev, "Enabling fixed DMA alias to %02x.%d\n",
6092 PCI_SLOT(devfn_from), PCI_FUNC(devfn_from));
6093 else if (nr_devfns > 1)
6094 pci_info(dev, "Enabling fixed DMA alias for devfn range from %02x.%d to %02x.%d\n",
6095 PCI_SLOT(devfn_from), PCI_FUNC(devfn_from),
6096 PCI_SLOT(devfn_to), PCI_FUNC(devfn_to));
6097}
6098
6099bool pci_devs_are_dma_aliases(struct pci_dev *dev1, struct pci_dev *dev2)
6100{
6101 return (dev1->dma_alias_mask &&
6102 test_bit(dev2->devfn, dev1->dma_alias_mask)) ||
6103 (dev2->dma_alias_mask &&
6104 test_bit(dev1->devfn, dev2->dma_alias_mask)) ||
6105 pci_real_dma_dev(dev1) == dev2 ||
6106 pci_real_dma_dev(dev2) == dev1;
6107}
6108
6109bool pci_device_is_present(struct pci_dev *pdev)
6110{
6111 u32 v;
6112
6113 if (pci_dev_is_disconnected(pdev))
6114 return false;
6115 return pci_bus_read_dev_vendor_id(pdev->bus, pdev->devfn, &v, 0);
6116}
6117EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_device_is_present);
6118
6119void pci_ignore_hotplug(struct pci_dev *dev)
6120{
6121 struct pci_dev *bridge = dev->bus->self;
6122
6123 dev->ignore_hotplug = 1;
6124 /* Propagate the "ignore hotplug" setting to the parent bridge. */
6125 if (bridge)
6126 bridge->ignore_hotplug = 1;
6127}
6128EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ignore_hotplug);
6129
6130/**
6131 * pci_real_dma_dev - Get PCI DMA device for PCI device
6132 * @dev: the PCI device that may have a PCI DMA alias
6133 *
6134 * Permits the platform to provide architecture-specific functionality to
6135 * devices needing to alias DMA to another PCI device on another PCI bus. If
6136 * the PCI device is on the same bus, it is recommended to use
6137 * pci_add_dma_alias(). This is the default implementation. Architecture
6138 * implementations can override this.
6139 */
6140struct pci_dev __weak *pci_real_dma_dev(struct pci_dev *dev)
6141{
6142 return dev;
6143}
6144
6145resource_size_t __weak pcibios_default_alignment(void)
6146{
6147 return 0;
6148}
6149
6150/*
6151 * Arches that don't want to expose struct resource to userland as-is in
6152 * sysfs and /proc can implement their own pci_resource_to_user().
6153 */
6154void __weak pci_resource_to_user(const struct pci_dev *dev, int bar,
6155 const struct resource *rsrc,
6156 resource_size_t *start, resource_size_t *end)
6157{
6158 *start = rsrc->start;
6159 *end = rsrc->end;
6160}
6161
6162static char *resource_alignment_param;
6163static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(resource_alignment_lock);
6164
6165/**
6166 * pci_specified_resource_alignment - get resource alignment specified by user.
6167 * @dev: the PCI device to get
6168 * @resize: whether or not to change resources' size when reassigning alignment
6169 *
6170 * RETURNS: Resource alignment if it is specified.
6171 * Zero if it is not specified.
6172 */
6173static resource_size_t pci_specified_resource_alignment(struct pci_dev *dev,
6174 bool *resize)
6175{
6176 int align_order, count;
6177 resource_size_t align = pcibios_default_alignment();
6178 const char *p;
6179 int ret;
6180
6181 spin_lock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6182 p = resource_alignment_param;
6183 if (!p || !*p)
6184 goto out;
6185 if (pci_has_flag(PCI_PROBE_ONLY)) {
6186 align = 0;
6187 pr_info_once("PCI: Ignoring requested alignments (PCI_PROBE_ONLY)\n");
6188 goto out;
6189 }
6190
6191 while (*p) {
6192 count = 0;
6193 if (sscanf(p, "%d%n", &align_order, &count) == 1 &&
6194 p[count] == '@') {
6195 p += count + 1;
6196 } else {
6197 align_order = -1;
6198 }
6199
6200 ret = pci_dev_str_match(dev, p, &p);
6201 if (ret == 1) {
6202 *resize = true;
6203 if (align_order == -1)
6204 align = PAGE_SIZE;
6205 else
6206 align = 1 << align_order;
6207 break;
6208 } else if (ret < 0) {
6209 pr_err("PCI: Can't parse resource_alignment parameter: %s\n",
6210 p);
6211 break;
6212 }
6213
6214 if (*p != ';' && *p != ',') {
6215 /* End of param or invalid format */
6216 break;
6217 }
6218 p++;
6219 }
6220out:
6221 spin_unlock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6222 return align;
6223}
6224
6225static void pci_request_resource_alignment(struct pci_dev *dev, int bar,
6226 resource_size_t align, bool resize)
6227{
6228 struct resource *r = &dev->resource[bar];
6229 resource_size_t size;
6230
6231 if (!(r->flags & IORESOURCE_MEM))
6232 return;
6233
6234 if (r->flags & IORESOURCE_PCI_FIXED) {
6235 pci_info(dev, "BAR%d %pR: ignoring requested alignment %#llx\n",
6236 bar, r, (unsigned long long)align);
6237 return;
6238 }
6239
6240 size = resource_size(r);
6241 if (size >= align)
6242 return;
6243
6244 /*
6245 * Increase the alignment of the resource. There are two ways we
6246 * can do this:
6247 *
6248 * 1) Increase the size of the resource. BARs are aligned on their
6249 * size, so when we reallocate space for this resource, we'll
6250 * allocate it with the larger alignment. This also prevents
6251 * assignment of any other BARs inside the alignment region, so
6252 * if we're requesting page alignment, this means no other BARs
6253 * will share the page.
6254 *
6255 * The disadvantage is that this makes the resource larger than
6256 * the hardware BAR, which may break drivers that compute things
6257 * based on the resource size, e.g., to find registers at a
6258 * fixed offset before the end of the BAR.
6259 *
6260 * 2) Retain the resource size, but use IORESOURCE_STARTALIGN and
6261 * set r->start to the desired alignment. By itself this
6262 * doesn't prevent other BARs being put inside the alignment
6263 * region, but if we realign *every* resource of every device in
6264 * the system, none of them will share an alignment region.
6265 *
6266 * When the user has requested alignment for only some devices via
6267 * the "pci=resource_alignment" argument, "resize" is true and we
6268 * use the first method. Otherwise we assume we're aligning all
6269 * devices and we use the second.
6270 */
6271
6272 pci_info(dev, "BAR%d %pR: requesting alignment to %#llx\n",
6273 bar, r, (unsigned long long)align);
6274
6275 if (resize) {
6276 r->start = 0;
6277 r->end = align - 1;
6278 } else {
6279 r->flags &= ~IORESOURCE_SIZEALIGN;
6280 r->flags |= IORESOURCE_STARTALIGN;
6281 r->start = align;
6282 r->end = r->start + size - 1;
6283 }
6284 r->flags |= IORESOURCE_UNSET;
6285}
6286
6287/*
6288 * This function disables memory decoding and releases memory resources
6289 * of the device specified by kernel's boot parameter 'pci=resource_alignment='.
6290 * It also rounds up size to specified alignment.
6291 * Later on, the kernel will assign page-aligned memory resource back
6292 * to the device.
6293 */
6294void pci_reassigndev_resource_alignment(struct pci_dev *dev)
6295{
6296 int i;
6297 struct resource *r;
6298 resource_size_t align;
6299 u16 command;
6300 bool resize = false;
6301
6302 /*
6303 * VF BARs are read-only zero according to SR-IOV spec r1.1, sec
6304 * 3.4.1.11. Their resources are allocated from the space
6305 * described by the VF BARx register in the PF's SR-IOV capability.
6306 * We can't influence their alignment here.
6307 */
6308 if (dev->is_virtfn)
6309 return;
6310
6311 /* check if specified PCI is target device to reassign */
6312 align = pci_specified_resource_alignment(dev, &resize);
6313 if (!align)
6314 return;
6315
6316 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL &&
6317 (dev->class >> 8) == PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_HOST) {
6318 pci_warn(dev, "Can't reassign resources to host bridge\n");
6319 return;
6320 }
6321
6322 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &command);
6323 command &= ~PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY;
6324 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, command);
6325
6326 for (i = 0; i <= PCI_ROM_RESOURCE; i++)
6327 pci_request_resource_alignment(dev, i, align, resize);
6328
6329 /*
6330 * Need to disable bridge's resource window,
6331 * to enable the kernel to reassign new resource
6332 * window later on.
6333 */
6334 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE) {
6335 for (i = PCI_BRIDGE_RESOURCES; i < PCI_NUM_RESOURCES; i++) {
6336 r = &dev->resource[i];
6337 if (!(r->flags & IORESOURCE_MEM))
6338 continue;
6339 r->flags |= IORESOURCE_UNSET;
6340 r->end = resource_size(r) - 1;
6341 r->start = 0;
6342 }
6343 pci_disable_bridge_window(dev);
6344 }
6345}
6346
6347static ssize_t resource_alignment_show(struct bus_type *bus, char *buf)
6348{
6349 size_t count = 0;
6350
6351 spin_lock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6352 if (resource_alignment_param)
6353 count = snprintf(buf, PAGE_SIZE, "%s", resource_alignment_param);
6354 spin_unlock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6355
6356 /*
6357 * When set by the command line, resource_alignment_param will not
6358 * have a trailing line feed, which is ugly. So conditionally add
6359 * it here.
6360 */
6361 if (count >= 2 && buf[count - 2] != '\n' && count < PAGE_SIZE - 1) {
6362 buf[count - 1] = '\n';
6363 buf[count++] = 0;
6364 }
6365
6366 return count;
6367}
6368
6369static ssize_t resource_alignment_store(struct bus_type *bus,
6370 const char *buf, size_t count)
6371{
6372 char *param = kstrndup(buf, count, GFP_KERNEL);
6373
6374 if (!param)
6375 return -ENOMEM;
6376
6377 spin_lock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6378 kfree(resource_alignment_param);
6379 resource_alignment_param = param;
6380 spin_unlock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6381 return count;
6382}
6383
6384static BUS_ATTR_RW(resource_alignment);
6385
6386static int __init pci_resource_alignment_sysfs_init(void)
6387{
6388 return bus_create_file(&pci_bus_type,
6389 &bus_attr_resource_alignment);
6390}
6391late_initcall(pci_resource_alignment_sysfs_init);
6392
6393static void pci_no_domains(void)
6394{
6395#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS
6396 pci_domains_supported = 0;
6397#endif
6398}
6399
6400#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS_GENERIC
6401static atomic_t __domain_nr = ATOMIC_INIT(-1);
6402
6403static int pci_get_new_domain_nr(void)
6404{
6405 return atomic_inc_return(&__domain_nr);
6406}
6407
6408static int of_pci_bus_find_domain_nr(struct device *parent)
6409{
6410 static int use_dt_domains = -1;
6411 int domain = -1;
6412
6413 if (parent)
6414 domain = of_get_pci_domain_nr(parent->of_node);
6415
6416 /*
6417 * Check DT domain and use_dt_domains values.
6418 *
6419 * If DT domain property is valid (domain >= 0) and
6420 * use_dt_domains != 0, the DT assignment is valid since this means
6421 * we have not previously allocated a domain number by using
6422 * pci_get_new_domain_nr(); we should also update use_dt_domains to
6423 * 1, to indicate that we have just assigned a domain number from
6424 * DT.
6425 *
6426 * If DT domain property value is not valid (ie domain < 0), and we
6427 * have not previously assigned a domain number from DT
6428 * (use_dt_domains != 1) we should assign a domain number by
6429 * using the:
6430 *
6431 * pci_get_new_domain_nr()
6432 *
6433 * API and update the use_dt_domains value to keep track of method we
6434 * are using to assign domain numbers (use_dt_domains = 0).
6435 *
6436 * All other combinations imply we have a platform that is trying
6437 * to mix domain numbers obtained from DT and pci_get_new_domain_nr(),
6438 * which is a recipe for domain mishandling and it is prevented by
6439 * invalidating the domain value (domain = -1) and printing a
6440 * corresponding error.
6441 */
6442 if (domain >= 0 && use_dt_domains) {
6443 use_dt_domains = 1;
6444 } else if (domain < 0 && use_dt_domains != 1) {
6445 use_dt_domains = 0;
6446 domain = pci_get_new_domain_nr();
6447 } else {
6448 if (parent)
6449 pr_err("Node %pOF has ", parent->of_node);
6450 pr_err("Inconsistent \"linux,pci-domain\" property in DT\n");
6451 domain = -1;
6452 }
6453
6454 return domain;
6455}
6456
6457int pci_bus_find_domain_nr(struct pci_bus *bus, struct device *parent)
6458{
6459 return acpi_disabled ? of_pci_bus_find_domain_nr(parent) :
6460 acpi_pci_bus_find_domain_nr(bus);
6461}
6462#endif
6463
6464/**
6465 * pci_ext_cfg_avail - can we access extended PCI config space?
6466 *
6467 * Returns 1 if we can access PCI extended config space (offsets
6468 * greater than 0xff). This is the default implementation. Architecture
6469 * implementations can override this.
6470 */
6471int __weak pci_ext_cfg_avail(void)
6472{
6473 return 1;
6474}
6475
6476void __weak pci_fixup_cardbus(struct pci_bus *bus)
6477{
6478}
6479EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_fixup_cardbus);
6480
6481static int __init pci_setup(char *str)
6482{
6483 while (str) {
6484 char *k = strchr(str, ',');
6485 if (k)
6486 *k++ = 0;
6487 if (*str && (str = pcibios_setup(str)) && *str) {
6488 if (!strcmp(str, "nomsi")) {
6489 pci_no_msi();
6490 } else if (!strncmp(str, "noats", 5)) {
6491 pr_info("PCIe: ATS is disabled\n");
6492 pcie_ats_disabled = true;
6493 } else if (!strcmp(str, "noaer")) {
6494 pci_no_aer();
6495 } else if (!strcmp(str, "earlydump")) {
6496 pci_early_dump = true;
6497 } else if (!strncmp(str, "realloc=", 8)) {
6498 pci_realloc_get_opt(str + 8);
6499 } else if (!strncmp(str, "realloc", 7)) {
6500 pci_realloc_get_opt("on");
6501 } else if (!strcmp(str, "nodomains")) {
6502 pci_no_domains();
6503 } else if (!strncmp(str, "noari", 5)) {
6504 pcie_ari_disabled = true;
6505 } else if (!strncmp(str, "cbiosize=", 9)) {
6506 pci_cardbus_io_size = memparse(str + 9, &str);
6507 } else if (!strncmp(str, "cbmemsize=", 10)) {
6508 pci_cardbus_mem_size = memparse(str + 10, &str);
6509 } else if (!strncmp(str, "resource_alignment=", 19)) {
6510 resource_alignment_param = str + 19;
6511 } else if (!strncmp(str, "ecrc=", 5)) {
6512 pcie_ecrc_get_policy(str + 5);
6513 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpiosize=", 9)) {
6514 pci_hotplug_io_size = memparse(str + 9, &str);
6515 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpmmiosize=", 11)) {
6516 pci_hotplug_mmio_size = memparse(str + 11, &str);
6517 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpmmioprefsize=", 15)) {
6518 pci_hotplug_mmio_pref_size = memparse(str + 15, &str);
6519 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpmemsize=", 10)) {
6520 pci_hotplug_mmio_size = memparse(str + 10, &str);
6521 pci_hotplug_mmio_pref_size = pci_hotplug_mmio_size;
6522 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpbussize=", 10)) {
6523 pci_hotplug_bus_size =
6524 simple_strtoul(str + 10, &str, 0);
6525 if (pci_hotplug_bus_size > 0xff)
6526 pci_hotplug_bus_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_BUS_SIZE;
6527 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_tune_off", 17)) {
6528 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_TUNE_OFF;
6529 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_safe", 13)) {
6530 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_SAFE;
6531 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_perf", 13)) {
6532 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_PERFORMANCE;
6533 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_peer2peer", 18)) {
6534 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_PEER2PEER;
6535 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_scan_all", 13)) {
6536 pci_add_flags(PCI_SCAN_ALL_PCIE_DEVS);
6537 } else if (!strncmp(str, "disable_acs_redir=", 18)) {
6538 disable_acs_redir_param = str + 18;
6539 } else {
6540 pr_err("PCI: Unknown option `%s'\n", str);
6541 }
6542 }
6543 str = k;
6544 }
6545 return 0;
6546}
6547early_param("pci", pci_setup);
6548
6549/*
6550 * 'resource_alignment_param' and 'disable_acs_redir_param' are initialized
6551 * in pci_setup(), above, to point to data in the __initdata section which
6552 * will be freed after the init sequence is complete. We can't allocate memory
6553 * in pci_setup() because some architectures do not have any memory allocation
6554 * service available during an early_param() call. So we allocate memory and
6555 * copy the variable here before the init section is freed.
6556 *
6557 */
6558static int __init pci_realloc_setup_params(void)
6559{
6560 resource_alignment_param = kstrdup(resource_alignment_param,
6561 GFP_KERNEL);
6562 disable_acs_redir_param = kstrdup(disable_acs_redir_param, GFP_KERNEL);
6563
6564 return 0;
6565}
6566pure_initcall(pci_realloc_setup_params);
1// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
2/*
3 * PCI Bus Services, see include/linux/pci.h for further explanation.
4 *
5 * Copyright 1993 -- 1997 Drew Eckhardt, Frederic Potter,
6 * David Mosberger-Tang
7 *
8 * Copyright 1997 -- 2000 Martin Mares <mj@ucw.cz>
9 */
10
11#include <linux/acpi.h>
12#include <linux/kernel.h>
13#include <linux/delay.h>
14#include <linux/dmi.h>
15#include <linux/init.h>
16#include <linux/msi.h>
17#include <linux/of.h>
18#include <linux/pci.h>
19#include <linux/pm.h>
20#include <linux/slab.h>
21#include <linux/module.h>
22#include <linux/spinlock.h>
23#include <linux/string.h>
24#include <linux/log2.h>
25#include <linux/logic_pio.h>
26#include <linux/pm_wakeup.h>
27#include <linux/interrupt.h>
28#include <linux/device.h>
29#include <linux/pm_runtime.h>
30#include <linux/pci_hotplug.h>
31#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
32#include <asm/dma.h>
33#include <linux/aer.h>
34#include <linux/bitfield.h>
35#include "pci.h"
36
37DEFINE_MUTEX(pci_slot_mutex);
38
39const char *pci_power_names[] = {
40 "error", "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", "D3cold", "unknown",
41};
42EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_power_names);
43
44#ifdef CONFIG_X86_32
45int isa_dma_bridge_buggy;
46EXPORT_SYMBOL(isa_dma_bridge_buggy);
47#endif
48
49int pci_pci_problems;
50EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_pci_problems);
51
52unsigned int pci_pm_d3hot_delay;
53
54static void pci_pme_list_scan(struct work_struct *work);
55
56static LIST_HEAD(pci_pme_list);
57static DEFINE_MUTEX(pci_pme_list_mutex);
58static DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(pci_pme_work, pci_pme_list_scan);
59
60struct pci_pme_device {
61 struct list_head list;
62 struct pci_dev *dev;
63};
64
65#define PME_TIMEOUT 1000 /* How long between PME checks */
66
67/*
68 * Following exit from Conventional Reset, devices must be ready within 1 sec
69 * (PCIe r6.0 sec 6.6.1). A D3cold to D0 transition implies a Conventional
70 * Reset (PCIe r6.0 sec 5.8).
71 */
72#define PCI_RESET_WAIT 1000 /* msec */
73
74/*
75 * Devices may extend the 1 sec period through Request Retry Status
76 * completions (PCIe r6.0 sec 2.3.1). The spec does not provide an upper
77 * limit, but 60 sec ought to be enough for any device to become
78 * responsive.
79 */
80#define PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS 60000 /* msec */
81
82static void pci_dev_d3_sleep(struct pci_dev *dev)
83{
84 unsigned int delay_ms = max(dev->d3hot_delay, pci_pm_d3hot_delay);
85 unsigned int upper;
86
87 if (delay_ms) {
88 /* Use a 20% upper bound, 1ms minimum */
89 upper = max(DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(delay_ms, 5), 1U);
90 usleep_range(delay_ms * USEC_PER_MSEC,
91 (delay_ms + upper) * USEC_PER_MSEC);
92 }
93}
94
95bool pci_reset_supported(struct pci_dev *dev)
96{
97 return dev->reset_methods[0] != 0;
98}
99
100#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS
101int pci_domains_supported = 1;
102#endif
103
104#define DEFAULT_CARDBUS_IO_SIZE (256)
105#define DEFAULT_CARDBUS_MEM_SIZE (64*1024*1024)
106/* pci=cbmemsize=nnM,cbiosize=nn can override this */
107unsigned long pci_cardbus_io_size = DEFAULT_CARDBUS_IO_SIZE;
108unsigned long pci_cardbus_mem_size = DEFAULT_CARDBUS_MEM_SIZE;
109
110#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_IO_SIZE (256)
111#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_SIZE (2*1024*1024)
112#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_PREF_SIZE (2*1024*1024)
113/* hpiosize=nn can override this */
114unsigned long pci_hotplug_io_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_IO_SIZE;
115/*
116 * pci=hpmmiosize=nnM overrides non-prefetchable MMIO size,
117 * pci=hpmmioprefsize=nnM overrides prefetchable MMIO size;
118 * pci=hpmemsize=nnM overrides both
119 */
120unsigned long pci_hotplug_mmio_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_SIZE;
121unsigned long pci_hotplug_mmio_pref_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_MMIO_PREF_SIZE;
122
123#define DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_BUS_SIZE 1
124unsigned long pci_hotplug_bus_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_BUS_SIZE;
125
126
127/* PCIe MPS/MRRS strategy; can be overridden by kernel command-line param */
128#ifdef CONFIG_PCIE_BUS_TUNE_OFF
129enum pcie_bus_config_types pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_TUNE_OFF;
130#elif defined CONFIG_PCIE_BUS_SAFE
131enum pcie_bus_config_types pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_SAFE;
132#elif defined CONFIG_PCIE_BUS_PERFORMANCE
133enum pcie_bus_config_types pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_PERFORMANCE;
134#elif defined CONFIG_PCIE_BUS_PEER2PEER
135enum pcie_bus_config_types pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_PEER2PEER;
136#else
137enum pcie_bus_config_types pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_DEFAULT;
138#endif
139
140/*
141 * The default CLS is used if arch didn't set CLS explicitly and not
142 * all pci devices agree on the same value. Arch can override either
143 * the dfl or actual value as it sees fit. Don't forget this is
144 * measured in 32-bit words, not bytes.
145 */
146u8 pci_dfl_cache_line_size = L1_CACHE_BYTES >> 2;
147u8 pci_cache_line_size;
148
149/*
150 * If we set up a device for bus mastering, we need to check the latency
151 * timer as certain BIOSes forget to set it properly.
152 */
153unsigned int pcibios_max_latency = 255;
154
155/* If set, the PCIe ARI capability will not be used. */
156static bool pcie_ari_disabled;
157
158/* If set, the PCIe ATS capability will not be used. */
159static bool pcie_ats_disabled;
160
161/* If set, the PCI config space of each device is printed during boot. */
162bool pci_early_dump;
163
164bool pci_ats_disabled(void)
165{
166 return pcie_ats_disabled;
167}
168EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ats_disabled);
169
170/* Disable bridge_d3 for all PCIe ports */
171static bool pci_bridge_d3_disable;
172/* Force bridge_d3 for all PCIe ports */
173static bool pci_bridge_d3_force;
174
175static int __init pcie_port_pm_setup(char *str)
176{
177 if (!strcmp(str, "off"))
178 pci_bridge_d3_disable = true;
179 else if (!strcmp(str, "force"))
180 pci_bridge_d3_force = true;
181 return 1;
182}
183__setup("pcie_port_pm=", pcie_port_pm_setup);
184
185/**
186 * pci_bus_max_busnr - returns maximum PCI bus number of given bus' children
187 * @bus: pointer to PCI bus structure to search
188 *
189 * Given a PCI bus, returns the highest PCI bus number present in the set
190 * including the given PCI bus and its list of child PCI buses.
191 */
192unsigned char pci_bus_max_busnr(struct pci_bus *bus)
193{
194 struct pci_bus *tmp;
195 unsigned char max, n;
196
197 max = bus->busn_res.end;
198 list_for_each_entry(tmp, &bus->children, node) {
199 n = pci_bus_max_busnr(tmp);
200 if (n > max)
201 max = n;
202 }
203 return max;
204}
205EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_bus_max_busnr);
206
207/**
208 * pci_status_get_and_clear_errors - return and clear error bits in PCI_STATUS
209 * @pdev: the PCI device
210 *
211 * Returns error bits set in PCI_STATUS and clears them.
212 */
213int pci_status_get_and_clear_errors(struct pci_dev *pdev)
214{
215 u16 status;
216 int ret;
217
218 ret = pci_read_config_word(pdev, PCI_STATUS, &status);
219 if (ret != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
220 return -EIO;
221
222 status &= PCI_STATUS_ERROR_BITS;
223 if (status)
224 pci_write_config_word(pdev, PCI_STATUS, status);
225
226 return status;
227}
228EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_status_get_and_clear_errors);
229
230#ifdef CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM
231static void __iomem *__pci_ioremap_resource(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar,
232 bool write_combine)
233{
234 struct resource *res = &pdev->resource[bar];
235 resource_size_t start = res->start;
236 resource_size_t size = resource_size(res);
237
238 /*
239 * Make sure the BAR is actually a memory resource, not an IO resource
240 */
241 if (res->flags & IORESOURCE_UNSET || !(res->flags & IORESOURCE_MEM)) {
242 pci_err(pdev, "can't ioremap BAR %d: %pR\n", bar, res);
243 return NULL;
244 }
245
246 if (write_combine)
247 return ioremap_wc(start, size);
248
249 return ioremap(start, size);
250}
251
252void __iomem *pci_ioremap_bar(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
253{
254 return __pci_ioremap_resource(pdev, bar, false);
255}
256EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ioremap_bar);
257
258void __iomem *pci_ioremap_wc_bar(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
259{
260 return __pci_ioremap_resource(pdev, bar, true);
261}
262EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ioremap_wc_bar);
263#endif
264
265/**
266 * pci_dev_str_match_path - test if a path string matches a device
267 * @dev: the PCI device to test
268 * @path: string to match the device against
269 * @endptr: pointer to the string after the match
270 *
271 * Test if a string (typically from a kernel parameter) formatted as a
272 * path of device/function addresses matches a PCI device. The string must
273 * be of the form:
274 *
275 * [<domain>:]<bus>:<device>.<func>[/<device>.<func>]*
276 *
277 * A path for a device can be obtained using 'lspci -t'. Using a path
278 * is more robust against bus renumbering than using only a single bus,
279 * device and function address.
280 *
281 * Returns 1 if the string matches the device, 0 if it does not and
282 * a negative error code if it fails to parse the string.
283 */
284static int pci_dev_str_match_path(struct pci_dev *dev, const char *path,
285 const char **endptr)
286{
287 int ret;
288 unsigned int seg, bus, slot, func;
289 char *wpath, *p;
290 char end;
291
292 *endptr = strchrnul(path, ';');
293
294 wpath = kmemdup_nul(path, *endptr - path, GFP_ATOMIC);
295 if (!wpath)
296 return -ENOMEM;
297
298 while (1) {
299 p = strrchr(wpath, '/');
300 if (!p)
301 break;
302 ret = sscanf(p, "/%x.%x%c", &slot, &func, &end);
303 if (ret != 2) {
304 ret = -EINVAL;
305 goto free_and_exit;
306 }
307
308 if (dev->devfn != PCI_DEVFN(slot, func)) {
309 ret = 0;
310 goto free_and_exit;
311 }
312
313 /*
314 * Note: we don't need to get a reference to the upstream
315 * bridge because we hold a reference to the top level
316 * device which should hold a reference to the bridge,
317 * and so on.
318 */
319 dev = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
320 if (!dev) {
321 ret = 0;
322 goto free_and_exit;
323 }
324
325 *p = 0;
326 }
327
328 ret = sscanf(wpath, "%x:%x:%x.%x%c", &seg, &bus, &slot,
329 &func, &end);
330 if (ret != 4) {
331 seg = 0;
332 ret = sscanf(wpath, "%x:%x.%x%c", &bus, &slot, &func, &end);
333 if (ret != 3) {
334 ret = -EINVAL;
335 goto free_and_exit;
336 }
337 }
338
339 ret = (seg == pci_domain_nr(dev->bus) &&
340 bus == dev->bus->number &&
341 dev->devfn == PCI_DEVFN(slot, func));
342
343free_and_exit:
344 kfree(wpath);
345 return ret;
346}
347
348/**
349 * pci_dev_str_match - test if a string matches a device
350 * @dev: the PCI device to test
351 * @p: string to match the device against
352 * @endptr: pointer to the string after the match
353 *
354 * Test if a string (typically from a kernel parameter) matches a specified
355 * PCI device. The string may be of one of the following formats:
356 *
357 * [<domain>:]<bus>:<device>.<func>[/<device>.<func>]*
358 * pci:<vendor>:<device>[:<subvendor>:<subdevice>]
359 *
360 * The first format specifies a PCI bus/device/function address which
361 * may change if new hardware is inserted, if motherboard firmware changes,
362 * or due to changes caused in kernel parameters. If the domain is
363 * left unspecified, it is taken to be 0. In order to be robust against
364 * bus renumbering issues, a path of PCI device/function numbers may be used
365 * to address the specific device. The path for a device can be determined
366 * through the use of 'lspci -t'.
367 *
368 * The second format matches devices using IDs in the configuration
369 * space which may match multiple devices in the system. A value of 0
370 * for any field will match all devices. (Note: this differs from
371 * in-kernel code that uses PCI_ANY_ID which is ~0; this is for
372 * legacy reasons and convenience so users don't have to specify
373 * FFFFFFFFs on the command line.)
374 *
375 * Returns 1 if the string matches the device, 0 if it does not and
376 * a negative error code if the string cannot be parsed.
377 */
378static int pci_dev_str_match(struct pci_dev *dev, const char *p,
379 const char **endptr)
380{
381 int ret;
382 int count;
383 unsigned short vendor, device, subsystem_vendor, subsystem_device;
384
385 if (strncmp(p, "pci:", 4) == 0) {
386 /* PCI vendor/device (subvendor/subdevice) IDs are specified */
387 p += 4;
388 ret = sscanf(p, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx%n", &vendor, &device,
389 &subsystem_vendor, &subsystem_device, &count);
390 if (ret != 4) {
391 ret = sscanf(p, "%hx:%hx%n", &vendor, &device, &count);
392 if (ret != 2)
393 return -EINVAL;
394
395 subsystem_vendor = 0;
396 subsystem_device = 0;
397 }
398
399 p += count;
400
401 if ((!vendor || vendor == dev->vendor) &&
402 (!device || device == dev->device) &&
403 (!subsystem_vendor ||
404 subsystem_vendor == dev->subsystem_vendor) &&
405 (!subsystem_device ||
406 subsystem_device == dev->subsystem_device))
407 goto found;
408 } else {
409 /*
410 * PCI Bus, Device, Function IDs are specified
411 * (optionally, may include a path of devfns following it)
412 */
413 ret = pci_dev_str_match_path(dev, p, &p);
414 if (ret < 0)
415 return ret;
416 else if (ret)
417 goto found;
418 }
419
420 *endptr = p;
421 return 0;
422
423found:
424 *endptr = p;
425 return 1;
426}
427
428static u8 __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(struct pci_bus *bus, unsigned int devfn,
429 u8 pos, int cap, int *ttl)
430{
431 u8 id;
432 u16 ent;
433
434 pci_bus_read_config_byte(bus, devfn, pos, &pos);
435
436 while ((*ttl)--) {
437 if (pos < 0x40)
438 break;
439 pos &= ~3;
440 pci_bus_read_config_word(bus, devfn, pos, &ent);
441
442 id = ent & 0xff;
443 if (id == 0xff)
444 break;
445 if (id == cap)
446 return pos;
447 pos = (ent >> 8);
448 }
449 return 0;
450}
451
452static u8 __pci_find_next_cap(struct pci_bus *bus, unsigned int devfn,
453 u8 pos, int cap)
454{
455 int ttl = PCI_FIND_CAP_TTL;
456
457 return __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(bus, devfn, pos, cap, &ttl);
458}
459
460u8 pci_find_next_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 pos, int cap)
461{
462 return __pci_find_next_cap(dev->bus, dev->devfn,
463 pos + PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT, cap);
464}
465EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_next_capability);
466
467static u8 __pci_bus_find_cap_start(struct pci_bus *bus,
468 unsigned int devfn, u8 hdr_type)
469{
470 u16 status;
471
472 pci_bus_read_config_word(bus, devfn, PCI_STATUS, &status);
473 if (!(status & PCI_STATUS_CAP_LIST))
474 return 0;
475
476 switch (hdr_type) {
477 case PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL:
478 case PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE:
479 return PCI_CAPABILITY_LIST;
480 case PCI_HEADER_TYPE_CARDBUS:
481 return PCI_CB_CAPABILITY_LIST;
482 }
483
484 return 0;
485}
486
487/**
488 * pci_find_capability - query for devices' capabilities
489 * @dev: PCI device to query
490 * @cap: capability code
491 *
492 * Tell if a device supports a given PCI capability.
493 * Returns the address of the requested capability structure within the
494 * device's PCI configuration space or 0 in case the device does not
495 * support it. Possible values for @cap include:
496 *
497 * %PCI_CAP_ID_PM Power Management
498 * %PCI_CAP_ID_AGP Accelerated Graphics Port
499 * %PCI_CAP_ID_VPD Vital Product Data
500 * %PCI_CAP_ID_SLOTID Slot Identification
501 * %PCI_CAP_ID_MSI Message Signalled Interrupts
502 * %PCI_CAP_ID_CHSWP CompactPCI HotSwap
503 * %PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX PCI-X
504 * %PCI_CAP_ID_EXP PCI Express
505 */
506u8 pci_find_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int cap)
507{
508 u8 pos;
509
510 pos = __pci_bus_find_cap_start(dev->bus, dev->devfn, dev->hdr_type);
511 if (pos)
512 pos = __pci_find_next_cap(dev->bus, dev->devfn, pos, cap);
513
514 return pos;
515}
516EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_find_capability);
517
518/**
519 * pci_bus_find_capability - query for devices' capabilities
520 * @bus: the PCI bus to query
521 * @devfn: PCI device to query
522 * @cap: capability code
523 *
524 * Like pci_find_capability() but works for PCI devices that do not have a
525 * pci_dev structure set up yet.
526 *
527 * Returns the address of the requested capability structure within the
528 * device's PCI configuration space or 0 in case the device does not
529 * support it.
530 */
531u8 pci_bus_find_capability(struct pci_bus *bus, unsigned int devfn, int cap)
532{
533 u8 hdr_type, pos;
534
535 pci_bus_read_config_byte(bus, devfn, PCI_HEADER_TYPE, &hdr_type);
536
537 pos = __pci_bus_find_cap_start(bus, devfn, hdr_type & PCI_HEADER_TYPE_MASK);
538 if (pos)
539 pos = __pci_find_next_cap(bus, devfn, pos, cap);
540
541 return pos;
542}
543EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_bus_find_capability);
544
545/**
546 * pci_find_next_ext_capability - Find an extended capability
547 * @dev: PCI device to query
548 * @start: address at which to start looking (0 to start at beginning of list)
549 * @cap: capability code
550 *
551 * Returns the address of the next matching extended capability structure
552 * within the device's PCI configuration space or 0 if the device does
553 * not support it. Some capabilities can occur several times, e.g., the
554 * vendor-specific capability, and this provides a way to find them all.
555 */
556u16 pci_find_next_ext_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 start, int cap)
557{
558 u32 header;
559 int ttl;
560 u16 pos = PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE;
561
562 /* minimum 8 bytes per capability */
563 ttl = (PCI_CFG_SPACE_EXP_SIZE - PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE) / 8;
564
565 if (dev->cfg_size <= PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE)
566 return 0;
567
568 if (start)
569 pos = start;
570
571 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos, &header) != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
572 return 0;
573
574 /*
575 * If we have no capabilities, this is indicated by cap ID,
576 * cap version and next pointer all being 0.
577 */
578 if (header == 0)
579 return 0;
580
581 while (ttl-- > 0) {
582 if (PCI_EXT_CAP_ID(header) == cap && pos != start)
583 return pos;
584
585 pos = PCI_EXT_CAP_NEXT(header);
586 if (pos < PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE)
587 break;
588
589 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos, &header) != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
590 break;
591 }
592
593 return 0;
594}
595EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_next_ext_capability);
596
597/**
598 * pci_find_ext_capability - Find an extended capability
599 * @dev: PCI device to query
600 * @cap: capability code
601 *
602 * Returns the address of the requested extended capability structure
603 * within the device's PCI configuration space or 0 if the device does
604 * not support it. Possible values for @cap include:
605 *
606 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ERR Advanced Error Reporting
607 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VC Virtual Channel
608 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN Device Serial Number
609 * %PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PWR Power Budgeting
610 */
611u16 pci_find_ext_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int cap)
612{
613 return pci_find_next_ext_capability(dev, 0, cap);
614}
615EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_ext_capability);
616
617/**
618 * pci_get_dsn - Read and return the 8-byte Device Serial Number
619 * @dev: PCI device to query
620 *
621 * Looks up the PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN and reads the 8 bytes of the Device Serial
622 * Number.
623 *
624 * Returns the DSN, or zero if the capability does not exist.
625 */
626u64 pci_get_dsn(struct pci_dev *dev)
627{
628 u32 dword;
629 u64 dsn;
630 int pos;
631
632 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN);
633 if (!pos)
634 return 0;
635
636 /*
637 * The Device Serial Number is two dwords offset 4 bytes from the
638 * capability position. The specification says that the first dword is
639 * the lower half, and the second dword is the upper half.
640 */
641 pos += 4;
642 pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos, &dword);
643 dsn = (u64)dword;
644 pci_read_config_dword(dev, pos + 4, &dword);
645 dsn |= ((u64)dword) << 32;
646
647 return dsn;
648}
649EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_get_dsn);
650
651static u8 __pci_find_next_ht_cap(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 pos, int ht_cap)
652{
653 int rc, ttl = PCI_FIND_CAP_TTL;
654 u8 cap, mask;
655
656 if (ht_cap == HT_CAPTYPE_SLAVE || ht_cap == HT_CAPTYPE_HOST)
657 mask = HT_3BIT_CAP_MASK;
658 else
659 mask = HT_5BIT_CAP_MASK;
660
661 pos = __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(dev->bus, dev->devfn, pos,
662 PCI_CAP_ID_HT, &ttl);
663 while (pos) {
664 rc = pci_read_config_byte(dev, pos + 3, &cap);
665 if (rc != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
666 return 0;
667
668 if ((cap & mask) == ht_cap)
669 return pos;
670
671 pos = __pci_find_next_cap_ttl(dev->bus, dev->devfn,
672 pos + PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT,
673 PCI_CAP_ID_HT, &ttl);
674 }
675
676 return 0;
677}
678
679/**
680 * pci_find_next_ht_capability - query a device's HyperTransport capabilities
681 * @dev: PCI device to query
682 * @pos: Position from which to continue searching
683 * @ht_cap: HyperTransport capability code
684 *
685 * To be used in conjunction with pci_find_ht_capability() to search for
686 * all capabilities matching @ht_cap. @pos should always be a value returned
687 * from pci_find_ht_capability().
688 *
689 * NB. To be 100% safe against broken PCI devices, the caller should take
690 * steps to avoid an infinite loop.
691 */
692u8 pci_find_next_ht_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 pos, int ht_cap)
693{
694 return __pci_find_next_ht_cap(dev, pos + PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT, ht_cap);
695}
696EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_next_ht_capability);
697
698/**
699 * pci_find_ht_capability - query a device's HyperTransport capabilities
700 * @dev: PCI device to query
701 * @ht_cap: HyperTransport capability code
702 *
703 * Tell if a device supports a given HyperTransport capability.
704 * Returns an address within the device's PCI configuration space
705 * or 0 in case the device does not support the request capability.
706 * The address points to the PCI capability, of type PCI_CAP_ID_HT,
707 * which has a HyperTransport capability matching @ht_cap.
708 */
709u8 pci_find_ht_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, int ht_cap)
710{
711 u8 pos;
712
713 pos = __pci_bus_find_cap_start(dev->bus, dev->devfn, dev->hdr_type);
714 if (pos)
715 pos = __pci_find_next_ht_cap(dev, pos, ht_cap);
716
717 return pos;
718}
719EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_ht_capability);
720
721/**
722 * pci_find_vsec_capability - Find a vendor-specific extended capability
723 * @dev: PCI device to query
724 * @vendor: Vendor ID for which capability is defined
725 * @cap: Vendor-specific capability ID
726 *
727 * If @dev has Vendor ID @vendor, search for a VSEC capability with
728 * VSEC ID @cap. If found, return the capability offset in
729 * config space; otherwise return 0.
730 */
731u16 pci_find_vsec_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 vendor, int cap)
732{
733 u16 vsec = 0;
734 u32 header;
735 int ret;
736
737 if (vendor != dev->vendor)
738 return 0;
739
740 while ((vsec = pci_find_next_ext_capability(dev, vsec,
741 PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VNDR))) {
742 ret = pci_read_config_dword(dev, vsec + PCI_VNDR_HEADER, &header);
743 if (ret != PCIBIOS_SUCCESSFUL)
744 continue;
745
746 if (PCI_VNDR_HEADER_ID(header) == cap)
747 return vsec;
748 }
749
750 return 0;
751}
752EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_vsec_capability);
753
754/**
755 * pci_find_dvsec_capability - Find DVSEC for vendor
756 * @dev: PCI device to query
757 * @vendor: Vendor ID to match for the DVSEC
758 * @dvsec: Designated Vendor-specific capability ID
759 *
760 * If DVSEC has Vendor ID @vendor and DVSEC ID @dvsec return the capability
761 * offset in config space; otherwise return 0.
762 */
763u16 pci_find_dvsec_capability(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 vendor, u16 dvsec)
764{
765 int pos;
766
767 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DVSEC);
768 if (!pos)
769 return 0;
770
771 while (pos) {
772 u16 v, id;
773
774 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_DVSEC_HEADER1, &v);
775 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_DVSEC_HEADER2, &id);
776 if (vendor == v && dvsec == id)
777 return pos;
778
779 pos = pci_find_next_ext_capability(dev, pos, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DVSEC);
780 }
781
782 return 0;
783}
784EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_find_dvsec_capability);
785
786/**
787 * pci_find_parent_resource - return resource region of parent bus of given
788 * region
789 * @dev: PCI device structure contains resources to be searched
790 * @res: child resource record for which parent is sought
791 *
792 * For given resource region of given device, return the resource region of
793 * parent bus the given region is contained in.
794 */
795struct resource *pci_find_parent_resource(const struct pci_dev *dev,
796 struct resource *res)
797{
798 const struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
799 struct resource *r;
800
801 pci_bus_for_each_resource(bus, r) {
802 if (!r)
803 continue;
804 if (resource_contains(r, res)) {
805
806 /*
807 * If the window is prefetchable but the BAR is
808 * not, the allocator made a mistake.
809 */
810 if (r->flags & IORESOURCE_PREFETCH &&
811 !(res->flags & IORESOURCE_PREFETCH))
812 return NULL;
813
814 /*
815 * If we're below a transparent bridge, there may
816 * be both a positively-decoded aperture and a
817 * subtractively-decoded region that contain the BAR.
818 * We want the positively-decoded one, so this depends
819 * on pci_bus_for_each_resource() giving us those
820 * first.
821 */
822 return r;
823 }
824 }
825 return NULL;
826}
827EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_find_parent_resource);
828
829/**
830 * pci_find_resource - Return matching PCI device resource
831 * @dev: PCI device to query
832 * @res: Resource to look for
833 *
834 * Goes over standard PCI resources (BARs) and checks if the given resource
835 * is partially or fully contained in any of them. In that case the
836 * matching resource is returned, %NULL otherwise.
837 */
838struct resource *pci_find_resource(struct pci_dev *dev, struct resource *res)
839{
840 int i;
841
842 for (i = 0; i < PCI_STD_NUM_BARS; i++) {
843 struct resource *r = &dev->resource[i];
844
845 if (r->start && resource_contains(r, res))
846 return r;
847 }
848
849 return NULL;
850}
851EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_find_resource);
852
853/**
854 * pci_resource_name - Return the name of the PCI resource
855 * @dev: PCI device to query
856 * @i: index of the resource
857 *
858 * Return the standard PCI resource (BAR) name according to their index.
859 */
860const char *pci_resource_name(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned int i)
861{
862 static const char * const bar_name[] = {
863 "BAR 0",
864 "BAR 1",
865 "BAR 2",
866 "BAR 3",
867 "BAR 4",
868 "BAR 5",
869 "ROM",
870#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_IOV
871 "VF BAR 0",
872 "VF BAR 1",
873 "VF BAR 2",
874 "VF BAR 3",
875 "VF BAR 4",
876 "VF BAR 5",
877#endif
878 "bridge window", /* "io" included in %pR */
879 "bridge window", /* "mem" included in %pR */
880 "bridge window", /* "mem pref" included in %pR */
881 };
882 static const char * const cardbus_name[] = {
883 "BAR 1",
884 "unknown",
885 "unknown",
886 "unknown",
887 "unknown",
888 "unknown",
889#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_IOV
890 "unknown",
891 "unknown",
892 "unknown",
893 "unknown",
894 "unknown",
895 "unknown",
896#endif
897 "CardBus bridge window 0", /* I/O */
898 "CardBus bridge window 1", /* I/O */
899 "CardBus bridge window 0", /* mem */
900 "CardBus bridge window 1", /* mem */
901 };
902
903 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_CARDBUS &&
904 i < ARRAY_SIZE(cardbus_name))
905 return cardbus_name[i];
906
907 if (i < ARRAY_SIZE(bar_name))
908 return bar_name[i];
909
910 return "unknown";
911}
912
913/**
914 * pci_wait_for_pending - wait for @mask bit(s) to clear in status word @pos
915 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
916 * @pos: config space offset of status word
917 * @mask: mask of bit(s) to care about in status word
918 *
919 * Return 1 when mask bit(s) in status word clear, 0 otherwise.
920 */
921int pci_wait_for_pending(struct pci_dev *dev, int pos, u16 mask)
922{
923 int i;
924
925 /* Wait for Transaction Pending bit clean */
926 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
927 u16 status;
928 if (i)
929 msleep((1 << (i - 1)) * 100);
930
931 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos, &status);
932 if (!(status & mask))
933 return 1;
934 }
935
936 return 0;
937}
938
939static int pci_acs_enable;
940
941/**
942 * pci_request_acs - ask for ACS to be enabled if supported
943 */
944void pci_request_acs(void)
945{
946 pci_acs_enable = 1;
947}
948
949static const char *disable_acs_redir_param;
950
951/**
952 * pci_disable_acs_redir - disable ACS redirect capabilities
953 * @dev: the PCI device
954 *
955 * For only devices specified in the disable_acs_redir parameter.
956 */
957static void pci_disable_acs_redir(struct pci_dev *dev)
958{
959 int ret = 0;
960 const char *p;
961 int pos;
962 u16 ctrl;
963
964 if (!disable_acs_redir_param)
965 return;
966
967 p = disable_acs_redir_param;
968 while (*p) {
969 ret = pci_dev_str_match(dev, p, &p);
970 if (ret < 0) {
971 pr_info_once("PCI: Can't parse disable_acs_redir parameter: %s\n",
972 disable_acs_redir_param);
973
974 break;
975 } else if (ret == 1) {
976 /* Found a match */
977 break;
978 }
979
980 if (*p != ';' && *p != ',') {
981 /* End of param or invalid format */
982 break;
983 }
984 p++;
985 }
986
987 if (ret != 1)
988 return;
989
990 if (!pci_dev_specific_disable_acs_redir(dev))
991 return;
992
993 pos = dev->acs_cap;
994 if (!pos) {
995 pci_warn(dev, "cannot disable ACS redirect for this hardware as it does not have ACS capabilities\n");
996 return;
997 }
998
999 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, &ctrl);
1000
1001 /* P2P Request & Completion Redirect */
1002 ctrl &= ~(PCI_ACS_RR | PCI_ACS_CR | PCI_ACS_EC);
1003
1004 pci_write_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, ctrl);
1005
1006 pci_info(dev, "disabled ACS redirect\n");
1007}
1008
1009/**
1010 * pci_std_enable_acs - enable ACS on devices using standard ACS capabilities
1011 * @dev: the PCI device
1012 */
1013static void pci_std_enable_acs(struct pci_dev *dev)
1014{
1015 int pos;
1016 u16 cap;
1017 u16 ctrl;
1018
1019 pos = dev->acs_cap;
1020 if (!pos)
1021 return;
1022
1023 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CAP, &cap);
1024 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, &ctrl);
1025
1026 /* Source Validation */
1027 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_SV);
1028
1029 /* P2P Request Redirect */
1030 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_RR);
1031
1032 /* P2P Completion Redirect */
1033 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_CR);
1034
1035 /* Upstream Forwarding */
1036 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_UF);
1037
1038 /* Enable Translation Blocking for external devices and noats */
1039 if (pci_ats_disabled() || dev->external_facing || dev->untrusted)
1040 ctrl |= (cap & PCI_ACS_TB);
1041
1042 pci_write_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, ctrl);
1043}
1044
1045/**
1046 * pci_enable_acs - enable ACS if hardware support it
1047 * @dev: the PCI device
1048 */
1049static void pci_enable_acs(struct pci_dev *dev)
1050{
1051 if (!pci_acs_enable)
1052 goto disable_acs_redir;
1053
1054 if (!pci_dev_specific_enable_acs(dev))
1055 goto disable_acs_redir;
1056
1057 pci_std_enable_acs(dev);
1058
1059disable_acs_redir:
1060 /*
1061 * Note: pci_disable_acs_redir() must be called even if ACS was not
1062 * enabled by the kernel because it may have been enabled by
1063 * platform firmware. So if we are told to disable it, we should
1064 * always disable it after setting the kernel's default
1065 * preferences.
1066 */
1067 pci_disable_acs_redir(dev);
1068}
1069
1070/**
1071 * pci_restore_bars - restore a device's BAR values (e.g. after wake-up)
1072 * @dev: PCI device to have its BARs restored
1073 *
1074 * Restore the BAR values for a given device, so as to make it
1075 * accessible by its driver.
1076 */
1077static void pci_restore_bars(struct pci_dev *dev)
1078{
1079 int i;
1080
1081 for (i = 0; i < PCI_BRIDGE_RESOURCES; i++)
1082 pci_update_resource(dev, i);
1083}
1084
1085static inline bool platform_pci_power_manageable(struct pci_dev *dev)
1086{
1087 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1088 return true;
1089
1090 return acpi_pci_power_manageable(dev);
1091}
1092
1093static inline int platform_pci_set_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
1094 pci_power_t t)
1095{
1096 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1097 return mid_pci_set_power_state(dev, t);
1098
1099 return acpi_pci_set_power_state(dev, t);
1100}
1101
1102static inline pci_power_t platform_pci_get_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1103{
1104 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1105 return mid_pci_get_power_state(dev);
1106
1107 return acpi_pci_get_power_state(dev);
1108}
1109
1110static inline void platform_pci_refresh_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1111{
1112 if (!pci_use_mid_pm())
1113 acpi_pci_refresh_power_state(dev);
1114}
1115
1116static inline pci_power_t platform_pci_choose_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1117{
1118 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1119 return PCI_POWER_ERROR;
1120
1121 return acpi_pci_choose_state(dev);
1122}
1123
1124static inline int platform_pci_set_wakeup(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
1125{
1126 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1127 return PCI_POWER_ERROR;
1128
1129 return acpi_pci_wakeup(dev, enable);
1130}
1131
1132static inline bool platform_pci_need_resume(struct pci_dev *dev)
1133{
1134 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1135 return false;
1136
1137 return acpi_pci_need_resume(dev);
1138}
1139
1140static inline bool platform_pci_bridge_d3(struct pci_dev *dev)
1141{
1142 if (pci_use_mid_pm())
1143 return false;
1144
1145 return acpi_pci_bridge_d3(dev);
1146}
1147
1148/**
1149 * pci_update_current_state - Read power state of given device and cache it
1150 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1151 * @state: State to cache in case the device doesn't have the PM capability
1152 *
1153 * The power state is read from the PMCSR register, which however is
1154 * inaccessible in D3cold. The platform firmware is therefore queried first
1155 * to detect accessibility of the register. In case the platform firmware
1156 * reports an incorrect state or the device isn't power manageable by the
1157 * platform at all, we try to detect D3cold by testing accessibility of the
1158 * vendor ID in config space.
1159 */
1160void pci_update_current_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1161{
1162 if (platform_pci_get_power_state(dev) == PCI_D3cold) {
1163 dev->current_state = PCI_D3cold;
1164 } else if (dev->pm_cap) {
1165 u16 pmcsr;
1166
1167 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1168 if (PCI_POSSIBLE_ERROR(pmcsr)) {
1169 dev->current_state = PCI_D3cold;
1170 return;
1171 }
1172 dev->current_state = pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
1173 } else {
1174 dev->current_state = state;
1175 }
1176}
1177
1178/**
1179 * pci_refresh_power_state - Refresh the given device's power state data
1180 * @dev: Target PCI device.
1181 *
1182 * Ask the platform to refresh the devices power state information and invoke
1183 * pci_update_current_state() to update its current PCI power state.
1184 */
1185void pci_refresh_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1186{
1187 platform_pci_refresh_power_state(dev);
1188 pci_update_current_state(dev, dev->current_state);
1189}
1190
1191/**
1192 * pci_platform_power_transition - Use platform to change device power state
1193 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1194 * @state: State to put the device into.
1195 */
1196int pci_platform_power_transition(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1197{
1198 int error;
1199
1200 error = platform_pci_set_power_state(dev, state);
1201 if (!error)
1202 pci_update_current_state(dev, state);
1203 else if (!dev->pm_cap) /* Fall back to PCI_D0 */
1204 dev->current_state = PCI_D0;
1205
1206 return error;
1207}
1208EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_platform_power_transition);
1209
1210static int pci_resume_one(struct pci_dev *pci_dev, void *ign)
1211{
1212 pm_request_resume(&pci_dev->dev);
1213 return 0;
1214}
1215
1216/**
1217 * pci_resume_bus - Walk given bus and runtime resume devices on it
1218 * @bus: Top bus of the subtree to walk.
1219 */
1220void pci_resume_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
1221{
1222 if (bus)
1223 pci_walk_bus(bus, pci_resume_one, NULL);
1224}
1225
1226static int pci_dev_wait(struct pci_dev *dev, char *reset_type, int timeout)
1227{
1228 int delay = 1;
1229 bool retrain = false;
1230 struct pci_dev *bridge;
1231
1232 if (pci_is_pcie(dev)) {
1233 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
1234 if (bridge)
1235 retrain = true;
1236 }
1237
1238 /*
1239 * After reset, the device should not silently discard config
1240 * requests, but it may still indicate that it needs more time by
1241 * responding to them with CRS completions. The Root Port will
1242 * generally synthesize ~0 (PCI_ERROR_RESPONSE) data to complete
1243 * the read (except when CRS SV is enabled and the read was for the
1244 * Vendor ID; in that case it synthesizes 0x0001 data).
1245 *
1246 * Wait for the device to return a non-CRS completion. Read the
1247 * Command register instead of Vendor ID so we don't have to
1248 * contend with the CRS SV value.
1249 */
1250 for (;;) {
1251 u32 id;
1252
1253 pci_read_config_dword(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &id);
1254 if (!PCI_POSSIBLE_ERROR(id))
1255 break;
1256
1257 if (delay > timeout) {
1258 pci_warn(dev, "not ready %dms after %s; giving up\n",
1259 delay - 1, reset_type);
1260 return -ENOTTY;
1261 }
1262
1263 if (delay > PCI_RESET_WAIT) {
1264 if (retrain) {
1265 retrain = false;
1266 if (pcie_failed_link_retrain(bridge)) {
1267 delay = 1;
1268 continue;
1269 }
1270 }
1271 pci_info(dev, "not ready %dms after %s; waiting\n",
1272 delay - 1, reset_type);
1273 }
1274
1275 msleep(delay);
1276 delay *= 2;
1277 }
1278
1279 if (delay > PCI_RESET_WAIT)
1280 pci_info(dev, "ready %dms after %s\n", delay - 1,
1281 reset_type);
1282 else
1283 pci_dbg(dev, "ready %dms after %s\n", delay - 1,
1284 reset_type);
1285
1286 return 0;
1287}
1288
1289/**
1290 * pci_power_up - Put the given device into D0
1291 * @dev: PCI device to power up
1292 *
1293 * On success, return 0 or 1, depending on whether or not it is necessary to
1294 * restore the device's BARs subsequently (1 is returned in that case).
1295 *
1296 * On failure, return a negative error code. Always return failure if @dev
1297 * lacks a Power Management Capability, even if the platform was able to
1298 * put the device in D0 via non-PCI means.
1299 */
1300int pci_power_up(struct pci_dev *dev)
1301{
1302 bool need_restore;
1303 pci_power_t state;
1304 u16 pmcsr;
1305
1306 platform_pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
1307
1308 if (!dev->pm_cap) {
1309 state = platform_pci_get_power_state(dev);
1310 if (state == PCI_UNKNOWN)
1311 dev->current_state = PCI_D0;
1312 else
1313 dev->current_state = state;
1314
1315 return -EIO;
1316 }
1317
1318 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1319 if (PCI_POSSIBLE_ERROR(pmcsr)) {
1320 pci_err(dev, "Unable to change power state from %s to D0, device inaccessible\n",
1321 pci_power_name(dev->current_state));
1322 dev->current_state = PCI_D3cold;
1323 return -EIO;
1324 }
1325
1326 state = pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
1327
1328 need_restore = (state == PCI_D3hot || dev->current_state >= PCI_D3hot) &&
1329 !(pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET);
1330
1331 if (state == PCI_D0)
1332 goto end;
1333
1334 /*
1335 * Force the entire word to 0. This doesn't affect PME_Status, disables
1336 * PME_En, and sets PowerState to 0.
1337 */
1338 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, 0);
1339
1340 /* Mandatory transition delays; see PCI PM 1.2. */
1341 if (state == PCI_D3hot)
1342 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
1343 else if (state == PCI_D2)
1344 udelay(PCI_PM_D2_DELAY);
1345
1346end:
1347 dev->current_state = PCI_D0;
1348 if (need_restore)
1349 return 1;
1350
1351 return 0;
1352}
1353
1354/**
1355 * pci_set_full_power_state - Put a PCI device into D0 and update its state
1356 * @dev: PCI device to power up
1357 * @locked: whether pci_bus_sem is held
1358 *
1359 * Call pci_power_up() to put @dev into D0, read from its PCI_PM_CTRL register
1360 * to confirm the state change, restore its BARs if they might be lost and
1361 * reconfigure ASPM in accordance with the new power state.
1362 *
1363 * If pci_restore_state() is going to be called right after a power state change
1364 * to D0, it is more efficient to use pci_power_up() directly instead of this
1365 * function.
1366 */
1367static int pci_set_full_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev, bool locked)
1368{
1369 u16 pmcsr;
1370 int ret;
1371
1372 ret = pci_power_up(dev);
1373 if (ret < 0) {
1374 if (dev->current_state == PCI_D0)
1375 return 0;
1376
1377 return ret;
1378 }
1379
1380 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1381 dev->current_state = pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
1382 if (dev->current_state != PCI_D0) {
1383 pci_info_ratelimited(dev, "Refused to change power state from %s to D0\n",
1384 pci_power_name(dev->current_state));
1385 } else if (ret > 0) {
1386 /*
1387 * According to section 5.4.1 of the "PCI BUS POWER MANAGEMENT
1388 * INTERFACE SPECIFICATION, REV. 1.2", a device transitioning
1389 * from D3hot to D0 _may_ perform an internal reset, thereby
1390 * going to "D0 Uninitialized" rather than "D0 Initialized".
1391 * For example, at least some versions of the 3c905B and the
1392 * 3c556B exhibit this behaviour.
1393 *
1394 * At least some laptop BIOSen (e.g. the Thinkpad T21) leave
1395 * devices in a D3hot state at boot. Consequently, we need to
1396 * restore at least the BARs so that the device will be
1397 * accessible to its driver.
1398 */
1399 pci_restore_bars(dev);
1400 }
1401
1402 if (dev->bus->self)
1403 pcie_aspm_pm_state_change(dev->bus->self, locked);
1404
1405 return 0;
1406}
1407
1408/**
1409 * __pci_dev_set_current_state - Set current state of a PCI device
1410 * @dev: Device to handle
1411 * @data: pointer to state to be set
1412 */
1413static int __pci_dev_set_current_state(struct pci_dev *dev, void *data)
1414{
1415 pci_power_t state = *(pci_power_t *)data;
1416
1417 dev->current_state = state;
1418 return 0;
1419}
1420
1421/**
1422 * pci_bus_set_current_state - Walk given bus and set current state of devices
1423 * @bus: Top bus of the subtree to walk.
1424 * @state: state to be set
1425 */
1426void pci_bus_set_current_state(struct pci_bus *bus, pci_power_t state)
1427{
1428 if (bus)
1429 pci_walk_bus(bus, __pci_dev_set_current_state, &state);
1430}
1431
1432static void __pci_bus_set_current_state(struct pci_bus *bus, pci_power_t state, bool locked)
1433{
1434 if (!bus)
1435 return;
1436
1437 if (locked)
1438 pci_walk_bus_locked(bus, __pci_dev_set_current_state, &state);
1439 else
1440 pci_walk_bus(bus, __pci_dev_set_current_state, &state);
1441}
1442
1443/**
1444 * pci_set_low_power_state - Put a PCI device into a low-power state.
1445 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1446 * @state: PCI power state (D1, D2, D3hot) to put the device into.
1447 * @locked: whether pci_bus_sem is held
1448 *
1449 * Use the device's PCI_PM_CTRL register to put it into a low-power state.
1450 *
1451 * RETURN VALUE:
1452 * -EINVAL if the requested state is invalid.
1453 * -EIO if device does not support PCI PM or its PM capabilities register has a
1454 * wrong version, or device doesn't support the requested state.
1455 * 0 if device already is in the requested state.
1456 * 0 if device's power state has been successfully changed.
1457 */
1458static int pci_set_low_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state, bool locked)
1459{
1460 u16 pmcsr;
1461
1462 if (!dev->pm_cap)
1463 return -EIO;
1464
1465 /*
1466 * Validate transition: We can enter D0 from any state, but if
1467 * we're already in a low-power state, we can only go deeper. E.g.,
1468 * we can go from D1 to D3, but we can't go directly from D3 to D1;
1469 * we'd have to go from D3 to D0, then to D1.
1470 */
1471 if (dev->current_state <= PCI_D3cold && dev->current_state > state) {
1472 pci_dbg(dev, "Invalid power transition (from %s to %s)\n",
1473 pci_power_name(dev->current_state),
1474 pci_power_name(state));
1475 return -EINVAL;
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Check if this device supports the desired state */
1479 if ((state == PCI_D1 && !dev->d1_support)
1480 || (state == PCI_D2 && !dev->d2_support))
1481 return -EIO;
1482
1483 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1484 if (PCI_POSSIBLE_ERROR(pmcsr)) {
1485 pci_err(dev, "Unable to change power state from %s to %s, device inaccessible\n",
1486 pci_power_name(dev->current_state),
1487 pci_power_name(state));
1488 dev->current_state = PCI_D3cold;
1489 return -EIO;
1490 }
1491
1492 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
1493 pmcsr |= state;
1494
1495 /* Enter specified state */
1496 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, pmcsr);
1497
1498 /* Mandatory power management transition delays; see PCI PM 1.2. */
1499 if (state == PCI_D3hot)
1500 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
1501 else if (state == PCI_D2)
1502 udelay(PCI_PM_D2_DELAY);
1503
1504 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
1505 dev->current_state = pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
1506 if (dev->current_state != state)
1507 pci_info_ratelimited(dev, "Refused to change power state from %s to %s\n",
1508 pci_power_name(dev->current_state),
1509 pci_power_name(state));
1510
1511 if (dev->bus->self)
1512 pcie_aspm_pm_state_change(dev->bus->self, locked);
1513
1514 return 0;
1515}
1516
1517static int __pci_set_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state, bool locked)
1518{
1519 int error;
1520
1521 /* Bound the state we're entering */
1522 if (state > PCI_D3cold)
1523 state = PCI_D3cold;
1524 else if (state < PCI_D0)
1525 state = PCI_D0;
1526 else if ((state == PCI_D1 || state == PCI_D2) && pci_no_d1d2(dev))
1527
1528 /*
1529 * If the device or the parent bridge do not support PCI
1530 * PM, ignore the request if we're doing anything other
1531 * than putting it into D0 (which would only happen on
1532 * boot).
1533 */
1534 return 0;
1535
1536 /* Check if we're already there */
1537 if (dev->current_state == state)
1538 return 0;
1539
1540 if (state == PCI_D0)
1541 return pci_set_full_power_state(dev, locked);
1542
1543 /*
1544 * This device is quirked not to be put into D3, so don't put it in
1545 * D3
1546 */
1547 if (state >= PCI_D3hot && (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_D3))
1548 return 0;
1549
1550 if (state == PCI_D3cold) {
1551 /*
1552 * To put the device in D3cold, put it into D3hot in the native
1553 * way, then put it into D3cold using platform ops.
1554 */
1555 error = pci_set_low_power_state(dev, PCI_D3hot, locked);
1556
1557 if (pci_platform_power_transition(dev, PCI_D3cold))
1558 return error;
1559
1560 /* Powering off a bridge may power off the whole hierarchy */
1561 if (dev->current_state == PCI_D3cold)
1562 __pci_bus_set_current_state(dev->subordinate, PCI_D3cold, locked);
1563 } else {
1564 error = pci_set_low_power_state(dev, state, locked);
1565
1566 if (pci_platform_power_transition(dev, state))
1567 return error;
1568 }
1569
1570 return 0;
1571}
1572
1573/**
1574 * pci_set_power_state - Set the power state of a PCI device
1575 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
1576 * @state: PCI power state (D0, D1, D2, D3hot) to put the device into.
1577 *
1578 * Transition a device to a new power state, using the platform firmware and/or
1579 * the device's PCI PM registers.
1580 *
1581 * RETURN VALUE:
1582 * -EINVAL if the requested state is invalid.
1583 * -EIO if device does not support PCI PM or its PM capabilities register has a
1584 * wrong version, or device doesn't support the requested state.
1585 * 0 if the transition is to D1 or D2 but D1 and D2 are not supported.
1586 * 0 if device already is in the requested state.
1587 * 0 if the transition is to D3 but D3 is not supported.
1588 * 0 if device's power state has been successfully changed.
1589 */
1590int pci_set_power_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1591{
1592 return __pci_set_power_state(dev, state, false);
1593}
1594EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_power_state);
1595
1596int pci_set_power_state_locked(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
1597{
1598 lockdep_assert_held(&pci_bus_sem);
1599
1600 return __pci_set_power_state(dev, state, true);
1601}
1602EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_power_state_locked);
1603
1604#define PCI_EXP_SAVE_REGS 7
1605
1606static struct pci_cap_saved_state *_pci_find_saved_cap(struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
1607 u16 cap, bool extended)
1608{
1609 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
1610
1611 hlist_for_each_entry(tmp, &pci_dev->saved_cap_space, next) {
1612 if (tmp->cap.cap_extended == extended && tmp->cap.cap_nr == cap)
1613 return tmp;
1614 }
1615 return NULL;
1616}
1617
1618struct pci_cap_saved_state *pci_find_saved_cap(struct pci_dev *dev, char cap)
1619{
1620 return _pci_find_saved_cap(dev, cap, false);
1621}
1622
1623struct pci_cap_saved_state *pci_find_saved_ext_cap(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 cap)
1624{
1625 return _pci_find_saved_cap(dev, cap, true);
1626}
1627
1628static int pci_save_pcie_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1629{
1630 int i = 0;
1631 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1632 u16 *cap;
1633
1634 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
1635 return 0;
1636
1637 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
1638 if (!save_state) {
1639 pci_err(dev, "buffer not found in %s\n", __func__);
1640 return -ENOMEM;
1641 }
1642
1643 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1644 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &cap[i++]);
1645 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL, &cap[i++]);
1646 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL, &cap[i++]);
1647 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_RTCTL, &cap[i++]);
1648 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, &cap[i++]);
1649 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2, &cap[i++]);
1650 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL2, &cap[i++]);
1651
1652 return 0;
1653}
1654
1655void pci_bridge_reconfigure_ltr(struct pci_dev *dev)
1656{
1657#ifdef CONFIG_PCIEASPM
1658 struct pci_dev *bridge;
1659 u32 ctl;
1660
1661 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
1662 if (bridge && bridge->ltr_path) {
1663 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, &ctl);
1664 if (!(ctl & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_LTR_EN)) {
1665 pci_dbg(bridge, "re-enabling LTR\n");
1666 pcie_capability_set_word(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
1667 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_LTR_EN);
1668 }
1669 }
1670#endif
1671}
1672
1673static void pci_restore_pcie_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1674{
1675 int i = 0;
1676 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1677 u16 *cap;
1678
1679 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
1680 if (!save_state)
1681 return;
1682
1683 /*
1684 * Downstream ports reset the LTR enable bit when link goes down.
1685 * Check and re-configure the bit here before restoring device.
1686 * PCIe r5.0, sec 7.5.3.16.
1687 */
1688 pci_bridge_reconfigure_ltr(dev);
1689
1690 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1691 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, cap[i++]);
1692 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL, cap[i++]);
1693 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL, cap[i++]);
1694 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_RTCTL, cap[i++]);
1695 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, cap[i++]);
1696 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2, cap[i++]);
1697 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_SLTCTL2, cap[i++]);
1698}
1699
1700static int pci_save_pcix_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1701{
1702 int pos;
1703 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1704
1705 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1706 if (!pos)
1707 return 0;
1708
1709 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1710 if (!save_state) {
1711 pci_err(dev, "buffer not found in %s\n", __func__);
1712 return -ENOMEM;
1713 }
1714
1715 pci_read_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_X_CMD,
1716 (u16 *)save_state->cap.data);
1717
1718 return 0;
1719}
1720
1721static void pci_restore_pcix_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1722{
1723 int i = 0, pos;
1724 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1725 u16 *cap;
1726
1727 save_state = pci_find_saved_cap(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1728 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
1729 if (!save_state || !pos)
1730 return;
1731 cap = (u16 *)&save_state->cap.data[0];
1732
1733 pci_write_config_word(dev, pos + PCI_X_CMD, cap[i++]);
1734}
1735
1736static void pci_save_ltr_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1737{
1738 int ltr;
1739 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1740 u32 *cap;
1741
1742 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
1743 return;
1744
1745 ltr = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1746 if (!ltr)
1747 return;
1748
1749 save_state = pci_find_saved_ext_cap(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1750 if (!save_state) {
1751 pci_err(dev, "no suspend buffer for LTR; ASPM issues possible after resume\n");
1752 return;
1753 }
1754
1755 /* Some broken devices only support dword access to LTR */
1756 cap = &save_state->cap.data[0];
1757 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ltr + PCI_LTR_MAX_SNOOP_LAT, cap);
1758}
1759
1760static void pci_restore_ltr_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1761{
1762 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
1763 int ltr;
1764 u32 *cap;
1765
1766 save_state = pci_find_saved_ext_cap(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1767 ltr = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR);
1768 if (!save_state || !ltr)
1769 return;
1770
1771 /* Some broken devices only support dword access to LTR */
1772 cap = &save_state->cap.data[0];
1773 pci_write_config_dword(dev, ltr + PCI_LTR_MAX_SNOOP_LAT, *cap);
1774}
1775
1776/**
1777 * pci_save_state - save the PCI configuration space of a device before
1778 * suspending
1779 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1780 */
1781int pci_save_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1782{
1783 int i;
1784 /* XXX: 100% dword access ok here? */
1785 for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
1786 pci_read_config_dword(dev, i * 4, &dev->saved_config_space[i]);
1787 pci_dbg(dev, "save config %#04x: %#010x\n",
1788 i * 4, dev->saved_config_space[i]);
1789 }
1790 dev->state_saved = true;
1791
1792 i = pci_save_pcie_state(dev);
1793 if (i != 0)
1794 return i;
1795
1796 i = pci_save_pcix_state(dev);
1797 if (i != 0)
1798 return i;
1799
1800 pci_save_ltr_state(dev);
1801 pci_save_dpc_state(dev);
1802 pci_save_aer_state(dev);
1803 pci_save_ptm_state(dev);
1804 return pci_save_vc_state(dev);
1805}
1806EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_save_state);
1807
1808static void pci_restore_config_dword(struct pci_dev *pdev, int offset,
1809 u32 saved_val, int retry, bool force)
1810{
1811 u32 val;
1812
1813 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, offset, &val);
1814 if (!force && val == saved_val)
1815 return;
1816
1817 for (;;) {
1818 pci_dbg(pdev, "restore config %#04x: %#010x -> %#010x\n",
1819 offset, val, saved_val);
1820 pci_write_config_dword(pdev, offset, saved_val);
1821 if (retry-- <= 0)
1822 return;
1823
1824 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, offset, &val);
1825 if (val == saved_val)
1826 return;
1827
1828 mdelay(1);
1829 }
1830}
1831
1832static void pci_restore_config_space_range(struct pci_dev *pdev,
1833 int start, int end, int retry,
1834 bool force)
1835{
1836 int index;
1837
1838 for (index = end; index >= start; index--)
1839 pci_restore_config_dword(pdev, 4 * index,
1840 pdev->saved_config_space[index],
1841 retry, force);
1842}
1843
1844static void pci_restore_config_space(struct pci_dev *pdev)
1845{
1846 if (pdev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL) {
1847 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 10, 15, 0, false);
1848 /* Restore BARs before the command register. */
1849 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 4, 9, 10, false);
1850 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 0, 3, 0, false);
1851 } else if (pdev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE) {
1852 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 12, 15, 0, false);
1853
1854 /*
1855 * Force rewriting of prefetch registers to avoid S3 resume
1856 * issues on Intel PCI bridges that occur when these
1857 * registers are not explicitly written.
1858 */
1859 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 9, 11, 0, true);
1860 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 0, 8, 0, false);
1861 } else {
1862 pci_restore_config_space_range(pdev, 0, 15, 0, false);
1863 }
1864}
1865
1866static void pci_restore_rebar_state(struct pci_dev *pdev)
1867{
1868 unsigned int pos, nbars, i;
1869 u32 ctrl;
1870
1871 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(pdev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_REBAR);
1872 if (!pos)
1873 return;
1874
1875 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
1876 nbars = FIELD_GET(PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_MASK, ctrl);
1877
1878 for (i = 0; i < nbars; i++, pos += 8) {
1879 struct resource *res;
1880 int bar_idx, size;
1881
1882 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
1883 bar_idx = ctrl & PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_IDX;
1884 res = pdev->resource + bar_idx;
1885 size = pci_rebar_bytes_to_size(resource_size(res));
1886 ctrl &= ~PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE;
1887 ctrl |= FIELD_PREP(PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE, size);
1888 pci_write_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, ctrl);
1889 }
1890}
1891
1892/**
1893 * pci_restore_state - Restore the saved state of a PCI device
1894 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1895 */
1896void pci_restore_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1897{
1898 if (!dev->state_saved)
1899 return;
1900
1901 /*
1902 * Restore max latencies (in the LTR capability) before enabling
1903 * LTR itself (in the PCIe capability).
1904 */
1905 pci_restore_ltr_state(dev);
1906
1907 pci_restore_pcie_state(dev);
1908 pci_restore_pasid_state(dev);
1909 pci_restore_pri_state(dev);
1910 pci_restore_ats_state(dev);
1911 pci_restore_vc_state(dev);
1912 pci_restore_rebar_state(dev);
1913 pci_restore_dpc_state(dev);
1914 pci_restore_ptm_state(dev);
1915
1916 pci_aer_clear_status(dev);
1917 pci_restore_aer_state(dev);
1918
1919 pci_restore_config_space(dev);
1920
1921 pci_restore_pcix_state(dev);
1922 pci_restore_msi_state(dev);
1923
1924 /* Restore ACS and IOV configuration state */
1925 pci_enable_acs(dev);
1926 pci_restore_iov_state(dev);
1927
1928 dev->state_saved = false;
1929}
1930EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_restore_state);
1931
1932struct pci_saved_state {
1933 u32 config_space[16];
1934 struct pci_cap_saved_data cap[];
1935};
1936
1937/**
1938 * pci_store_saved_state - Allocate and return an opaque struct containing
1939 * the device saved state.
1940 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1941 *
1942 * Return NULL if no state or error.
1943 */
1944struct pci_saved_state *pci_store_saved_state(struct pci_dev *dev)
1945{
1946 struct pci_saved_state *state;
1947 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
1948 struct pci_cap_saved_data *cap;
1949 size_t size;
1950
1951 if (!dev->state_saved)
1952 return NULL;
1953
1954 size = sizeof(*state) + sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data);
1955
1956 hlist_for_each_entry(tmp, &dev->saved_cap_space, next)
1957 size += sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data) + tmp->cap.size;
1958
1959 state = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
1960 if (!state)
1961 return NULL;
1962
1963 memcpy(state->config_space, dev->saved_config_space,
1964 sizeof(state->config_space));
1965
1966 cap = state->cap;
1967 hlist_for_each_entry(tmp, &dev->saved_cap_space, next) {
1968 size_t len = sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data) + tmp->cap.size;
1969 memcpy(cap, &tmp->cap, len);
1970 cap = (struct pci_cap_saved_data *)((u8 *)cap + len);
1971 }
1972 /* Empty cap_save terminates list */
1973
1974 return state;
1975}
1976EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_store_saved_state);
1977
1978/**
1979 * pci_load_saved_state - Reload the provided save state into struct pci_dev.
1980 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
1981 * @state: Saved state returned from pci_store_saved_state()
1982 */
1983int pci_load_saved_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
1984 struct pci_saved_state *state)
1985{
1986 struct pci_cap_saved_data *cap;
1987
1988 dev->state_saved = false;
1989
1990 if (!state)
1991 return 0;
1992
1993 memcpy(dev->saved_config_space, state->config_space,
1994 sizeof(state->config_space));
1995
1996 cap = state->cap;
1997 while (cap->size) {
1998 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
1999
2000 tmp = _pci_find_saved_cap(dev, cap->cap_nr, cap->cap_extended);
2001 if (!tmp || tmp->cap.size != cap->size)
2002 return -EINVAL;
2003
2004 memcpy(tmp->cap.data, cap->data, tmp->cap.size);
2005 cap = (struct pci_cap_saved_data *)((u8 *)cap +
2006 sizeof(struct pci_cap_saved_data) + cap->size);
2007 }
2008
2009 dev->state_saved = true;
2010 return 0;
2011}
2012EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_load_saved_state);
2013
2014/**
2015 * pci_load_and_free_saved_state - Reload the save state pointed to by state,
2016 * and free the memory allocated for it.
2017 * @dev: PCI device that we're dealing with
2018 * @state: Pointer to saved state returned from pci_store_saved_state()
2019 */
2020int pci_load_and_free_saved_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
2021 struct pci_saved_state **state)
2022{
2023 int ret = pci_load_saved_state(dev, *state);
2024 kfree(*state);
2025 *state = NULL;
2026 return ret;
2027}
2028EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_load_and_free_saved_state);
2029
2030int __weak pcibios_enable_device(struct pci_dev *dev, int bars)
2031{
2032 return pci_enable_resources(dev, bars);
2033}
2034
2035static int do_pci_enable_device(struct pci_dev *dev, int bars)
2036{
2037 int err;
2038 struct pci_dev *bridge;
2039 u16 cmd;
2040 u8 pin;
2041
2042 err = pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
2043 if (err < 0 && err != -EIO)
2044 return err;
2045
2046 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
2047 if (bridge)
2048 pcie_aspm_powersave_config_link(bridge);
2049
2050 err = pcibios_enable_device(dev, bars);
2051 if (err < 0)
2052 return err;
2053 pci_fixup_device(pci_fixup_enable, dev);
2054
2055 if (dev->msi_enabled || dev->msix_enabled)
2056 return 0;
2057
2058 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN, &pin);
2059 if (pin) {
2060 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
2061 if (cmd & PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE)
2062 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND,
2063 cmd & ~PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE);
2064 }
2065
2066 return 0;
2067}
2068
2069/**
2070 * pci_reenable_device - Resume abandoned device
2071 * @dev: PCI device to be resumed
2072 *
2073 * NOTE: This function is a backend of pci_default_resume() and is not supposed
2074 * to be called by normal code, write proper resume handler and use it instead.
2075 */
2076int pci_reenable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2077{
2078 if (pci_is_enabled(dev))
2079 return do_pci_enable_device(dev, (1 << PCI_NUM_RESOURCES) - 1);
2080 return 0;
2081}
2082EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_reenable_device);
2083
2084static void pci_enable_bridge(struct pci_dev *dev)
2085{
2086 struct pci_dev *bridge;
2087 int retval;
2088
2089 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
2090 if (bridge)
2091 pci_enable_bridge(bridge);
2092
2093 if (pci_is_enabled(dev)) {
2094 if (!dev->is_busmaster)
2095 pci_set_master(dev);
2096 return;
2097 }
2098
2099 retval = pci_enable_device(dev);
2100 if (retval)
2101 pci_err(dev, "Error enabling bridge (%d), continuing\n",
2102 retval);
2103 pci_set_master(dev);
2104}
2105
2106static int pci_enable_device_flags(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned long flags)
2107{
2108 struct pci_dev *bridge;
2109 int err;
2110 int i, bars = 0;
2111
2112 /*
2113 * Power state could be unknown at this point, either due to a fresh
2114 * boot or a device removal call. So get the current power state
2115 * so that things like MSI message writing will behave as expected
2116 * (e.g. if the device really is in D0 at enable time).
2117 */
2118 pci_update_current_state(dev, dev->current_state);
2119
2120 if (atomic_inc_return(&dev->enable_cnt) > 1)
2121 return 0; /* already enabled */
2122
2123 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
2124 if (bridge)
2125 pci_enable_bridge(bridge);
2126
2127 /* only skip sriov related */
2128 for (i = 0; i <= PCI_ROM_RESOURCE; i++)
2129 if (dev->resource[i].flags & flags)
2130 bars |= (1 << i);
2131 for (i = PCI_BRIDGE_RESOURCES; i < DEVICE_COUNT_RESOURCE; i++)
2132 if (dev->resource[i].flags & flags)
2133 bars |= (1 << i);
2134
2135 err = do_pci_enable_device(dev, bars);
2136 if (err < 0)
2137 atomic_dec(&dev->enable_cnt);
2138 return err;
2139}
2140
2141/**
2142 * pci_enable_device_io - Initialize a device for use with IO space
2143 * @dev: PCI device to be initialized
2144 *
2145 * Initialize device before it's used by a driver. Ask low-level code
2146 * to enable I/O resources. Wake up the device if it was suspended.
2147 * Beware, this function can fail.
2148 */
2149int pci_enable_device_io(struct pci_dev *dev)
2150{
2151 return pci_enable_device_flags(dev, IORESOURCE_IO);
2152}
2153EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_device_io);
2154
2155/**
2156 * pci_enable_device_mem - Initialize a device for use with Memory space
2157 * @dev: PCI device to be initialized
2158 *
2159 * Initialize device before it's used by a driver. Ask low-level code
2160 * to enable Memory resources. Wake up the device if it was suspended.
2161 * Beware, this function can fail.
2162 */
2163int pci_enable_device_mem(struct pci_dev *dev)
2164{
2165 return pci_enable_device_flags(dev, IORESOURCE_MEM);
2166}
2167EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_device_mem);
2168
2169/**
2170 * pci_enable_device - Initialize device before it's used by a driver.
2171 * @dev: PCI device to be initialized
2172 *
2173 * Initialize device before it's used by a driver. Ask low-level code
2174 * to enable I/O and memory. Wake up the device if it was suspended.
2175 * Beware, this function can fail.
2176 *
2177 * Note we don't actually enable the device many times if we call
2178 * this function repeatedly (we just increment the count).
2179 */
2180int pci_enable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2181{
2182 return pci_enable_device_flags(dev, IORESOURCE_MEM | IORESOURCE_IO);
2183}
2184EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_device);
2185
2186/*
2187 * Managed PCI resources. This manages device on/off, INTx/MSI/MSI-X
2188 * on/off and BAR regions. pci_dev itself records MSI/MSI-X status, so
2189 * there's no need to track it separately. pci_devres is initialized
2190 * when a device is enabled using managed PCI device enable interface.
2191 */
2192struct pci_devres {
2193 unsigned int enabled:1;
2194 unsigned int pinned:1;
2195 unsigned int orig_intx:1;
2196 unsigned int restore_intx:1;
2197 unsigned int mwi:1;
2198 u32 region_mask;
2199};
2200
2201static void pcim_release(struct device *gendev, void *res)
2202{
2203 struct pci_dev *dev = to_pci_dev(gendev);
2204 struct pci_devres *this = res;
2205 int i;
2206
2207 for (i = 0; i < DEVICE_COUNT_RESOURCE; i++)
2208 if (this->region_mask & (1 << i))
2209 pci_release_region(dev, i);
2210
2211 if (this->mwi)
2212 pci_clear_mwi(dev);
2213
2214 if (this->restore_intx)
2215 pci_intx(dev, this->orig_intx);
2216
2217 if (this->enabled && !this->pinned)
2218 pci_disable_device(dev);
2219}
2220
2221static struct pci_devres *get_pci_dr(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2222{
2223 struct pci_devres *dr, *new_dr;
2224
2225 dr = devres_find(&pdev->dev, pcim_release, NULL, NULL);
2226 if (dr)
2227 return dr;
2228
2229 new_dr = devres_alloc(pcim_release, sizeof(*new_dr), GFP_KERNEL);
2230 if (!new_dr)
2231 return NULL;
2232 return devres_get(&pdev->dev, new_dr, NULL, NULL);
2233}
2234
2235static struct pci_devres *find_pci_dr(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2236{
2237 if (pci_is_managed(pdev))
2238 return devres_find(&pdev->dev, pcim_release, NULL, NULL);
2239 return NULL;
2240}
2241
2242/**
2243 * pcim_enable_device - Managed pci_enable_device()
2244 * @pdev: PCI device to be initialized
2245 *
2246 * Managed pci_enable_device().
2247 */
2248int pcim_enable_device(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2249{
2250 struct pci_devres *dr;
2251 int rc;
2252
2253 dr = get_pci_dr(pdev);
2254 if (unlikely(!dr))
2255 return -ENOMEM;
2256 if (dr->enabled)
2257 return 0;
2258
2259 rc = pci_enable_device(pdev);
2260 if (!rc) {
2261 pdev->is_managed = 1;
2262 dr->enabled = 1;
2263 }
2264 return rc;
2265}
2266EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcim_enable_device);
2267
2268/**
2269 * pcim_pin_device - Pin managed PCI device
2270 * @pdev: PCI device to pin
2271 *
2272 * Pin managed PCI device @pdev. Pinned device won't be disabled on
2273 * driver detach. @pdev must have been enabled with
2274 * pcim_enable_device().
2275 */
2276void pcim_pin_device(struct pci_dev *pdev)
2277{
2278 struct pci_devres *dr;
2279
2280 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
2281 WARN_ON(!dr || !dr->enabled);
2282 if (dr)
2283 dr->pinned = 1;
2284}
2285EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcim_pin_device);
2286
2287/*
2288 * pcibios_device_add - provide arch specific hooks when adding device dev
2289 * @dev: the PCI device being added
2290 *
2291 * Permits the platform to provide architecture specific functionality when
2292 * devices are added. This is the default implementation. Architecture
2293 * implementations can override this.
2294 */
2295int __weak pcibios_device_add(struct pci_dev *dev)
2296{
2297 return 0;
2298}
2299
2300/**
2301 * pcibios_release_device - provide arch specific hooks when releasing
2302 * device dev
2303 * @dev: the PCI device being released
2304 *
2305 * Permits the platform to provide architecture specific functionality when
2306 * devices are released. This is the default implementation. Architecture
2307 * implementations can override this.
2308 */
2309void __weak pcibios_release_device(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
2310
2311/**
2312 * pcibios_disable_device - disable arch specific PCI resources for device dev
2313 * @dev: the PCI device to disable
2314 *
2315 * Disables architecture specific PCI resources for the device. This
2316 * is the default implementation. Architecture implementations can
2317 * override this.
2318 */
2319void __weak pcibios_disable_device(struct pci_dev *dev) {}
2320
2321/**
2322 * pcibios_penalize_isa_irq - penalize an ISA IRQ
2323 * @irq: ISA IRQ to penalize
2324 * @active: IRQ active or not
2325 *
2326 * Permits the platform to provide architecture-specific functionality when
2327 * penalizing ISA IRQs. This is the default implementation. Architecture
2328 * implementations can override this.
2329 */
2330void __weak pcibios_penalize_isa_irq(int irq, int active) {}
2331
2332static void do_pci_disable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2333{
2334 u16 pci_command;
2335
2336 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &pci_command);
2337 if (pci_command & PCI_COMMAND_MASTER) {
2338 pci_command &= ~PCI_COMMAND_MASTER;
2339 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, pci_command);
2340 }
2341
2342 pcibios_disable_device(dev);
2343}
2344
2345/**
2346 * pci_disable_enabled_device - Disable device without updating enable_cnt
2347 * @dev: PCI device to disable
2348 *
2349 * NOTE: This function is a backend of PCI power management routines and is
2350 * not supposed to be called drivers.
2351 */
2352void pci_disable_enabled_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2353{
2354 if (pci_is_enabled(dev))
2355 do_pci_disable_device(dev);
2356}
2357
2358/**
2359 * pci_disable_device - Disable PCI device after use
2360 * @dev: PCI device to be disabled
2361 *
2362 * Signal to the system that the PCI device is not in use by the system
2363 * anymore. This only involves disabling PCI bus-mastering, if active.
2364 *
2365 * Note we don't actually disable the device until all callers of
2366 * pci_enable_device() have called pci_disable_device().
2367 */
2368void pci_disable_device(struct pci_dev *dev)
2369{
2370 struct pci_devres *dr;
2371
2372 dr = find_pci_dr(dev);
2373 if (dr)
2374 dr->enabled = 0;
2375
2376 dev_WARN_ONCE(&dev->dev, atomic_read(&dev->enable_cnt) <= 0,
2377 "disabling already-disabled device");
2378
2379 if (atomic_dec_return(&dev->enable_cnt) != 0)
2380 return;
2381
2382 do_pci_disable_device(dev);
2383
2384 dev->is_busmaster = 0;
2385}
2386EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_disable_device);
2387
2388/**
2389 * pcibios_set_pcie_reset_state - set reset state for device dev
2390 * @dev: the PCIe device reset
2391 * @state: Reset state to enter into
2392 *
2393 * Set the PCIe reset state for the device. This is the default
2394 * implementation. Architecture implementations can override this.
2395 */
2396int __weak pcibios_set_pcie_reset_state(struct pci_dev *dev,
2397 enum pcie_reset_state state)
2398{
2399 return -EINVAL;
2400}
2401
2402/**
2403 * pci_set_pcie_reset_state - set reset state for device dev
2404 * @dev: the PCIe device reset
2405 * @state: Reset state to enter into
2406 *
2407 * Sets the PCI reset state for the device.
2408 */
2409int pci_set_pcie_reset_state(struct pci_dev *dev, enum pcie_reset_state state)
2410{
2411 return pcibios_set_pcie_reset_state(dev, state);
2412}
2413EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_set_pcie_reset_state);
2414
2415#ifdef CONFIG_PCIEAER
2416void pcie_clear_device_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
2417{
2418 u16 sta;
2419
2420 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVSTA, &sta);
2421 pcie_capability_write_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVSTA, sta);
2422}
2423#endif
2424
2425/**
2426 * pcie_clear_root_pme_status - Clear root port PME interrupt status.
2427 * @dev: PCIe root port or event collector.
2428 */
2429void pcie_clear_root_pme_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
2430{
2431 pcie_capability_set_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_RTSTA, PCI_EXP_RTSTA_PME);
2432}
2433
2434/**
2435 * pci_check_pme_status - Check if given device has generated PME.
2436 * @dev: Device to check.
2437 *
2438 * Check the PME status of the device and if set, clear it and clear PME enable
2439 * (if set). Return 'true' if PME status and PME enable were both set or
2440 * 'false' otherwise.
2441 */
2442bool pci_check_pme_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
2443{
2444 int pmcsr_pos;
2445 u16 pmcsr;
2446 bool ret = false;
2447
2448 if (!dev->pm_cap)
2449 return false;
2450
2451 pmcsr_pos = dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL;
2452 pci_read_config_word(dev, pmcsr_pos, &pmcsr);
2453 if (!(pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS))
2454 return false;
2455
2456 /* Clear PME status. */
2457 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS;
2458 if (pmcsr & PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE) {
2459 /* Disable PME to avoid interrupt flood. */
2460 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2461 ret = true;
2462 }
2463
2464 pci_write_config_word(dev, pmcsr_pos, pmcsr);
2465
2466 return ret;
2467}
2468
2469/**
2470 * pci_pme_wakeup - Wake up a PCI device if its PME Status bit is set.
2471 * @dev: Device to handle.
2472 * @pme_poll_reset: Whether or not to reset the device's pme_poll flag.
2473 *
2474 * Check if @dev has generated PME and queue a resume request for it in that
2475 * case.
2476 */
2477static int pci_pme_wakeup(struct pci_dev *dev, void *pme_poll_reset)
2478{
2479 if (pme_poll_reset && dev->pme_poll)
2480 dev->pme_poll = false;
2481
2482 if (pci_check_pme_status(dev)) {
2483 pci_wakeup_event(dev);
2484 pm_request_resume(&dev->dev);
2485 }
2486 return 0;
2487}
2488
2489/**
2490 * pci_pme_wakeup_bus - Walk given bus and wake up devices on it, if necessary.
2491 * @bus: Top bus of the subtree to walk.
2492 */
2493void pci_pme_wakeup_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
2494{
2495 if (bus)
2496 pci_walk_bus(bus, pci_pme_wakeup, (void *)true);
2497}
2498
2499
2500/**
2501 * pci_pme_capable - check the capability of PCI device to generate PME#
2502 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
2503 * @state: PCI state from which device will issue PME#.
2504 */
2505bool pci_pme_capable(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state)
2506{
2507 if (!dev->pm_cap)
2508 return false;
2509
2510 return !!(dev->pme_support & (1 << state));
2511}
2512EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_pme_capable);
2513
2514static void pci_pme_list_scan(struct work_struct *work)
2515{
2516 struct pci_pme_device *pme_dev, *n;
2517
2518 mutex_lock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2519 list_for_each_entry_safe(pme_dev, n, &pci_pme_list, list) {
2520 struct pci_dev *pdev = pme_dev->dev;
2521
2522 if (pdev->pme_poll) {
2523 struct pci_dev *bridge = pdev->bus->self;
2524 struct device *dev = &pdev->dev;
2525 struct device *bdev = bridge ? &bridge->dev : NULL;
2526 int bref = 0;
2527
2528 /*
2529 * If we have a bridge, it should be in an active/D0
2530 * state or the configuration space of subordinate
2531 * devices may not be accessible or stable over the
2532 * course of the call.
2533 */
2534 if (bdev) {
2535 bref = pm_runtime_get_if_active(bdev, true);
2536 if (!bref)
2537 continue;
2538
2539 if (bridge->current_state != PCI_D0)
2540 goto put_bridge;
2541 }
2542
2543 /*
2544 * The device itself should be suspended but config
2545 * space must be accessible, therefore it cannot be in
2546 * D3cold.
2547 */
2548 if (pm_runtime_suspended(dev) &&
2549 pdev->current_state != PCI_D3cold)
2550 pci_pme_wakeup(pdev, NULL);
2551
2552put_bridge:
2553 if (bref > 0)
2554 pm_runtime_put(bdev);
2555 } else {
2556 list_del(&pme_dev->list);
2557 kfree(pme_dev);
2558 }
2559 }
2560 if (!list_empty(&pci_pme_list))
2561 queue_delayed_work(system_freezable_wq, &pci_pme_work,
2562 msecs_to_jiffies(PME_TIMEOUT));
2563 mutex_unlock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2564}
2565
2566static void __pci_pme_active(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
2567{
2568 u16 pmcsr;
2569
2570 if (!dev->pme_support)
2571 return;
2572
2573 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
2574 /* Clear PME_Status by writing 1 to it and enable PME# */
2575 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS | PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2576 if (!enable)
2577 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2578
2579 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, pmcsr);
2580}
2581
2582/**
2583 * pci_pme_restore - Restore PME configuration after config space restore.
2584 * @dev: PCI device to update.
2585 */
2586void pci_pme_restore(struct pci_dev *dev)
2587{
2588 u16 pmcsr;
2589
2590 if (!dev->pme_support)
2591 return;
2592
2593 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &pmcsr);
2594 if (dev->wakeup_prepared) {
2595 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2596 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS;
2597 } else {
2598 pmcsr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE;
2599 pmcsr |= PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS;
2600 }
2601 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, pmcsr);
2602}
2603
2604/**
2605 * pci_pme_active - enable or disable PCI device's PME# function
2606 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
2607 * @enable: 'true' to enable PME# generation; 'false' to disable it.
2608 *
2609 * The caller must verify that the device is capable of generating PME# before
2610 * calling this function with @enable equal to 'true'.
2611 */
2612void pci_pme_active(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
2613{
2614 __pci_pme_active(dev, enable);
2615
2616 /*
2617 * PCI (as opposed to PCIe) PME requires that the device have
2618 * its PME# line hooked up correctly. Not all hardware vendors
2619 * do this, so the PME never gets delivered and the device
2620 * remains asleep. The easiest way around this is to
2621 * periodically walk the list of suspended devices and check
2622 * whether any have their PME flag set. The assumption is that
2623 * we'll wake up often enough anyway that this won't be a huge
2624 * hit, and the power savings from the devices will still be a
2625 * win.
2626 *
2627 * Although PCIe uses in-band PME message instead of PME# line
2628 * to report PME, PME does not work for some PCIe devices in
2629 * reality. For example, there are devices that set their PME
2630 * status bits, but don't really bother to send a PME message;
2631 * there are PCI Express Root Ports that don't bother to
2632 * trigger interrupts when they receive PME messages from the
2633 * devices below. So PME poll is used for PCIe devices too.
2634 */
2635
2636 if (dev->pme_poll) {
2637 struct pci_pme_device *pme_dev;
2638 if (enable) {
2639 pme_dev = kmalloc(sizeof(struct pci_pme_device),
2640 GFP_KERNEL);
2641 if (!pme_dev) {
2642 pci_warn(dev, "can't enable PME#\n");
2643 return;
2644 }
2645 pme_dev->dev = dev;
2646 mutex_lock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2647 list_add(&pme_dev->list, &pci_pme_list);
2648 if (list_is_singular(&pci_pme_list))
2649 queue_delayed_work(system_freezable_wq,
2650 &pci_pme_work,
2651 msecs_to_jiffies(PME_TIMEOUT));
2652 mutex_unlock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2653 } else {
2654 mutex_lock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2655 list_for_each_entry(pme_dev, &pci_pme_list, list) {
2656 if (pme_dev->dev == dev) {
2657 list_del(&pme_dev->list);
2658 kfree(pme_dev);
2659 break;
2660 }
2661 }
2662 mutex_unlock(&pci_pme_list_mutex);
2663 }
2664 }
2665
2666 pci_dbg(dev, "PME# %s\n", enable ? "enabled" : "disabled");
2667}
2668EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_pme_active);
2669
2670/**
2671 * __pci_enable_wake - enable PCI device as wakeup event source
2672 * @dev: PCI device affected
2673 * @state: PCI state from which device will issue wakeup events
2674 * @enable: True to enable event generation; false to disable
2675 *
2676 * This enables the device as a wakeup event source, or disables it.
2677 * When such events involves platform-specific hooks, those hooks are
2678 * called automatically by this routine.
2679 *
2680 * Devices with legacy power management (no standard PCI PM capabilities)
2681 * always require such platform hooks.
2682 *
2683 * RETURN VALUE:
2684 * 0 is returned on success
2685 * -EINVAL is returned if device is not supposed to wake up the system
2686 * Error code depending on the platform is returned if both the platform and
2687 * the native mechanism fail to enable the generation of wake-up events
2688 */
2689static int __pci_enable_wake(struct pci_dev *dev, pci_power_t state, bool enable)
2690{
2691 int ret = 0;
2692
2693 /*
2694 * Bridges that are not power-manageable directly only signal
2695 * wakeup on behalf of subordinate devices which is set up
2696 * elsewhere, so skip them. However, bridges that are
2697 * power-manageable may signal wakeup for themselves (for example,
2698 * on a hotplug event) and they need to be covered here.
2699 */
2700 if (!pci_power_manageable(dev))
2701 return 0;
2702
2703 /* Don't do the same thing twice in a row for one device. */
2704 if (!!enable == !!dev->wakeup_prepared)
2705 return 0;
2706
2707 /*
2708 * According to "PCI System Architecture" 4th ed. by Tom Shanley & Don
2709 * Anderson we should be doing PME# wake enable followed by ACPI wake
2710 * enable. To disable wake-up we call the platform first, for symmetry.
2711 */
2712
2713 if (enable) {
2714 int error;
2715
2716 /*
2717 * Enable PME signaling if the device can signal PME from
2718 * D3cold regardless of whether or not it can signal PME from
2719 * the current target state, because that will allow it to
2720 * signal PME when the hierarchy above it goes into D3cold and
2721 * the device itself ends up in D3cold as a result of that.
2722 */
2723 if (pci_pme_capable(dev, state) || pci_pme_capable(dev, PCI_D3cold))
2724 pci_pme_active(dev, true);
2725 else
2726 ret = 1;
2727 error = platform_pci_set_wakeup(dev, true);
2728 if (ret)
2729 ret = error;
2730 if (!ret)
2731 dev->wakeup_prepared = true;
2732 } else {
2733 platform_pci_set_wakeup(dev, false);
2734 pci_pme_active(dev, false);
2735 dev->wakeup_prepared = false;
2736 }
2737
2738 return ret;
2739}
2740
2741/**
2742 * pci_enable_wake - change wakeup settings for a PCI device
2743 * @pci_dev: Target device
2744 * @state: PCI state from which device will issue wakeup events
2745 * @enable: Whether or not to enable event generation
2746 *
2747 * If @enable is set, check device_may_wakeup() for the device before calling
2748 * __pci_enable_wake() for it.
2749 */
2750int pci_enable_wake(struct pci_dev *pci_dev, pci_power_t state, bool enable)
2751{
2752 if (enable && !device_may_wakeup(&pci_dev->dev))
2753 return -EINVAL;
2754
2755 return __pci_enable_wake(pci_dev, state, enable);
2756}
2757EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_wake);
2758
2759/**
2760 * pci_wake_from_d3 - enable/disable device to wake up from D3_hot or D3_cold
2761 * @dev: PCI device to prepare
2762 * @enable: True to enable wake-up event generation; false to disable
2763 *
2764 * Many drivers want the device to wake up the system from D3_hot or D3_cold
2765 * and this function allows them to set that up cleanly - pci_enable_wake()
2766 * should not be called twice in a row to enable wake-up due to PCI PM vs ACPI
2767 * ordering constraints.
2768 *
2769 * This function only returns error code if the device is not allowed to wake
2770 * up the system from sleep or it is not capable of generating PME# from both
2771 * D3_hot and D3_cold and the platform is unable to enable wake-up power for it.
2772 */
2773int pci_wake_from_d3(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
2774{
2775 return pci_pme_capable(dev, PCI_D3cold) ?
2776 pci_enable_wake(dev, PCI_D3cold, enable) :
2777 pci_enable_wake(dev, PCI_D3hot, enable);
2778}
2779EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_wake_from_d3);
2780
2781/**
2782 * pci_target_state - find an appropriate low power state for a given PCI dev
2783 * @dev: PCI device
2784 * @wakeup: Whether or not wakeup functionality will be enabled for the device.
2785 *
2786 * Use underlying platform code to find a supported low power state for @dev.
2787 * If the platform can't manage @dev, return the deepest state from which it
2788 * can generate wake events, based on any available PME info.
2789 */
2790static pci_power_t pci_target_state(struct pci_dev *dev, bool wakeup)
2791{
2792 if (platform_pci_power_manageable(dev)) {
2793 /*
2794 * Call the platform to find the target state for the device.
2795 */
2796 pci_power_t state = platform_pci_choose_state(dev);
2797
2798 switch (state) {
2799 case PCI_POWER_ERROR:
2800 case PCI_UNKNOWN:
2801 return PCI_D3hot;
2802
2803 case PCI_D1:
2804 case PCI_D2:
2805 if (pci_no_d1d2(dev))
2806 return PCI_D3hot;
2807 }
2808
2809 return state;
2810 }
2811
2812 /*
2813 * If the device is in D3cold even though it's not power-manageable by
2814 * the platform, it may have been powered down by non-standard means.
2815 * Best to let it slumber.
2816 */
2817 if (dev->current_state == PCI_D3cold)
2818 return PCI_D3cold;
2819 else if (!dev->pm_cap)
2820 return PCI_D0;
2821
2822 if (wakeup && dev->pme_support) {
2823 pci_power_t state = PCI_D3hot;
2824
2825 /*
2826 * Find the deepest state from which the device can generate
2827 * PME#.
2828 */
2829 while (state && !(dev->pme_support & (1 << state)))
2830 state--;
2831
2832 if (state)
2833 return state;
2834 else if (dev->pme_support & 1)
2835 return PCI_D0;
2836 }
2837
2838 return PCI_D3hot;
2839}
2840
2841/**
2842 * pci_prepare_to_sleep - prepare PCI device for system-wide transition
2843 * into a sleep state
2844 * @dev: Device to handle.
2845 *
2846 * Choose the power state appropriate for the device depending on whether
2847 * it can wake up the system and/or is power manageable by the platform
2848 * (PCI_D3hot is the default) and put the device into that state.
2849 */
2850int pci_prepare_to_sleep(struct pci_dev *dev)
2851{
2852 bool wakeup = device_may_wakeup(&dev->dev);
2853 pci_power_t target_state = pci_target_state(dev, wakeup);
2854 int error;
2855
2856 if (target_state == PCI_POWER_ERROR)
2857 return -EIO;
2858
2859 pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, wakeup);
2860
2861 error = pci_set_power_state(dev, target_state);
2862
2863 if (error)
2864 pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, false);
2865
2866 return error;
2867}
2868EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_prepare_to_sleep);
2869
2870/**
2871 * pci_back_from_sleep - turn PCI device on during system-wide transition
2872 * into working state
2873 * @dev: Device to handle.
2874 *
2875 * Disable device's system wake-up capability and put it into D0.
2876 */
2877int pci_back_from_sleep(struct pci_dev *dev)
2878{
2879 int ret = pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
2880
2881 if (ret)
2882 return ret;
2883
2884 pci_enable_wake(dev, PCI_D0, false);
2885 return 0;
2886}
2887EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_back_from_sleep);
2888
2889/**
2890 * pci_finish_runtime_suspend - Carry out PCI-specific part of runtime suspend.
2891 * @dev: PCI device being suspended.
2892 *
2893 * Prepare @dev to generate wake-up events at run time and put it into a low
2894 * power state.
2895 */
2896int pci_finish_runtime_suspend(struct pci_dev *dev)
2897{
2898 pci_power_t target_state;
2899 int error;
2900
2901 target_state = pci_target_state(dev, device_can_wakeup(&dev->dev));
2902 if (target_state == PCI_POWER_ERROR)
2903 return -EIO;
2904
2905 __pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, pci_dev_run_wake(dev));
2906
2907 error = pci_set_power_state(dev, target_state);
2908
2909 if (error)
2910 pci_enable_wake(dev, target_state, false);
2911
2912 return error;
2913}
2914
2915/**
2916 * pci_dev_run_wake - Check if device can generate run-time wake-up events.
2917 * @dev: Device to check.
2918 *
2919 * Return true if the device itself is capable of generating wake-up events
2920 * (through the platform or using the native PCIe PME) or if the device supports
2921 * PME and one of its upstream bridges can generate wake-up events.
2922 */
2923bool pci_dev_run_wake(struct pci_dev *dev)
2924{
2925 struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
2926
2927 if (!dev->pme_support)
2928 return false;
2929
2930 /* PME-capable in principle, but not from the target power state */
2931 if (!pci_pme_capable(dev, pci_target_state(dev, true)))
2932 return false;
2933
2934 if (device_can_wakeup(&dev->dev))
2935 return true;
2936
2937 while (bus->parent) {
2938 struct pci_dev *bridge = bus->self;
2939
2940 if (device_can_wakeup(&bridge->dev))
2941 return true;
2942
2943 bus = bus->parent;
2944 }
2945
2946 /* We have reached the root bus. */
2947 if (bus->bridge)
2948 return device_can_wakeup(bus->bridge);
2949
2950 return false;
2951}
2952EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_dev_run_wake);
2953
2954/**
2955 * pci_dev_need_resume - Check if it is necessary to resume the device.
2956 * @pci_dev: Device to check.
2957 *
2958 * Return 'true' if the device is not runtime-suspended or it has to be
2959 * reconfigured due to wakeup settings difference between system and runtime
2960 * suspend, or the current power state of it is not suitable for the upcoming
2961 * (system-wide) transition.
2962 */
2963bool pci_dev_need_resume(struct pci_dev *pci_dev)
2964{
2965 struct device *dev = &pci_dev->dev;
2966 pci_power_t target_state;
2967
2968 if (!pm_runtime_suspended(dev) || platform_pci_need_resume(pci_dev))
2969 return true;
2970
2971 target_state = pci_target_state(pci_dev, device_may_wakeup(dev));
2972
2973 /*
2974 * If the earlier platform check has not triggered, D3cold is just power
2975 * removal on top of D3hot, so no need to resume the device in that
2976 * case.
2977 */
2978 return target_state != pci_dev->current_state &&
2979 target_state != PCI_D3cold &&
2980 pci_dev->current_state != PCI_D3hot;
2981}
2982
2983/**
2984 * pci_dev_adjust_pme - Adjust PME setting for a suspended device.
2985 * @pci_dev: Device to check.
2986 *
2987 * If the device is suspended and it is not configured for system wakeup,
2988 * disable PME for it to prevent it from waking up the system unnecessarily.
2989 *
2990 * Note that if the device's power state is D3cold and the platform check in
2991 * pci_dev_need_resume() has not triggered, the device's configuration need not
2992 * be changed.
2993 */
2994void pci_dev_adjust_pme(struct pci_dev *pci_dev)
2995{
2996 struct device *dev = &pci_dev->dev;
2997
2998 spin_lock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
2999
3000 if (pm_runtime_suspended(dev) && !device_may_wakeup(dev) &&
3001 pci_dev->current_state < PCI_D3cold)
3002 __pci_pme_active(pci_dev, false);
3003
3004 spin_unlock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
3005}
3006
3007/**
3008 * pci_dev_complete_resume - Finalize resume from system sleep for a device.
3009 * @pci_dev: Device to handle.
3010 *
3011 * If the device is runtime suspended and wakeup-capable, enable PME for it as
3012 * it might have been disabled during the prepare phase of system suspend if
3013 * the device was not configured for system wakeup.
3014 */
3015void pci_dev_complete_resume(struct pci_dev *pci_dev)
3016{
3017 struct device *dev = &pci_dev->dev;
3018
3019 if (!pci_dev_run_wake(pci_dev))
3020 return;
3021
3022 spin_lock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
3023
3024 if (pm_runtime_suspended(dev) && pci_dev->current_state < PCI_D3cold)
3025 __pci_pme_active(pci_dev, true);
3026
3027 spin_unlock_irq(&dev->power.lock);
3028}
3029
3030/**
3031 * pci_choose_state - Choose the power state of a PCI device.
3032 * @dev: Target PCI device.
3033 * @state: Target state for the whole system.
3034 *
3035 * Returns PCI power state suitable for @dev and @state.
3036 */
3037pci_power_t pci_choose_state(struct pci_dev *dev, pm_message_t state)
3038{
3039 if (state.event == PM_EVENT_ON)
3040 return PCI_D0;
3041
3042 return pci_target_state(dev, false);
3043}
3044EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_choose_state);
3045
3046void pci_config_pm_runtime_get(struct pci_dev *pdev)
3047{
3048 struct device *dev = &pdev->dev;
3049 struct device *parent = dev->parent;
3050
3051 if (parent)
3052 pm_runtime_get_sync(parent);
3053 pm_runtime_get_noresume(dev);
3054 /*
3055 * pdev->current_state is set to PCI_D3cold during suspending,
3056 * so wait until suspending completes
3057 */
3058 pm_runtime_barrier(dev);
3059 /*
3060 * Only need to resume devices in D3cold, because config
3061 * registers are still accessible for devices suspended but
3062 * not in D3cold.
3063 */
3064 if (pdev->current_state == PCI_D3cold)
3065 pm_runtime_resume(dev);
3066}
3067
3068void pci_config_pm_runtime_put(struct pci_dev *pdev)
3069{
3070 struct device *dev = &pdev->dev;
3071 struct device *parent = dev->parent;
3072
3073 pm_runtime_put(dev);
3074 if (parent)
3075 pm_runtime_put_sync(parent);
3076}
3077
3078static const struct dmi_system_id bridge_d3_blacklist[] = {
3079#ifdef CONFIG_X86
3080 {
3081 /*
3082 * Gigabyte X299 root port is not marked as hotplug capable
3083 * which allows Linux to power manage it. However, this
3084 * confuses the BIOS SMI handler so don't power manage root
3085 * ports on that system.
3086 */
3087 .ident = "X299 DESIGNARE EX-CF",
3088 .matches = {
3089 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_VENDOR, "Gigabyte Technology Co., Ltd."),
3090 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_NAME, "X299 DESIGNARE EX-CF"),
3091 },
3092 },
3093 {
3094 /*
3095 * Downstream device is not accessible after putting a root port
3096 * into D3cold and back into D0 on Elo Continental Z2 board
3097 */
3098 .ident = "Elo Continental Z2",
3099 .matches = {
3100 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_VENDOR, "Elo Touch Solutions"),
3101 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_NAME, "Geminilake"),
3102 DMI_MATCH(DMI_BOARD_VERSION, "Continental Z2"),
3103 },
3104 },
3105#endif
3106 { }
3107};
3108
3109/**
3110 * pci_bridge_d3_possible - Is it possible to put the bridge into D3
3111 * @bridge: Bridge to check
3112 *
3113 * This function checks if it is possible to move the bridge to D3.
3114 * Currently we only allow D3 for recent enough PCIe ports and Thunderbolt.
3115 */
3116bool pci_bridge_d3_possible(struct pci_dev *bridge)
3117{
3118 if (!pci_is_pcie(bridge))
3119 return false;
3120
3121 switch (pci_pcie_type(bridge)) {
3122 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT:
3123 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM:
3124 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM:
3125 if (pci_bridge_d3_disable)
3126 return false;
3127
3128 /*
3129 * Hotplug ports handled by firmware in System Management Mode
3130 * may not be put into D3 by the OS (Thunderbolt on non-Macs).
3131 */
3132 if (bridge->is_hotplug_bridge && !pciehp_is_native(bridge))
3133 return false;
3134
3135 if (pci_bridge_d3_force)
3136 return true;
3137
3138 /* Even the oldest 2010 Thunderbolt controller supports D3. */
3139 if (bridge->is_thunderbolt)
3140 return true;
3141
3142 /* Platform might know better if the bridge supports D3 */
3143 if (platform_pci_bridge_d3(bridge))
3144 return true;
3145
3146 /*
3147 * Hotplug ports handled natively by the OS were not validated
3148 * by vendors for runtime D3 at least until 2018 because there
3149 * was no OS support.
3150 */
3151 if (bridge->is_hotplug_bridge)
3152 return false;
3153
3154 if (dmi_check_system(bridge_d3_blacklist))
3155 return false;
3156
3157 /*
3158 * It should be safe to put PCIe ports from 2015 or newer
3159 * to D3.
3160 */
3161 if (dmi_get_bios_year() >= 2015)
3162 return true;
3163 break;
3164 }
3165
3166 return false;
3167}
3168
3169static int pci_dev_check_d3cold(struct pci_dev *dev, void *data)
3170{
3171 bool *d3cold_ok = data;
3172
3173 if (/* The device needs to be allowed to go D3cold ... */
3174 dev->no_d3cold || !dev->d3cold_allowed ||
3175
3176 /* ... and if it is wakeup capable to do so from D3cold. */
3177 (device_may_wakeup(&dev->dev) &&
3178 !pci_pme_capable(dev, PCI_D3cold)) ||
3179
3180 /* If it is a bridge it must be allowed to go to D3. */
3181 !pci_power_manageable(dev))
3182
3183 *d3cold_ok = false;
3184
3185 return !*d3cold_ok;
3186}
3187
3188/*
3189 * pci_bridge_d3_update - Update bridge D3 capabilities
3190 * @dev: PCI device which is changed
3191 *
3192 * Update upstream bridge PM capabilities accordingly depending on if the
3193 * device PM configuration was changed or the device is being removed. The
3194 * change is also propagated upstream.
3195 */
3196void pci_bridge_d3_update(struct pci_dev *dev)
3197{
3198 bool remove = !device_is_registered(&dev->dev);
3199 struct pci_dev *bridge;
3200 bool d3cold_ok = true;
3201
3202 bridge = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
3203 if (!bridge || !pci_bridge_d3_possible(bridge))
3204 return;
3205
3206 /*
3207 * If D3 is currently allowed for the bridge, removing one of its
3208 * children won't change that.
3209 */
3210 if (remove && bridge->bridge_d3)
3211 return;
3212
3213 /*
3214 * If D3 is currently allowed for the bridge and a child is added or
3215 * changed, disallowance of D3 can only be caused by that child, so
3216 * we only need to check that single device, not any of its siblings.
3217 *
3218 * If D3 is currently not allowed for the bridge, checking the device
3219 * first may allow us to skip checking its siblings.
3220 */
3221 if (!remove)
3222 pci_dev_check_d3cold(dev, &d3cold_ok);
3223
3224 /*
3225 * If D3 is currently not allowed for the bridge, this may be caused
3226 * either by the device being changed/removed or any of its siblings,
3227 * so we need to go through all children to find out if one of them
3228 * continues to block D3.
3229 */
3230 if (d3cold_ok && !bridge->bridge_d3)
3231 pci_walk_bus(bridge->subordinate, pci_dev_check_d3cold,
3232 &d3cold_ok);
3233
3234 if (bridge->bridge_d3 != d3cold_ok) {
3235 bridge->bridge_d3 = d3cold_ok;
3236 /* Propagate change to upstream bridges */
3237 pci_bridge_d3_update(bridge);
3238 }
3239}
3240
3241/**
3242 * pci_d3cold_enable - Enable D3cold for device
3243 * @dev: PCI device to handle
3244 *
3245 * This function can be used in drivers to enable D3cold from the device
3246 * they handle. It also updates upstream PCI bridge PM capabilities
3247 * accordingly.
3248 */
3249void pci_d3cold_enable(struct pci_dev *dev)
3250{
3251 if (dev->no_d3cold) {
3252 dev->no_d3cold = false;
3253 pci_bridge_d3_update(dev);
3254 }
3255}
3256EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_d3cold_enable);
3257
3258/**
3259 * pci_d3cold_disable - Disable D3cold for device
3260 * @dev: PCI device to handle
3261 *
3262 * This function can be used in drivers to disable D3cold from the device
3263 * they handle. It also updates upstream PCI bridge PM capabilities
3264 * accordingly.
3265 */
3266void pci_d3cold_disable(struct pci_dev *dev)
3267{
3268 if (!dev->no_d3cold) {
3269 dev->no_d3cold = true;
3270 pci_bridge_d3_update(dev);
3271 }
3272}
3273EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_d3cold_disable);
3274
3275/**
3276 * pci_pm_init - Initialize PM functions of given PCI device
3277 * @dev: PCI device to handle.
3278 */
3279void pci_pm_init(struct pci_dev *dev)
3280{
3281 int pm;
3282 u16 status;
3283 u16 pmc;
3284
3285 pm_runtime_forbid(&dev->dev);
3286 pm_runtime_set_active(&dev->dev);
3287 pm_runtime_enable(&dev->dev);
3288 device_enable_async_suspend(&dev->dev);
3289 dev->wakeup_prepared = false;
3290
3291 dev->pm_cap = 0;
3292 dev->pme_support = 0;
3293
3294 /* find PCI PM capability in list */
3295 pm = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PM);
3296 if (!pm)
3297 return;
3298 /* Check device's ability to generate PME# */
3299 pci_read_config_word(dev, pm + PCI_PM_PMC, &pmc);
3300
3301 if ((pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_VER_MASK) > 3) {
3302 pci_err(dev, "unsupported PM cap regs version (%u)\n",
3303 pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_VER_MASK);
3304 return;
3305 }
3306
3307 dev->pm_cap = pm;
3308 dev->d3hot_delay = PCI_PM_D3HOT_WAIT;
3309 dev->d3cold_delay = PCI_PM_D3COLD_WAIT;
3310 dev->bridge_d3 = pci_bridge_d3_possible(dev);
3311 dev->d3cold_allowed = true;
3312
3313 dev->d1_support = false;
3314 dev->d2_support = false;
3315 if (!pci_no_d1d2(dev)) {
3316 if (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_D1)
3317 dev->d1_support = true;
3318 if (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_D2)
3319 dev->d2_support = true;
3320
3321 if (dev->d1_support || dev->d2_support)
3322 pci_info(dev, "supports%s%s\n",
3323 dev->d1_support ? " D1" : "",
3324 dev->d2_support ? " D2" : "");
3325 }
3326
3327 pmc &= PCI_PM_CAP_PME_MASK;
3328 if (pmc) {
3329 pci_info(dev, "PME# supported from%s%s%s%s%s\n",
3330 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D0) ? " D0" : "",
3331 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D1) ? " D1" : "",
3332 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D2) ? " D2" : "",
3333 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D3hot) ? " D3hot" : "",
3334 (pmc & PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D3cold) ? " D3cold" : "");
3335 dev->pme_support = FIELD_GET(PCI_PM_CAP_PME_MASK, pmc);
3336 dev->pme_poll = true;
3337 /*
3338 * Make device's PM flags reflect the wake-up capability, but
3339 * let the user space enable it to wake up the system as needed.
3340 */
3341 device_set_wakeup_capable(&dev->dev, true);
3342 /* Disable the PME# generation functionality */
3343 pci_pme_active(dev, false);
3344 }
3345
3346 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_STATUS, &status);
3347 if (status & PCI_STATUS_IMM_READY)
3348 dev->imm_ready = 1;
3349}
3350
3351static unsigned long pci_ea_flags(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 prop)
3352{
3353 unsigned long flags = IORESOURCE_PCI_FIXED | IORESOURCE_PCI_EA_BEI;
3354
3355 switch (prop) {
3356 case PCI_EA_P_MEM:
3357 case PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM:
3358 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM;
3359 break;
3360 case PCI_EA_P_MEM_PREFETCH:
3361 case PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM_PREFETCH:
3362 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM | IORESOURCE_PREFETCH;
3363 break;
3364 case PCI_EA_P_IO:
3365 flags |= IORESOURCE_IO;
3366 break;
3367 default:
3368 return 0;
3369 }
3370
3371 return flags;
3372}
3373
3374static struct resource *pci_ea_get_resource(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 bei,
3375 u8 prop)
3376{
3377 if (bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_BAR5 && prop <= PCI_EA_P_IO)
3378 return &dev->resource[bei];
3379#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_IOV
3380 else if (bei >= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0 && bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR5 &&
3381 (prop == PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM || prop == PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM_PREFETCH))
3382 return &dev->resource[PCI_IOV_RESOURCES +
3383 bei - PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0];
3384#endif
3385 else if (bei == PCI_EA_BEI_ROM)
3386 return &dev->resource[PCI_ROM_RESOURCE];
3387 else
3388 return NULL;
3389}
3390
3391/* Read an Enhanced Allocation (EA) entry */
3392static int pci_ea_read(struct pci_dev *dev, int offset)
3393{
3394 struct resource *res;
3395 const char *res_name;
3396 int ent_size, ent_offset = offset;
3397 resource_size_t start, end;
3398 unsigned long flags;
3399 u32 dw0, bei, base, max_offset;
3400 u8 prop;
3401 bool support_64 = (sizeof(resource_size_t) >= 8);
3402
3403 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &dw0);
3404 ent_offset += 4;
3405
3406 /* Entry size field indicates DWORDs after 1st */
3407 ent_size = (FIELD_GET(PCI_EA_ES, dw0) + 1) << 2;
3408
3409 if (!(dw0 & PCI_EA_ENABLE)) /* Entry not enabled */
3410 goto out;
3411
3412 bei = FIELD_GET(PCI_EA_BEI, dw0);
3413 prop = FIELD_GET(PCI_EA_PP, dw0);
3414
3415 /*
3416 * If the Property is in the reserved range, try the Secondary
3417 * Property instead.
3418 */
3419 if (prop > PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_IO && prop < PCI_EA_P_MEM_RESERVED)
3420 prop = FIELD_GET(PCI_EA_SP, dw0);
3421 if (prop > PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_IO)
3422 goto out;
3423
3424 res = pci_ea_get_resource(dev, bei, prop);
3425 res_name = pci_resource_name(dev, bei);
3426 if (!res) {
3427 pci_err(dev, "Unsupported EA entry BEI: %u\n", bei);
3428 goto out;
3429 }
3430
3431 flags = pci_ea_flags(dev, prop);
3432 if (!flags) {
3433 pci_err(dev, "Unsupported EA properties: %#x\n", prop);
3434 goto out;
3435 }
3436
3437 /* Read Base */
3438 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &base);
3439 start = (base & PCI_EA_FIELD_MASK);
3440 ent_offset += 4;
3441
3442 /* Read MaxOffset */
3443 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &max_offset);
3444 ent_offset += 4;
3445
3446 /* Read Base MSBs (if 64-bit entry) */
3447 if (base & PCI_EA_IS_64) {
3448 u32 base_upper;
3449
3450 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &base_upper);
3451 ent_offset += 4;
3452
3453 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM_64;
3454
3455 /* entry starts above 32-bit boundary, can't use */
3456 if (!support_64 && base_upper)
3457 goto out;
3458
3459 if (support_64)
3460 start |= ((u64)base_upper << 32);
3461 }
3462
3463 end = start + (max_offset | 0x03);
3464
3465 /* Read MaxOffset MSBs (if 64-bit entry) */
3466 if (max_offset & PCI_EA_IS_64) {
3467 u32 max_offset_upper;
3468
3469 pci_read_config_dword(dev, ent_offset, &max_offset_upper);
3470 ent_offset += 4;
3471
3472 flags |= IORESOURCE_MEM_64;
3473
3474 /* entry too big, can't use */
3475 if (!support_64 && max_offset_upper)
3476 goto out;
3477
3478 if (support_64)
3479 end += ((u64)max_offset_upper << 32);
3480 }
3481
3482 if (end < start) {
3483 pci_err(dev, "EA Entry crosses address boundary\n");
3484 goto out;
3485 }
3486
3487 if (ent_size != ent_offset - offset) {
3488 pci_err(dev, "EA Entry Size (%d) does not match length read (%d)\n",
3489 ent_size, ent_offset - offset);
3490 goto out;
3491 }
3492
3493 res->name = pci_name(dev);
3494 res->start = start;
3495 res->end = end;
3496 res->flags = flags;
3497
3498 if (bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_BAR5)
3499 pci_info(dev, "%s %pR: from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x\n",
3500 res_name, res, prop);
3501 else if (bei == PCI_EA_BEI_ROM)
3502 pci_info(dev, "%s %pR: from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x\n",
3503 res_name, res, prop);
3504 else if (bei >= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0 && bei <= PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR5)
3505 pci_info(dev, "%s %pR: from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x\n",
3506 res_name, res, prop);
3507 else
3508 pci_info(dev, "BEI %d %pR: from Enhanced Allocation, properties %#02x\n",
3509 bei, res, prop);
3510
3511out:
3512 return offset + ent_size;
3513}
3514
3515/* Enhanced Allocation Initialization */
3516void pci_ea_init(struct pci_dev *dev)
3517{
3518 int ea;
3519 u8 num_ent;
3520 int offset;
3521 int i;
3522
3523 /* find PCI EA capability in list */
3524 ea = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EA);
3525 if (!ea)
3526 return;
3527
3528 /* determine the number of entries */
3529 pci_bus_read_config_byte(dev->bus, dev->devfn, ea + PCI_EA_NUM_ENT,
3530 &num_ent);
3531 num_ent &= PCI_EA_NUM_ENT_MASK;
3532
3533 offset = ea + PCI_EA_FIRST_ENT;
3534
3535 /* Skip DWORD 2 for type 1 functions */
3536 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE)
3537 offset += 4;
3538
3539 /* parse each EA entry */
3540 for (i = 0; i < num_ent; ++i)
3541 offset = pci_ea_read(dev, offset);
3542}
3543
3544static void pci_add_saved_cap(struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
3545 struct pci_cap_saved_state *new_cap)
3546{
3547 hlist_add_head(&new_cap->next, &pci_dev->saved_cap_space);
3548}
3549
3550/**
3551 * _pci_add_cap_save_buffer - allocate buffer for saving given
3552 * capability registers
3553 * @dev: the PCI device
3554 * @cap: the capability to allocate the buffer for
3555 * @extended: Standard or Extended capability ID
3556 * @size: requested size of the buffer
3557 */
3558static int _pci_add_cap_save_buffer(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 cap,
3559 bool extended, unsigned int size)
3560{
3561 int pos;
3562 struct pci_cap_saved_state *save_state;
3563
3564 if (extended)
3565 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, cap);
3566 else
3567 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, cap);
3568
3569 if (!pos)
3570 return 0;
3571
3572 save_state = kzalloc(sizeof(*save_state) + size, GFP_KERNEL);
3573 if (!save_state)
3574 return -ENOMEM;
3575
3576 save_state->cap.cap_nr = cap;
3577 save_state->cap.cap_extended = extended;
3578 save_state->cap.size = size;
3579 pci_add_saved_cap(dev, save_state);
3580
3581 return 0;
3582}
3583
3584int pci_add_cap_save_buffer(struct pci_dev *dev, char cap, unsigned int size)
3585{
3586 return _pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, cap, false, size);
3587}
3588
3589int pci_add_ext_cap_save_buffer(struct pci_dev *dev, u16 cap, unsigned int size)
3590{
3591 return _pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, cap, true, size);
3592}
3593
3594/**
3595 * pci_allocate_cap_save_buffers - allocate buffers for saving capabilities
3596 * @dev: the PCI device
3597 */
3598void pci_allocate_cap_save_buffers(struct pci_dev *dev)
3599{
3600 int error;
3601
3602 error = pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP,
3603 PCI_EXP_SAVE_REGS * sizeof(u16));
3604 if (error)
3605 pci_err(dev, "unable to preallocate PCI Express save buffer\n");
3606
3607 error = pci_add_cap_save_buffer(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX, sizeof(u16));
3608 if (error)
3609 pci_err(dev, "unable to preallocate PCI-X save buffer\n");
3610
3611 error = pci_add_ext_cap_save_buffer(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR,
3612 2 * sizeof(u16));
3613 if (error)
3614 pci_err(dev, "unable to allocate suspend buffer for LTR\n");
3615
3616 pci_allocate_vc_save_buffers(dev);
3617}
3618
3619void pci_free_cap_save_buffers(struct pci_dev *dev)
3620{
3621 struct pci_cap_saved_state *tmp;
3622 struct hlist_node *n;
3623
3624 hlist_for_each_entry_safe(tmp, n, &dev->saved_cap_space, next)
3625 kfree(tmp);
3626}
3627
3628/**
3629 * pci_configure_ari - enable or disable ARI forwarding
3630 * @dev: the PCI device
3631 *
3632 * If @dev and its upstream bridge both support ARI, enable ARI in the
3633 * bridge. Otherwise, disable ARI in the bridge.
3634 */
3635void pci_configure_ari(struct pci_dev *dev)
3636{
3637 u32 cap;
3638 struct pci_dev *bridge;
3639
3640 if (pcie_ari_disabled || !pci_is_pcie(dev) || dev->devfn)
3641 return;
3642
3643 bridge = dev->bus->self;
3644 if (!bridge)
3645 return;
3646
3647 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2, &cap);
3648 if (!(cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ARI))
3649 return;
3650
3651 if (pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ARI)) {
3652 pcie_capability_set_word(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3653 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ARI);
3654 bridge->ari_enabled = 1;
3655 } else {
3656 pcie_capability_clear_word(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3657 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ARI);
3658 bridge->ari_enabled = 0;
3659 }
3660}
3661
3662static bool pci_acs_flags_enabled(struct pci_dev *pdev, u16 acs_flags)
3663{
3664 int pos;
3665 u16 cap, ctrl;
3666
3667 pos = pdev->acs_cap;
3668 if (!pos)
3669 return false;
3670
3671 /*
3672 * Except for egress control, capabilities are either required
3673 * or only required if controllable. Features missing from the
3674 * capability field can therefore be assumed as hard-wired enabled.
3675 */
3676 pci_read_config_word(pdev, pos + PCI_ACS_CAP, &cap);
3677 acs_flags &= (cap | PCI_ACS_EC);
3678
3679 pci_read_config_word(pdev, pos + PCI_ACS_CTRL, &ctrl);
3680 return (ctrl & acs_flags) == acs_flags;
3681}
3682
3683/**
3684 * pci_acs_enabled - test ACS against required flags for a given device
3685 * @pdev: device to test
3686 * @acs_flags: required PCI ACS flags
3687 *
3688 * Return true if the device supports the provided flags. Automatically
3689 * filters out flags that are not implemented on multifunction devices.
3690 *
3691 * Note that this interface checks the effective ACS capabilities of the
3692 * device rather than the actual capabilities. For instance, most single
3693 * function endpoints are not required to support ACS because they have no
3694 * opportunity for peer-to-peer access. We therefore return 'true'
3695 * regardless of whether the device exposes an ACS capability. This makes
3696 * it much easier for callers of this function to ignore the actual type
3697 * or topology of the device when testing ACS support.
3698 */
3699bool pci_acs_enabled(struct pci_dev *pdev, u16 acs_flags)
3700{
3701 int ret;
3702
3703 ret = pci_dev_specific_acs_enabled(pdev, acs_flags);
3704 if (ret >= 0)
3705 return ret > 0;
3706
3707 /*
3708 * Conventional PCI and PCI-X devices never support ACS, either
3709 * effectively or actually. The shared bus topology implies that
3710 * any device on the bus can receive or snoop DMA.
3711 */
3712 if (!pci_is_pcie(pdev))
3713 return false;
3714
3715 switch (pci_pcie_type(pdev)) {
3716 /*
3717 * PCI/X-to-PCIe bridges are not specifically mentioned by the spec,
3718 * but since their primary interface is PCI/X, we conservatively
3719 * handle them as we would a non-PCIe device.
3720 */
3721 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_PCIE_BRIDGE:
3722 /*
3723 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1 excludes ACS on these devices. "ACS is never
3724 * applicable... must never implement an ACS Extended Capability...".
3725 * This seems arbitrary, but we take a conservative interpretation
3726 * of this statement.
3727 */
3728 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_PCI_BRIDGE:
3729 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_EC:
3730 return false;
3731 /*
3732 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1.1 specifies that downstream and root ports should
3733 * implement ACS in order to indicate their peer-to-peer capabilities,
3734 * regardless of whether they are single- or multi-function devices.
3735 */
3736 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM:
3737 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT:
3738 return pci_acs_flags_enabled(pdev, acs_flags);
3739 /*
3740 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1.2 specifies ACS capabilities that should be
3741 * implemented by the remaining PCIe types to indicate peer-to-peer
3742 * capabilities, but only when they are part of a multifunction
3743 * device. The footnote for section 6.12 indicates the specific
3744 * PCIe types included here.
3745 */
3746 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ENDPOINT:
3747 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM:
3748 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_LEG_END:
3749 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_END:
3750 if (!pdev->multifunction)
3751 break;
3752
3753 return pci_acs_flags_enabled(pdev, acs_flags);
3754 }
3755
3756 /*
3757 * PCIe 3.0, 6.12.1.3 specifies no ACS capabilities are applicable
3758 * to single function devices with the exception of downstream ports.
3759 */
3760 return true;
3761}
3762
3763/**
3764 * pci_acs_path_enabled - test ACS flags from start to end in a hierarchy
3765 * @start: starting downstream device
3766 * @end: ending upstream device or NULL to search to the root bus
3767 * @acs_flags: required flags
3768 *
3769 * Walk up a device tree from start to end testing PCI ACS support. If
3770 * any step along the way does not support the required flags, return false.
3771 */
3772bool pci_acs_path_enabled(struct pci_dev *start,
3773 struct pci_dev *end, u16 acs_flags)
3774{
3775 struct pci_dev *pdev, *parent = start;
3776
3777 do {
3778 pdev = parent;
3779
3780 if (!pci_acs_enabled(pdev, acs_flags))
3781 return false;
3782
3783 if (pci_is_root_bus(pdev->bus))
3784 return (end == NULL);
3785
3786 parent = pdev->bus->self;
3787 } while (pdev != end);
3788
3789 return true;
3790}
3791
3792/**
3793 * pci_acs_init - Initialize ACS if hardware supports it
3794 * @dev: the PCI device
3795 */
3796void pci_acs_init(struct pci_dev *dev)
3797{
3798 dev->acs_cap = pci_find_ext_capability(dev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ACS);
3799
3800 /*
3801 * Attempt to enable ACS regardless of capability because some Root
3802 * Ports (e.g. those quirked with *_intel_pch_acs_*) do not have
3803 * the standard ACS capability but still support ACS via those
3804 * quirks.
3805 */
3806 pci_enable_acs(dev);
3807}
3808
3809/**
3810 * pci_rebar_find_pos - find position of resize ctrl reg for BAR
3811 * @pdev: PCI device
3812 * @bar: BAR to find
3813 *
3814 * Helper to find the position of the ctrl register for a BAR.
3815 * Returns -ENOTSUPP if resizable BARs are not supported at all.
3816 * Returns -ENOENT if no ctrl register for the BAR could be found.
3817 */
3818static int pci_rebar_find_pos(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3819{
3820 unsigned int pos, nbars, i;
3821 u32 ctrl;
3822
3823 pos = pci_find_ext_capability(pdev, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_REBAR);
3824 if (!pos)
3825 return -ENOTSUPP;
3826
3827 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3828 nbars = FIELD_GET(PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_MASK, ctrl);
3829
3830 for (i = 0; i < nbars; i++, pos += 8) {
3831 int bar_idx;
3832
3833 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3834 bar_idx = FIELD_GET(PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_IDX, ctrl);
3835 if (bar_idx == bar)
3836 return pos;
3837 }
3838
3839 return -ENOENT;
3840}
3841
3842/**
3843 * pci_rebar_get_possible_sizes - get possible sizes for BAR
3844 * @pdev: PCI device
3845 * @bar: BAR to query
3846 *
3847 * Get the possible sizes of a resizable BAR as bitmask defined in the spec
3848 * (bit 0=1MB, bit 19=512GB). Returns 0 if BAR isn't resizable.
3849 */
3850u32 pci_rebar_get_possible_sizes(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3851{
3852 int pos;
3853 u32 cap;
3854
3855 pos = pci_rebar_find_pos(pdev, bar);
3856 if (pos < 0)
3857 return 0;
3858
3859 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CAP, &cap);
3860 cap = FIELD_GET(PCI_REBAR_CAP_SIZES, cap);
3861
3862 /* Sapphire RX 5600 XT Pulse has an invalid cap dword for BAR 0 */
3863 if (pdev->vendor == PCI_VENDOR_ID_ATI && pdev->device == 0x731f &&
3864 bar == 0 && cap == 0x700)
3865 return 0x3f00;
3866
3867 return cap;
3868}
3869EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_rebar_get_possible_sizes);
3870
3871/**
3872 * pci_rebar_get_current_size - get the current size of a BAR
3873 * @pdev: PCI device
3874 * @bar: BAR to set size to
3875 *
3876 * Read the size of a BAR from the resizable BAR config.
3877 * Returns size if found or negative error code.
3878 */
3879int pci_rebar_get_current_size(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
3880{
3881 int pos;
3882 u32 ctrl;
3883
3884 pos = pci_rebar_find_pos(pdev, bar);
3885 if (pos < 0)
3886 return pos;
3887
3888 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3889 return FIELD_GET(PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE, ctrl);
3890}
3891
3892/**
3893 * pci_rebar_set_size - set a new size for a BAR
3894 * @pdev: PCI device
3895 * @bar: BAR to set size to
3896 * @size: new size as defined in the spec (0=1MB, 19=512GB)
3897 *
3898 * Set the new size of a BAR as defined in the spec.
3899 * Returns zero if resizing was successful, error code otherwise.
3900 */
3901int pci_rebar_set_size(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar, int size)
3902{
3903 int pos;
3904 u32 ctrl;
3905
3906 pos = pci_rebar_find_pos(pdev, bar);
3907 if (pos < 0)
3908 return pos;
3909
3910 pci_read_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, &ctrl);
3911 ctrl &= ~PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE;
3912 ctrl |= FIELD_PREP(PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE, size);
3913 pci_write_config_dword(pdev, pos + PCI_REBAR_CTRL, ctrl);
3914 return 0;
3915}
3916
3917/**
3918 * pci_enable_atomic_ops_to_root - enable AtomicOp requests to root port
3919 * @dev: the PCI device
3920 * @cap_mask: mask of desired AtomicOp sizes, including one or more of:
3921 * PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP32
3922 * PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP64
3923 * PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP128
3924 *
3925 * Return 0 if all upstream bridges support AtomicOp routing, egress
3926 * blocking is disabled on all upstream ports, and the root port supports
3927 * the requested completion capabilities (32-bit, 64-bit and/or 128-bit
3928 * AtomicOp completion), or negative otherwise.
3929 */
3930int pci_enable_atomic_ops_to_root(struct pci_dev *dev, u32 cap_mask)
3931{
3932 struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
3933 struct pci_dev *bridge;
3934 u32 cap, ctl2;
3935
3936 /*
3937 * Per PCIe r5.0, sec 9.3.5.10, the AtomicOp Requester Enable bit
3938 * in Device Control 2 is reserved in VFs and the PF value applies
3939 * to all associated VFs.
3940 */
3941 if (dev->is_virtfn)
3942 return -EINVAL;
3943
3944 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
3945 return -EINVAL;
3946
3947 /*
3948 * Per PCIe r4.0, sec 6.15, endpoints and root ports may be
3949 * AtomicOp requesters. For now, we only support endpoints as
3950 * requesters and root ports as completers. No endpoints as
3951 * completers, and no peer-to-peer.
3952 */
3953
3954 switch (pci_pcie_type(dev)) {
3955 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ENDPOINT:
3956 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_LEG_END:
3957 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_END:
3958 break;
3959 default:
3960 return -EINVAL;
3961 }
3962
3963 while (bus->parent) {
3964 bridge = bus->self;
3965
3966 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2, &cap);
3967
3968 switch (pci_pcie_type(bridge)) {
3969 /* Ensure switch ports support AtomicOp routing */
3970 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM:
3971 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM:
3972 if (!(cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_ROUTE))
3973 return -EINVAL;
3974 break;
3975
3976 /* Ensure root port supports all the sizes we care about */
3977 case PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT:
3978 if ((cap & cap_mask) != cap_mask)
3979 return -EINVAL;
3980 break;
3981 }
3982
3983 /* Ensure upstream ports don't block AtomicOps on egress */
3984 if (pci_pcie_type(bridge) == PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM) {
3985 pcie_capability_read_dword(bridge, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3986 &ctl2);
3987 if (ctl2 & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ATOMIC_EGRESS_BLOCK)
3988 return -EINVAL;
3989 }
3990
3991 bus = bus->parent;
3992 }
3993
3994 pcie_capability_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2,
3995 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ATOMIC_REQ);
3996 return 0;
3997}
3998EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_enable_atomic_ops_to_root);
3999
4000/**
4001 * pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin - swizzle INTx for device behind bridge
4002 * @dev: the PCI device
4003 * @pin: the INTx pin (1=INTA, 2=INTB, 3=INTC, 4=INTD)
4004 *
4005 * Perform INTx swizzling for a device behind one level of bridge. This is
4006 * required by section 9.1 of the PCI-to-PCI bridge specification for devices
4007 * behind bridges on add-in cards. For devices with ARI enabled, the slot
4008 * number is always 0 (see the Implementation Note in section 2.2.8.1 of
4009 * the PCI Express Base Specification, Revision 2.1)
4010 */
4011u8 pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(const struct pci_dev *dev, u8 pin)
4012{
4013 int slot;
4014
4015 if (pci_ari_enabled(dev->bus))
4016 slot = 0;
4017 else
4018 slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
4019
4020 return (((pin - 1) + slot) % 4) + 1;
4021}
4022
4023int pci_get_interrupt_pin(struct pci_dev *dev, struct pci_dev **bridge)
4024{
4025 u8 pin;
4026
4027 pin = dev->pin;
4028 if (!pin)
4029 return -1;
4030
4031 while (!pci_is_root_bus(dev->bus)) {
4032 pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
4033 dev = dev->bus->self;
4034 }
4035 *bridge = dev;
4036 return pin;
4037}
4038
4039/**
4040 * pci_common_swizzle - swizzle INTx all the way to root bridge
4041 * @dev: the PCI device
4042 * @pinp: pointer to the INTx pin value (1=INTA, 2=INTB, 3=INTD, 4=INTD)
4043 *
4044 * Perform INTx swizzling for a device. This traverses through all PCI-to-PCI
4045 * bridges all the way up to a PCI root bus.
4046 */
4047u8 pci_common_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
4048{
4049 u8 pin = *pinp;
4050
4051 while (!pci_is_root_bus(dev->bus)) {
4052 pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
4053 dev = dev->bus->self;
4054 }
4055 *pinp = pin;
4056 return PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
4057}
4058EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_common_swizzle);
4059
4060/**
4061 * pci_release_region - Release a PCI bar
4062 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources were previously reserved by
4063 * pci_request_region()
4064 * @bar: BAR to release
4065 *
4066 * Releases the PCI I/O and memory resources previously reserved by a
4067 * successful call to pci_request_region(). Call this function only
4068 * after all use of the PCI regions has ceased.
4069 */
4070void pci_release_region(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar)
4071{
4072 struct pci_devres *dr;
4073
4074 if (pci_resource_len(pdev, bar) == 0)
4075 return;
4076 if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_IO)
4077 release_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
4078 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar));
4079 else if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_MEM)
4080 release_mem_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
4081 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar));
4082
4083 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
4084 if (dr)
4085 dr->region_mask &= ~(1 << bar);
4086}
4087EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_release_region);
4088
4089/**
4090 * __pci_request_region - Reserved PCI I/O and memory resource
4091 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
4092 * @bar: BAR to be reserved
4093 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource.
4094 * @exclusive: whether the region access is exclusive or not
4095 *
4096 * Mark the PCI region associated with PCI device @pdev BAR @bar as
4097 * being reserved by owner @res_name. Do not access any
4098 * address inside the PCI regions unless this call returns
4099 * successfully.
4100 *
4101 * If @exclusive is set, then the region is marked so that userspace
4102 * is explicitly not allowed to map the resource via /dev/mem or
4103 * sysfs MMIO access.
4104 *
4105 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning
4106 * message is also printed on failure.
4107 */
4108static int __pci_request_region(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar,
4109 const char *res_name, int exclusive)
4110{
4111 struct pci_devres *dr;
4112
4113 if (pci_resource_len(pdev, bar) == 0)
4114 return 0;
4115
4116 if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_IO) {
4117 if (!request_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
4118 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar), res_name))
4119 goto err_out;
4120 } else if (pci_resource_flags(pdev, bar) & IORESOURCE_MEM) {
4121 if (!__request_mem_region(pci_resource_start(pdev, bar),
4122 pci_resource_len(pdev, bar), res_name,
4123 exclusive))
4124 goto err_out;
4125 }
4126
4127 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
4128 if (dr)
4129 dr->region_mask |= 1 << bar;
4130
4131 return 0;
4132
4133err_out:
4134 pci_warn(pdev, "BAR %d: can't reserve %pR\n", bar,
4135 &pdev->resource[bar]);
4136 return -EBUSY;
4137}
4138
4139/**
4140 * pci_request_region - Reserve PCI I/O and memory resource
4141 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
4142 * @bar: BAR to be reserved
4143 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource
4144 *
4145 * Mark the PCI region associated with PCI device @pdev BAR @bar as
4146 * being reserved by owner @res_name. Do not access any
4147 * address inside the PCI regions unless this call returns
4148 * successfully.
4149 *
4150 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning
4151 * message is also printed on failure.
4152 */
4153int pci_request_region(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bar, const char *res_name)
4154{
4155 return __pci_request_region(pdev, bar, res_name, 0);
4156}
4157EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_region);
4158
4159/**
4160 * pci_release_selected_regions - Release selected PCI I/O and memory resources
4161 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources were previously reserved
4162 * @bars: Bitmask of BARs to be released
4163 *
4164 * Release selected PCI I/O and memory resources previously reserved.
4165 * Call this function only after all use of the PCI regions has ceased.
4166 */
4167void pci_release_selected_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars)
4168{
4169 int i;
4170
4171 for (i = 0; i < PCI_STD_NUM_BARS; i++)
4172 if (bars & (1 << i))
4173 pci_release_region(pdev, i);
4174}
4175EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_release_selected_regions);
4176
4177static int __pci_request_selected_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars,
4178 const char *res_name, int excl)
4179{
4180 int i;
4181
4182 for (i = 0; i < PCI_STD_NUM_BARS; i++)
4183 if (bars & (1 << i))
4184 if (__pci_request_region(pdev, i, res_name, excl))
4185 goto err_out;
4186 return 0;
4187
4188err_out:
4189 while (--i >= 0)
4190 if (bars & (1 << i))
4191 pci_release_region(pdev, i);
4192
4193 return -EBUSY;
4194}
4195
4196
4197/**
4198 * pci_request_selected_regions - Reserve selected PCI I/O and memory resources
4199 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
4200 * @bars: Bitmask of BARs to be requested
4201 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource
4202 */
4203int pci_request_selected_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars,
4204 const char *res_name)
4205{
4206 return __pci_request_selected_regions(pdev, bars, res_name, 0);
4207}
4208EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_selected_regions);
4209
4210int pci_request_selected_regions_exclusive(struct pci_dev *pdev, int bars,
4211 const char *res_name)
4212{
4213 return __pci_request_selected_regions(pdev, bars, res_name,
4214 IORESOURCE_EXCLUSIVE);
4215}
4216EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_selected_regions_exclusive);
4217
4218/**
4219 * pci_release_regions - Release reserved PCI I/O and memory resources
4220 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources were previously reserved by
4221 * pci_request_regions()
4222 *
4223 * Releases all PCI I/O and memory resources previously reserved by a
4224 * successful call to pci_request_regions(). Call this function only
4225 * after all use of the PCI regions has ceased.
4226 */
4227
4228void pci_release_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev)
4229{
4230 pci_release_selected_regions(pdev, (1 << PCI_STD_NUM_BARS) - 1);
4231}
4232EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_release_regions);
4233
4234/**
4235 * pci_request_regions - Reserve PCI I/O and memory resources
4236 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
4237 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource.
4238 *
4239 * Mark all PCI regions associated with PCI device @pdev as
4240 * being reserved by owner @res_name. Do not access any
4241 * address inside the PCI regions unless this call returns
4242 * successfully.
4243 *
4244 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning
4245 * message is also printed on failure.
4246 */
4247int pci_request_regions(struct pci_dev *pdev, const char *res_name)
4248{
4249 return pci_request_selected_regions(pdev,
4250 ((1 << PCI_STD_NUM_BARS) - 1), res_name);
4251}
4252EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_regions);
4253
4254/**
4255 * pci_request_regions_exclusive - Reserve PCI I/O and memory resources
4256 * @pdev: PCI device whose resources are to be reserved
4257 * @res_name: Name to be associated with resource.
4258 *
4259 * Mark all PCI regions associated with PCI device @pdev as being reserved
4260 * by owner @res_name. Do not access any address inside the PCI regions
4261 * unless this call returns successfully.
4262 *
4263 * pci_request_regions_exclusive() will mark the region so that /dev/mem
4264 * and the sysfs MMIO access will not be allowed.
4265 *
4266 * Returns 0 on success, or %EBUSY on error. A warning message is also
4267 * printed on failure.
4268 */
4269int pci_request_regions_exclusive(struct pci_dev *pdev, const char *res_name)
4270{
4271 return pci_request_selected_regions_exclusive(pdev,
4272 ((1 << PCI_STD_NUM_BARS) - 1), res_name);
4273}
4274EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_request_regions_exclusive);
4275
4276/*
4277 * Record the PCI IO range (expressed as CPU physical address + size).
4278 * Return a negative value if an error has occurred, zero otherwise
4279 */
4280int pci_register_io_range(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, phys_addr_t addr,
4281 resource_size_t size)
4282{
4283 int ret = 0;
4284#ifdef PCI_IOBASE
4285 struct logic_pio_hwaddr *range;
4286
4287 if (!size || addr + size < addr)
4288 return -EINVAL;
4289
4290 range = kzalloc(sizeof(*range), GFP_ATOMIC);
4291 if (!range)
4292 return -ENOMEM;
4293
4294 range->fwnode = fwnode;
4295 range->size = size;
4296 range->hw_start = addr;
4297 range->flags = LOGIC_PIO_CPU_MMIO;
4298
4299 ret = logic_pio_register_range(range);
4300 if (ret)
4301 kfree(range);
4302
4303 /* Ignore duplicates due to deferred probing */
4304 if (ret == -EEXIST)
4305 ret = 0;
4306#endif
4307
4308 return ret;
4309}
4310
4311phys_addr_t pci_pio_to_address(unsigned long pio)
4312{
4313#ifdef PCI_IOBASE
4314 if (pio < MMIO_UPPER_LIMIT)
4315 return logic_pio_to_hwaddr(pio);
4316#endif
4317
4318 return (phys_addr_t) OF_BAD_ADDR;
4319}
4320EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_pio_to_address);
4321
4322unsigned long __weak pci_address_to_pio(phys_addr_t address)
4323{
4324#ifdef PCI_IOBASE
4325 return logic_pio_trans_cpuaddr(address);
4326#else
4327 if (address > IO_SPACE_LIMIT)
4328 return (unsigned long)-1;
4329
4330 return (unsigned long) address;
4331#endif
4332}
4333
4334/**
4335 * pci_remap_iospace - Remap the memory mapped I/O space
4336 * @res: Resource describing the I/O space
4337 * @phys_addr: physical address of range to be mapped
4338 *
4339 * Remap the memory mapped I/O space described by the @res and the CPU
4340 * physical address @phys_addr into virtual address space. Only
4341 * architectures that have memory mapped IO functions defined (and the
4342 * PCI_IOBASE value defined) should call this function.
4343 */
4344#ifndef pci_remap_iospace
4345int pci_remap_iospace(const struct resource *res, phys_addr_t phys_addr)
4346{
4347#if defined(PCI_IOBASE) && defined(CONFIG_MMU)
4348 unsigned long vaddr = (unsigned long)PCI_IOBASE + res->start;
4349
4350 if (!(res->flags & IORESOURCE_IO))
4351 return -EINVAL;
4352
4353 if (res->end > IO_SPACE_LIMIT)
4354 return -EINVAL;
4355
4356 return ioremap_page_range(vaddr, vaddr + resource_size(res), phys_addr,
4357 pgprot_device(PAGE_KERNEL));
4358#else
4359 /*
4360 * This architecture does not have memory mapped I/O space,
4361 * so this function should never be called
4362 */
4363 WARN_ONCE(1, "This architecture does not support memory mapped I/O\n");
4364 return -ENODEV;
4365#endif
4366}
4367EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_remap_iospace);
4368#endif
4369
4370/**
4371 * pci_unmap_iospace - Unmap the memory mapped I/O space
4372 * @res: resource to be unmapped
4373 *
4374 * Unmap the CPU virtual address @res from virtual address space. Only
4375 * architectures that have memory mapped IO functions defined (and the
4376 * PCI_IOBASE value defined) should call this function.
4377 */
4378void pci_unmap_iospace(struct resource *res)
4379{
4380#if defined(PCI_IOBASE) && defined(CONFIG_MMU)
4381 unsigned long vaddr = (unsigned long)PCI_IOBASE + res->start;
4382
4383 vunmap_range(vaddr, vaddr + resource_size(res));
4384#endif
4385}
4386EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_unmap_iospace);
4387
4388static void devm_pci_unmap_iospace(struct device *dev, void *ptr)
4389{
4390 struct resource **res = ptr;
4391
4392 pci_unmap_iospace(*res);
4393}
4394
4395/**
4396 * devm_pci_remap_iospace - Managed pci_remap_iospace()
4397 * @dev: Generic device to remap IO address for
4398 * @res: Resource describing the I/O space
4399 * @phys_addr: physical address of range to be mapped
4400 *
4401 * Managed pci_remap_iospace(). Map is automatically unmapped on driver
4402 * detach.
4403 */
4404int devm_pci_remap_iospace(struct device *dev, const struct resource *res,
4405 phys_addr_t phys_addr)
4406{
4407 const struct resource **ptr;
4408 int error;
4409
4410 ptr = devres_alloc(devm_pci_unmap_iospace, sizeof(*ptr), GFP_KERNEL);
4411 if (!ptr)
4412 return -ENOMEM;
4413
4414 error = pci_remap_iospace(res, phys_addr);
4415 if (error) {
4416 devres_free(ptr);
4417 } else {
4418 *ptr = res;
4419 devres_add(dev, ptr);
4420 }
4421
4422 return error;
4423}
4424EXPORT_SYMBOL(devm_pci_remap_iospace);
4425
4426/**
4427 * devm_pci_remap_cfgspace - Managed pci_remap_cfgspace()
4428 * @dev: Generic device to remap IO address for
4429 * @offset: Resource address to map
4430 * @size: Size of map
4431 *
4432 * Managed pci_remap_cfgspace(). Map is automatically unmapped on driver
4433 * detach.
4434 */
4435void __iomem *devm_pci_remap_cfgspace(struct device *dev,
4436 resource_size_t offset,
4437 resource_size_t size)
4438{
4439 void __iomem **ptr, *addr;
4440
4441 ptr = devres_alloc(devm_ioremap_release, sizeof(*ptr), GFP_KERNEL);
4442 if (!ptr)
4443 return NULL;
4444
4445 addr = pci_remap_cfgspace(offset, size);
4446 if (addr) {
4447 *ptr = addr;
4448 devres_add(dev, ptr);
4449 } else
4450 devres_free(ptr);
4451
4452 return addr;
4453}
4454EXPORT_SYMBOL(devm_pci_remap_cfgspace);
4455
4456/**
4457 * devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource - check, request region and ioremap cfg resource
4458 * @dev: generic device to handle the resource for
4459 * @res: configuration space resource to be handled
4460 *
4461 * Checks that a resource is a valid memory region, requests the memory
4462 * region and ioremaps with pci_remap_cfgspace() API that ensures the
4463 * proper PCI configuration space memory attributes are guaranteed.
4464 *
4465 * All operations are managed and will be undone on driver detach.
4466 *
4467 * Returns a pointer to the remapped memory or an ERR_PTR() encoded error code
4468 * on failure. Usage example::
4469 *
4470 * res = platform_get_resource(pdev, IORESOURCE_MEM, 0);
4471 * base = devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource(&pdev->dev, res);
4472 * if (IS_ERR(base))
4473 * return PTR_ERR(base);
4474 */
4475void __iomem *devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource(struct device *dev,
4476 struct resource *res)
4477{
4478 resource_size_t size;
4479 const char *name;
4480 void __iomem *dest_ptr;
4481
4482 BUG_ON(!dev);
4483
4484 if (!res || resource_type(res) != IORESOURCE_MEM) {
4485 dev_err(dev, "invalid resource\n");
4486 return IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
4487 }
4488
4489 size = resource_size(res);
4490
4491 if (res->name)
4492 name = devm_kasprintf(dev, GFP_KERNEL, "%s %s", dev_name(dev),
4493 res->name);
4494 else
4495 name = devm_kstrdup(dev, dev_name(dev), GFP_KERNEL);
4496 if (!name)
4497 return IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
4498
4499 if (!devm_request_mem_region(dev, res->start, size, name)) {
4500 dev_err(dev, "can't request region for resource %pR\n", res);
4501 return IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-EBUSY);
4502 }
4503
4504 dest_ptr = devm_pci_remap_cfgspace(dev, res->start, size);
4505 if (!dest_ptr) {
4506 dev_err(dev, "ioremap failed for resource %pR\n", res);
4507 devm_release_mem_region(dev, res->start, size);
4508 dest_ptr = IOMEM_ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
4509 }
4510
4511 return dest_ptr;
4512}
4513EXPORT_SYMBOL(devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource);
4514
4515static void __pci_set_master(struct pci_dev *dev, bool enable)
4516{
4517 u16 old_cmd, cmd;
4518
4519 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &old_cmd);
4520 if (enable)
4521 cmd = old_cmd | PCI_COMMAND_MASTER;
4522 else
4523 cmd = old_cmd & ~PCI_COMMAND_MASTER;
4524 if (cmd != old_cmd) {
4525 pci_dbg(dev, "%s bus mastering\n",
4526 enable ? "enabling" : "disabling");
4527 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4528 }
4529 dev->is_busmaster = enable;
4530}
4531
4532/**
4533 * pcibios_setup - process "pci=" kernel boot arguments
4534 * @str: string used to pass in "pci=" kernel boot arguments
4535 *
4536 * Process kernel boot arguments. This is the default implementation.
4537 * Architecture specific implementations can override this as necessary.
4538 */
4539char * __weak __init pcibios_setup(char *str)
4540{
4541 return str;
4542}
4543
4544/**
4545 * pcibios_set_master - enable PCI bus-mastering for device dev
4546 * @dev: the PCI device to enable
4547 *
4548 * Enables PCI bus-mastering for the device. This is the default
4549 * implementation. Architecture specific implementations can override
4550 * this if necessary.
4551 */
4552void __weak pcibios_set_master(struct pci_dev *dev)
4553{
4554 u8 lat;
4555
4556 /* The latency timer doesn't apply to PCIe (either Type 0 or Type 1) */
4557 if (pci_is_pcie(dev))
4558 return;
4559
4560 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_LATENCY_TIMER, &lat);
4561 if (lat < 16)
4562 lat = (64 <= pcibios_max_latency) ? 64 : pcibios_max_latency;
4563 else if (lat > pcibios_max_latency)
4564 lat = pcibios_max_latency;
4565 else
4566 return;
4567
4568 pci_write_config_byte(dev, PCI_LATENCY_TIMER, lat);
4569}
4570
4571/**
4572 * pci_set_master - enables bus-mastering for device dev
4573 * @dev: the PCI device to enable
4574 *
4575 * Enables bus-mastering on the device and calls pcibios_set_master()
4576 * to do the needed arch specific settings.
4577 */
4578void pci_set_master(struct pci_dev *dev)
4579{
4580 __pci_set_master(dev, true);
4581 pcibios_set_master(dev);
4582}
4583EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_master);
4584
4585/**
4586 * pci_clear_master - disables bus-mastering for device dev
4587 * @dev: the PCI device to disable
4588 */
4589void pci_clear_master(struct pci_dev *dev)
4590{
4591 __pci_set_master(dev, false);
4592}
4593EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_clear_master);
4594
4595/**
4596 * pci_set_cacheline_size - ensure the CACHE_LINE_SIZE register is programmed
4597 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is to be enabled
4598 *
4599 * Helper function for pci_set_mwi.
4600 * Originally copied from drivers/net/acenic.c.
4601 * Copyright 1998-2001 by Jes Sorensen, <jes@trained-monkey.org>.
4602 *
4603 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4604 */
4605int pci_set_cacheline_size(struct pci_dev *dev)
4606{
4607 u8 cacheline_size;
4608
4609 if (!pci_cache_line_size)
4610 return -EINVAL;
4611
4612 /* Validate current setting: the PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE must be
4613 equal to or multiple of the right value. */
4614 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE, &cacheline_size);
4615 if (cacheline_size >= pci_cache_line_size &&
4616 (cacheline_size % pci_cache_line_size) == 0)
4617 return 0;
4618
4619 /* Write the correct value. */
4620 pci_write_config_byte(dev, PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE, pci_cache_line_size);
4621 /* Read it back. */
4622 pci_read_config_byte(dev, PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE, &cacheline_size);
4623 if (cacheline_size == pci_cache_line_size)
4624 return 0;
4625
4626 pci_dbg(dev, "cache line size of %d is not supported\n",
4627 pci_cache_line_size << 2);
4628
4629 return -EINVAL;
4630}
4631EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_set_cacheline_size);
4632
4633/**
4634 * pci_set_mwi - enables memory-write-invalidate PCI transaction
4635 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is enabled
4636 *
4637 * Enables the Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction in %PCI_COMMAND.
4638 *
4639 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4640 */
4641int pci_set_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4642{
4643#ifdef PCI_DISABLE_MWI
4644 return 0;
4645#else
4646 int rc;
4647 u16 cmd;
4648
4649 rc = pci_set_cacheline_size(dev);
4650 if (rc)
4651 return rc;
4652
4653 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
4654 if (!(cmd & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)) {
4655 pci_dbg(dev, "enabling Mem-Wr-Inval\n");
4656 cmd |= PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE;
4657 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4658 }
4659 return 0;
4660#endif
4661}
4662EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_set_mwi);
4663
4664/**
4665 * pcim_set_mwi - a device-managed pci_set_mwi()
4666 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is enabled
4667 *
4668 * Managed pci_set_mwi().
4669 *
4670 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4671 */
4672int pcim_set_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4673{
4674 struct pci_devres *dr;
4675
4676 dr = find_pci_dr(dev);
4677 if (!dr)
4678 return -ENOMEM;
4679
4680 dr->mwi = 1;
4681 return pci_set_mwi(dev);
4682}
4683EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcim_set_mwi);
4684
4685/**
4686 * pci_try_set_mwi - enables memory-write-invalidate PCI transaction
4687 * @dev: the PCI device for which MWI is enabled
4688 *
4689 * Enables the Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction in %PCI_COMMAND.
4690 * Callers are not required to check the return value.
4691 *
4692 * RETURNS: An appropriate -ERRNO error value on error, or zero for success.
4693 */
4694int pci_try_set_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4695{
4696#ifdef PCI_DISABLE_MWI
4697 return 0;
4698#else
4699 return pci_set_mwi(dev);
4700#endif
4701}
4702EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_try_set_mwi);
4703
4704/**
4705 * pci_clear_mwi - disables Memory-Write-Invalidate for device dev
4706 * @dev: the PCI device to disable
4707 *
4708 * Disables PCI Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction on the device
4709 */
4710void pci_clear_mwi(struct pci_dev *dev)
4711{
4712#ifndef PCI_DISABLE_MWI
4713 u16 cmd;
4714
4715 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
4716 if (cmd & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE) {
4717 cmd &= ~PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE;
4718 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4719 }
4720#endif
4721}
4722EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_clear_mwi);
4723
4724/**
4725 * pci_disable_parity - disable parity checking for device
4726 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4727 *
4728 * Disable parity checking for device @dev
4729 */
4730void pci_disable_parity(struct pci_dev *dev)
4731{
4732 u16 cmd;
4733
4734 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
4735 if (cmd & PCI_COMMAND_PARITY) {
4736 cmd &= ~PCI_COMMAND_PARITY;
4737 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
4738 }
4739}
4740
4741/**
4742 * pci_intx - enables/disables PCI INTx for device dev
4743 * @pdev: the PCI device to operate on
4744 * @enable: boolean: whether to enable or disable PCI INTx
4745 *
4746 * Enables/disables PCI INTx for device @pdev
4747 */
4748void pci_intx(struct pci_dev *pdev, int enable)
4749{
4750 u16 pci_command, new;
4751
4752 pci_read_config_word(pdev, PCI_COMMAND, &pci_command);
4753
4754 if (enable)
4755 new = pci_command & ~PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4756 else
4757 new = pci_command | PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4758
4759 if (new != pci_command) {
4760 struct pci_devres *dr;
4761
4762 pci_write_config_word(pdev, PCI_COMMAND, new);
4763
4764 dr = find_pci_dr(pdev);
4765 if (dr && !dr->restore_intx) {
4766 dr->restore_intx = 1;
4767 dr->orig_intx = !enable;
4768 }
4769 }
4770}
4771EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_intx);
4772
4773static bool pci_check_and_set_intx_mask(struct pci_dev *dev, bool mask)
4774{
4775 struct pci_bus *bus = dev->bus;
4776 bool mask_updated = true;
4777 u32 cmd_status_dword;
4778 u16 origcmd, newcmd;
4779 unsigned long flags;
4780 bool irq_pending;
4781
4782 /*
4783 * We do a single dword read to retrieve both command and status.
4784 * Document assumptions that make this possible.
4785 */
4786 BUILD_BUG_ON(PCI_COMMAND % 4);
4787 BUILD_BUG_ON(PCI_COMMAND + 2 != PCI_STATUS);
4788
4789 raw_spin_lock_irqsave(&pci_lock, flags);
4790
4791 bus->ops->read(bus, dev->devfn, PCI_COMMAND, 4, &cmd_status_dword);
4792
4793 irq_pending = (cmd_status_dword >> 16) & PCI_STATUS_INTERRUPT;
4794
4795 /*
4796 * Check interrupt status register to see whether our device
4797 * triggered the interrupt (when masking) or the next IRQ is
4798 * already pending (when unmasking).
4799 */
4800 if (mask != irq_pending) {
4801 mask_updated = false;
4802 goto done;
4803 }
4804
4805 origcmd = cmd_status_dword;
4806 newcmd = origcmd & ~PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4807 if (mask)
4808 newcmd |= PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE;
4809 if (newcmd != origcmd)
4810 bus->ops->write(bus, dev->devfn, PCI_COMMAND, 2, newcmd);
4811
4812done:
4813 raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore(&pci_lock, flags);
4814
4815 return mask_updated;
4816}
4817
4818/**
4819 * pci_check_and_mask_intx - mask INTx on pending interrupt
4820 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4821 *
4822 * Check if the device dev has its INTx line asserted, mask it and return
4823 * true in that case. False is returned if no interrupt was pending.
4824 */
4825bool pci_check_and_mask_intx(struct pci_dev *dev)
4826{
4827 return pci_check_and_set_intx_mask(dev, true);
4828}
4829EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_check_and_mask_intx);
4830
4831/**
4832 * pci_check_and_unmask_intx - unmask INTx if no interrupt is pending
4833 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4834 *
4835 * Check if the device dev has its INTx line asserted, unmask it if not and
4836 * return true. False is returned and the mask remains active if there was
4837 * still an interrupt pending.
4838 */
4839bool pci_check_and_unmask_intx(struct pci_dev *dev)
4840{
4841 return pci_check_and_set_intx_mask(dev, false);
4842}
4843EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_check_and_unmask_intx);
4844
4845/**
4846 * pci_wait_for_pending_transaction - wait for pending transaction
4847 * @dev: the PCI device to operate on
4848 *
4849 * Return 0 if transaction is pending 1 otherwise.
4850 */
4851int pci_wait_for_pending_transaction(struct pci_dev *dev)
4852{
4853 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev))
4854 return 1;
4855
4856 return pci_wait_for_pending(dev, pci_pcie_cap(dev) + PCI_EXP_DEVSTA,
4857 PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_TRPND);
4858}
4859EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_wait_for_pending_transaction);
4860
4861/**
4862 * pcie_flr - initiate a PCIe function level reset
4863 * @dev: device to reset
4864 *
4865 * Initiate a function level reset unconditionally on @dev without
4866 * checking any flags and DEVCAP
4867 */
4868int pcie_flr(struct pci_dev *dev)
4869{
4870 if (!pci_wait_for_pending_transaction(dev))
4871 pci_err(dev, "timed out waiting for pending transaction; performing function level reset anyway\n");
4872
4873 pcie_capability_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_BCR_FLR);
4874
4875 if (dev->imm_ready)
4876 return 0;
4877
4878 /*
4879 * Per PCIe r4.0, sec 6.6.2, a device must complete an FLR within
4880 * 100ms, but may silently discard requests while the FLR is in
4881 * progress. Wait 100ms before trying to access the device.
4882 */
4883 msleep(100);
4884
4885 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "FLR", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4886}
4887EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pcie_flr);
4888
4889/**
4890 * pcie_reset_flr - initiate a PCIe function level reset
4891 * @dev: device to reset
4892 * @probe: if true, return 0 if device can be reset this way
4893 *
4894 * Initiate a function level reset on @dev.
4895 */
4896int pcie_reset_flr(struct pci_dev *dev, bool probe)
4897{
4898 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_FLR_RESET)
4899 return -ENOTTY;
4900
4901 if (!(dev->devcap & PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_FLR))
4902 return -ENOTTY;
4903
4904 if (probe)
4905 return 0;
4906
4907 return pcie_flr(dev);
4908}
4909EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pcie_reset_flr);
4910
4911static int pci_af_flr(struct pci_dev *dev, bool probe)
4912{
4913 int pos;
4914 u8 cap;
4915
4916 pos = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_AF);
4917 if (!pos)
4918 return -ENOTTY;
4919
4920 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_FLR_RESET)
4921 return -ENOTTY;
4922
4923 pci_read_config_byte(dev, pos + PCI_AF_CAP, &cap);
4924 if (!(cap & PCI_AF_CAP_TP) || !(cap & PCI_AF_CAP_FLR))
4925 return -ENOTTY;
4926
4927 if (probe)
4928 return 0;
4929
4930 /*
4931 * Wait for Transaction Pending bit to clear. A word-aligned test
4932 * is used, so we use the control offset rather than status and shift
4933 * the test bit to match.
4934 */
4935 if (!pci_wait_for_pending(dev, pos + PCI_AF_CTRL,
4936 PCI_AF_STATUS_TP << 8))
4937 pci_err(dev, "timed out waiting for pending transaction; performing AF function level reset anyway\n");
4938
4939 pci_write_config_byte(dev, pos + PCI_AF_CTRL, PCI_AF_CTRL_FLR);
4940
4941 if (dev->imm_ready)
4942 return 0;
4943
4944 /*
4945 * Per Advanced Capabilities for Conventional PCI ECN, 13 April 2006,
4946 * updated 27 July 2006; a device must complete an FLR within
4947 * 100ms, but may silently discard requests while the FLR is in
4948 * progress. Wait 100ms before trying to access the device.
4949 */
4950 msleep(100);
4951
4952 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "AF_FLR", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4953}
4954
4955/**
4956 * pci_pm_reset - Put device into PCI_D3 and back into PCI_D0.
4957 * @dev: Device to reset.
4958 * @probe: if true, return 0 if the device can be reset this way.
4959 *
4960 * If @dev supports native PCI PM and its PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET flag is
4961 * unset, it will be reinitialized internally when going from PCI_D3hot to
4962 * PCI_D0. If that's the case and the device is not in a low-power state
4963 * already, force it into PCI_D3hot and back to PCI_D0, causing it to be reset.
4964 *
4965 * NOTE: This causes the caller to sleep for twice the device power transition
4966 * cooldown period, which for the D0->D3hot and D3hot->D0 transitions is 10 ms
4967 * by default (i.e. unless the @dev's d3hot_delay field has a different value).
4968 * Moreover, only devices in D0 can be reset by this function.
4969 */
4970static int pci_pm_reset(struct pci_dev *dev, bool probe)
4971{
4972 u16 csr;
4973
4974 if (!dev->pm_cap || dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_PM_RESET)
4975 return -ENOTTY;
4976
4977 pci_read_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, &csr);
4978 if (csr & PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET)
4979 return -ENOTTY;
4980
4981 if (probe)
4982 return 0;
4983
4984 if (dev->current_state != PCI_D0)
4985 return -EINVAL;
4986
4987 csr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
4988 csr |= PCI_D3hot;
4989 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, csr);
4990 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
4991
4992 csr &= ~PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK;
4993 csr |= PCI_D0;
4994 pci_write_config_word(dev, dev->pm_cap + PCI_PM_CTRL, csr);
4995 pci_dev_d3_sleep(dev);
4996
4997 return pci_dev_wait(dev, "PM D3hot->D0", PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS);
4998}
4999
5000/**
5001 * pcie_wait_for_link_status - Wait for link status change
5002 * @pdev: Device whose link to wait for.
5003 * @use_lt: Use the LT bit if TRUE, or the DLLLA bit if FALSE.
5004 * @active: Waiting for active or inactive?
5005 *
5006 * Return 0 if successful, or -ETIMEDOUT if status has not changed within
5007 * PCIE_LINK_RETRAIN_TIMEOUT_MS milliseconds.
5008 */
5009static int pcie_wait_for_link_status(struct pci_dev *pdev,
5010 bool use_lt, bool active)
5011{
5012 u16 lnksta_mask, lnksta_match;
5013 unsigned long end_jiffies;
5014 u16 lnksta;
5015
5016 lnksta_mask = use_lt ? PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_LT : PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_DLLLA;
5017 lnksta_match = active ? lnksta_mask : 0;
5018
5019 end_jiffies = jiffies + msecs_to_jiffies(PCIE_LINK_RETRAIN_TIMEOUT_MS);
5020 do {
5021 pcie_capability_read_word(pdev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &lnksta);
5022 if ((lnksta & lnksta_mask) == lnksta_match)
5023 return 0;
5024 msleep(1);
5025 } while (time_before(jiffies, end_jiffies));
5026
5027 return -ETIMEDOUT;
5028}
5029
5030/**
5031 * pcie_retrain_link - Request a link retrain and wait for it to complete
5032 * @pdev: Device whose link to retrain.
5033 * @use_lt: Use the LT bit if TRUE, or the DLLLA bit if FALSE, for status.
5034 *
5035 * Retrain completion status is retrieved from the Link Status Register
5036 * according to @use_lt. It is not verified whether the use of the DLLLA
5037 * bit is valid.
5038 *
5039 * Return 0 if successful, or -ETIMEDOUT if training has not completed
5040 * within PCIE_LINK_RETRAIN_TIMEOUT_MS milliseconds.
5041 */
5042int pcie_retrain_link(struct pci_dev *pdev, bool use_lt)
5043{
5044 int rc;
5045
5046 /*
5047 * Ensure the updated LNKCTL parameters are used during link
5048 * training by checking that there is no ongoing link training to
5049 * avoid LTSSM race as recommended in Implementation Note at the
5050 * end of PCIe r6.0.1 sec 7.5.3.7.
5051 */
5052 rc = pcie_wait_for_link_status(pdev, use_lt, !use_lt);
5053 if (rc)
5054 return rc;
5055
5056 pcie_capability_set_word(pdev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_RL);
5057 if (pdev->clear_retrain_link) {
5058 /*
5059 * Due to an erratum in some devices the Retrain Link bit
5060 * needs to be cleared again manually to allow the link
5061 * training to succeed.
5062 */
5063 pcie_capability_clear_word(pdev, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL, PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_RL);
5064 }
5065
5066 return pcie_wait_for_link_status(pdev, use_lt, !use_lt);
5067}
5068
5069/**
5070 * pcie_wait_for_link_delay - Wait until link is active or inactive
5071 * @pdev: Bridge device
5072 * @active: waiting for active or inactive?
5073 * @delay: Delay to wait after link has become active (in ms)
5074 *
5075 * Use this to wait till link becomes active or inactive.
5076 */
5077static bool pcie_wait_for_link_delay(struct pci_dev *pdev, bool active,
5078 int delay)
5079{
5080 int rc;
5081
5082 /*
5083 * Some controllers might not implement link active reporting. In this
5084 * case, we wait for 1000 ms + any delay requested by the caller.
5085 */
5086 if (!pdev->link_active_reporting) {
5087 msleep(PCIE_LINK_RETRAIN_TIMEOUT_MS + delay);
5088 return true;
5089 }
5090
5091 /*
5092 * PCIe r4.0 sec 6.6.1, a component must enter LTSSM Detect within 20ms,
5093 * after which we should expect an link active if the reset was
5094 * successful. If so, software must wait a minimum 100ms before sending
5095 * configuration requests to devices downstream this port.
5096 *
5097 * If the link fails to activate, either the device was physically
5098 * removed or the link is permanently failed.
5099 */
5100 if (active)
5101 msleep(20);
5102 rc = pcie_wait_for_link_status(pdev, false, active);
5103 if (active) {
5104 if (rc)
5105 rc = pcie_failed_link_retrain(pdev);
5106 if (rc)
5107 return false;
5108
5109 msleep(delay);
5110 return true;
5111 }
5112
5113 if (rc)
5114 return false;
5115
5116 return true;
5117}
5118
5119/**
5120 * pcie_wait_for_link - Wait until link is active or inactive
5121 * @pdev: Bridge device
5122 * @active: waiting for active or inactive?
5123 *
5124 * Use this to wait till link becomes active or inactive.
5125 */
5126bool pcie_wait_for_link(struct pci_dev *pdev, bool active)
5127{
5128 return pcie_wait_for_link_delay(pdev, active, 100);
5129}
5130
5131/*
5132 * Find maximum D3cold delay required by all the devices on the bus. The
5133 * spec says 100 ms, but firmware can lower it and we allow drivers to
5134 * increase it as well.
5135 *
5136 * Called with @pci_bus_sem locked for reading.
5137 */
5138static int pci_bus_max_d3cold_delay(const struct pci_bus *bus)
5139{
5140 const struct pci_dev *pdev;
5141 int min_delay = 100;
5142 int max_delay = 0;
5143
5144 list_for_each_entry(pdev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5145 if (pdev->d3cold_delay < min_delay)
5146 min_delay = pdev->d3cold_delay;
5147 if (pdev->d3cold_delay > max_delay)
5148 max_delay = pdev->d3cold_delay;
5149 }
5150
5151 return max(min_delay, max_delay);
5152}
5153
5154/**
5155 * pci_bridge_wait_for_secondary_bus - Wait for secondary bus to be accessible
5156 * @dev: PCI bridge
5157 * @reset_type: reset type in human-readable form
5158 *
5159 * Handle necessary delays before access to the devices on the secondary
5160 * side of the bridge are permitted after D3cold to D0 transition
5161 * or Conventional Reset.
5162 *
5163 * For PCIe this means the delays in PCIe 5.0 section 6.6.1. For
5164 * conventional PCI it means Tpvrh + Trhfa specified in PCI 3.0 section
5165 * 4.3.2.
5166 *
5167 * Return 0 on success or -ENOTTY if the first device on the secondary bus
5168 * failed to become accessible.
5169 */
5170int pci_bridge_wait_for_secondary_bus(struct pci_dev *dev, char *reset_type)
5171{
5172 struct pci_dev *child;
5173 int delay;
5174
5175 if (pci_dev_is_disconnected(dev))
5176 return 0;
5177
5178 if (!pci_is_bridge(dev))
5179 return 0;
5180
5181 down_read(&pci_bus_sem);
5182
5183 /*
5184 * We only deal with devices that are present currently on the bus.
5185 * For any hot-added devices the access delay is handled in pciehp
5186 * board_added(). In case of ACPI hotplug the firmware is expected
5187 * to configure the devices before OS is notified.
5188 */
5189 if (!dev->subordinate || list_empty(&dev->subordinate->devices)) {
5190 up_read(&pci_bus_sem);
5191 return 0;
5192 }
5193
5194 /* Take d3cold_delay requirements into account */
5195 delay = pci_bus_max_d3cold_delay(dev->subordinate);
5196 if (!delay) {
5197 up_read(&pci_bus_sem);
5198 return 0;
5199 }
5200
5201 child = list_first_entry(&dev->subordinate->devices, struct pci_dev,
5202 bus_list);
5203 up_read(&pci_bus_sem);
5204
5205 /*
5206 * Conventional PCI and PCI-X we need to wait Tpvrh + Trhfa before
5207 * accessing the device after reset (that is 1000 ms + 100 ms).
5208 */
5209 if (!pci_is_pcie(dev)) {
5210 pci_dbg(dev, "waiting %d ms for secondary bus\n", 1000 + delay);
5211 msleep(1000 + delay);
5212 return 0;
5213 }
5214
5215 /*
5216 * For PCIe downstream and root ports that do not support speeds
5217 * greater than 5 GT/s need to wait minimum 100 ms. For higher
5218 * speeds (gen3) we need to wait first for the data link layer to
5219 * become active.
5220 *
5221 * However, 100 ms is the minimum and the PCIe spec says the
5222 * software must allow at least 1s before it can determine that the
5223 * device that did not respond is a broken device. Also device can
5224 * take longer than that to respond if it indicates so through Request
5225 * Retry Status completions.
5226 *
5227 * Therefore we wait for 100 ms and check for the device presence
5228 * until the timeout expires.
5229 */
5230 if (!pcie_downstream_port(dev))
5231 return 0;
5232
5233 if (pcie_get_speed_cap(dev) <= PCIE_SPEED_5_0GT) {
5234 u16 status;
5235
5236 pci_dbg(dev, "waiting %d ms for downstream link\n", delay);
5237 msleep(delay);
5238
5239 if (!pci_dev_wait(child, reset_type, PCI_RESET_WAIT - delay))
5240 return 0;
5241
5242 /*
5243 * If the port supports active link reporting we now check
5244 * whether the link is active and if not bail out early with
5245 * the assumption that the device is not present anymore.
5246 */
5247 if (!dev->link_active_reporting)
5248 return -ENOTTY;
5249
5250 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &status);
5251 if (!(status & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_DLLLA))
5252 return -ENOTTY;
5253
5254 return pci_dev_wait(child, reset_type,
5255 PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS - PCI_RESET_WAIT);
5256 }
5257
5258 pci_dbg(dev, "waiting %d ms for downstream link, after activation\n",
5259 delay);
5260 if (!pcie_wait_for_link_delay(dev, true, delay)) {
5261 /* Did not train, no need to wait any further */
5262 pci_info(dev, "Data Link Layer Link Active not set in 1000 msec\n");
5263 return -ENOTTY;
5264 }
5265
5266 return pci_dev_wait(child, reset_type,
5267 PCIE_RESET_READY_POLL_MS - delay);
5268}
5269
5270void pci_reset_secondary_bus(struct pci_dev *dev)
5271{
5272 u16 ctrl;
5273
5274 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL, &ctrl);
5275 ctrl |= PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_BUS_RESET;
5276 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL, ctrl);
5277
5278 /*
5279 * PCI spec v3.0 7.6.4.2 requires minimum Trst of 1ms. Double
5280 * this to 2ms to ensure that we meet the minimum requirement.
5281 */
5282 msleep(2);
5283
5284 ctrl &= ~PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_BUS_RESET;
5285 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL, ctrl);
5286}
5287
5288void __weak pcibios_reset_secondary_bus(struct pci_dev *dev)
5289{
5290 pci_reset_secondary_bus(dev);
5291}
5292
5293/**
5294 * pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset - Reset the secondary bus on a PCI bridge.
5295 * @dev: Bridge device
5296 *
5297 * Use the bridge control register to assert reset on the secondary bus.
5298 * Devices on the secondary bus are left in power-on state.
5299 */
5300int pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(struct pci_dev *dev)
5301{
5302 pcibios_reset_secondary_bus(dev);
5303
5304 return pci_bridge_wait_for_secondary_bus(dev, "bus reset");
5305}
5306EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset);
5307
5308static int pci_parent_bus_reset(struct pci_dev *dev, bool probe)
5309{
5310 struct pci_dev *pdev;
5311
5312 if (pci_is_root_bus(dev->bus) || dev->subordinate ||
5313 !dev->bus->self || dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET)
5314 return -ENOTTY;
5315
5316 list_for_each_entry(pdev, &dev->bus->devices, bus_list)
5317 if (pdev != dev)
5318 return -ENOTTY;
5319
5320 if (probe)
5321 return 0;
5322
5323 return pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(dev->bus->self);
5324}
5325
5326static int pci_reset_hotplug_slot(struct hotplug_slot *hotplug, bool probe)
5327{
5328 int rc = -ENOTTY;
5329
5330 if (!hotplug || !try_module_get(hotplug->owner))
5331 return rc;
5332
5333 if (hotplug->ops->reset_slot)
5334 rc = hotplug->ops->reset_slot(hotplug, probe);
5335
5336 module_put(hotplug->owner);
5337
5338 return rc;
5339}
5340
5341static int pci_dev_reset_slot_function(struct pci_dev *dev, bool probe)
5342{
5343 if (dev->multifunction || dev->subordinate || !dev->slot ||
5344 dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET)
5345 return -ENOTTY;
5346
5347 return pci_reset_hotplug_slot(dev->slot->hotplug, probe);
5348}
5349
5350static int pci_reset_bus_function(struct pci_dev *dev, bool probe)
5351{
5352 int rc;
5353
5354 rc = pci_dev_reset_slot_function(dev, probe);
5355 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5356 return rc;
5357 return pci_parent_bus_reset(dev, probe);
5358}
5359
5360void pci_dev_lock(struct pci_dev *dev)
5361{
5362 /* block PM suspend, driver probe, etc. */
5363 device_lock(&dev->dev);
5364 pci_cfg_access_lock(dev);
5365}
5366EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_dev_lock);
5367
5368/* Return 1 on successful lock, 0 on contention */
5369int pci_dev_trylock(struct pci_dev *dev)
5370{
5371 if (device_trylock(&dev->dev)) {
5372 if (pci_cfg_access_trylock(dev))
5373 return 1;
5374 device_unlock(&dev->dev);
5375 }
5376
5377 return 0;
5378}
5379EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_dev_trylock);
5380
5381void pci_dev_unlock(struct pci_dev *dev)
5382{
5383 pci_cfg_access_unlock(dev);
5384 device_unlock(&dev->dev);
5385}
5386EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_dev_unlock);
5387
5388static void pci_dev_save_and_disable(struct pci_dev *dev)
5389{
5390 const struct pci_error_handlers *err_handler =
5391 dev->driver ? dev->driver->err_handler : NULL;
5392
5393 /*
5394 * dev->driver->err_handler->reset_prepare() is protected against
5395 * races with ->remove() by the device lock, which must be held by
5396 * the caller.
5397 */
5398 if (err_handler && err_handler->reset_prepare)
5399 err_handler->reset_prepare(dev);
5400
5401 /*
5402 * Wake-up device prior to save. PM registers default to D0 after
5403 * reset and a simple register restore doesn't reliably return
5404 * to a non-D0 state anyway.
5405 */
5406 pci_set_power_state(dev, PCI_D0);
5407
5408 pci_save_state(dev);
5409 /*
5410 * Disable the device by clearing the Command register, except for
5411 * INTx-disable which is set. This not only disables MMIO and I/O port
5412 * BARs, but also prevents the device from being Bus Master, preventing
5413 * DMA from the device including MSI/MSI-X interrupts. For PCI 2.3
5414 * compliant devices, INTx-disable prevents legacy interrupts.
5415 */
5416 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE);
5417}
5418
5419static void pci_dev_restore(struct pci_dev *dev)
5420{
5421 const struct pci_error_handlers *err_handler =
5422 dev->driver ? dev->driver->err_handler : NULL;
5423
5424 pci_restore_state(dev);
5425
5426 /*
5427 * dev->driver->err_handler->reset_done() is protected against
5428 * races with ->remove() by the device lock, which must be held by
5429 * the caller.
5430 */
5431 if (err_handler && err_handler->reset_done)
5432 err_handler->reset_done(dev);
5433}
5434
5435/* dev->reset_methods[] is a 0-terminated list of indices into this array */
5436static const struct pci_reset_fn_method pci_reset_fn_methods[] = {
5437 { },
5438 { pci_dev_specific_reset, .name = "device_specific" },
5439 { pci_dev_acpi_reset, .name = "acpi" },
5440 { pcie_reset_flr, .name = "flr" },
5441 { pci_af_flr, .name = "af_flr" },
5442 { pci_pm_reset, .name = "pm" },
5443 { pci_reset_bus_function, .name = "bus" },
5444};
5445
5446static ssize_t reset_method_show(struct device *dev,
5447 struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
5448{
5449 struct pci_dev *pdev = to_pci_dev(dev);
5450 ssize_t len = 0;
5451 int i, m;
5452
5453 for (i = 0; i < PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS; i++) {
5454 m = pdev->reset_methods[i];
5455 if (!m)
5456 break;
5457
5458 len += sysfs_emit_at(buf, len, "%s%s", len ? " " : "",
5459 pci_reset_fn_methods[m].name);
5460 }
5461
5462 if (len)
5463 len += sysfs_emit_at(buf, len, "\n");
5464
5465 return len;
5466}
5467
5468static int reset_method_lookup(const char *name)
5469{
5470 int m;
5471
5472 for (m = 1; m < PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS; m++) {
5473 if (sysfs_streq(name, pci_reset_fn_methods[m].name))
5474 return m;
5475 }
5476
5477 return 0; /* not found */
5478}
5479
5480static ssize_t reset_method_store(struct device *dev,
5481 struct device_attribute *attr,
5482 const char *buf, size_t count)
5483{
5484 struct pci_dev *pdev = to_pci_dev(dev);
5485 char *options, *name;
5486 int m, n;
5487 u8 reset_methods[PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS] = { 0 };
5488
5489 if (sysfs_streq(buf, "")) {
5490 pdev->reset_methods[0] = 0;
5491 pci_warn(pdev, "All device reset methods disabled by user");
5492 return count;
5493 }
5494
5495 if (sysfs_streq(buf, "default")) {
5496 pci_init_reset_methods(pdev);
5497 return count;
5498 }
5499
5500 options = kstrndup(buf, count, GFP_KERNEL);
5501 if (!options)
5502 return -ENOMEM;
5503
5504 n = 0;
5505 while ((name = strsep(&options, " ")) != NULL) {
5506 if (sysfs_streq(name, ""))
5507 continue;
5508
5509 name = strim(name);
5510
5511 m = reset_method_lookup(name);
5512 if (!m) {
5513 pci_err(pdev, "Invalid reset method '%s'", name);
5514 goto error;
5515 }
5516
5517 if (pci_reset_fn_methods[m].reset_fn(pdev, PCI_RESET_PROBE)) {
5518 pci_err(pdev, "Unsupported reset method '%s'", name);
5519 goto error;
5520 }
5521
5522 if (n == PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS - 1) {
5523 pci_err(pdev, "Too many reset methods\n");
5524 goto error;
5525 }
5526
5527 reset_methods[n++] = m;
5528 }
5529
5530 reset_methods[n] = 0;
5531
5532 /* Warn if dev-specific supported but not highest priority */
5533 if (pci_reset_fn_methods[1].reset_fn(pdev, PCI_RESET_PROBE) == 0 &&
5534 reset_methods[0] != 1)
5535 pci_warn(pdev, "Device-specific reset disabled/de-prioritized by user");
5536 memcpy(pdev->reset_methods, reset_methods, sizeof(pdev->reset_methods));
5537 kfree(options);
5538 return count;
5539
5540error:
5541 /* Leave previous methods unchanged */
5542 kfree(options);
5543 return -EINVAL;
5544}
5545static DEVICE_ATTR_RW(reset_method);
5546
5547static struct attribute *pci_dev_reset_method_attrs[] = {
5548 &dev_attr_reset_method.attr,
5549 NULL,
5550};
5551
5552static umode_t pci_dev_reset_method_attr_is_visible(struct kobject *kobj,
5553 struct attribute *a, int n)
5554{
5555 struct pci_dev *pdev = to_pci_dev(kobj_to_dev(kobj));
5556
5557 if (!pci_reset_supported(pdev))
5558 return 0;
5559
5560 return a->mode;
5561}
5562
5563const struct attribute_group pci_dev_reset_method_attr_group = {
5564 .attrs = pci_dev_reset_method_attrs,
5565 .is_visible = pci_dev_reset_method_attr_is_visible,
5566};
5567
5568/**
5569 * __pci_reset_function_locked - reset a PCI device function while holding
5570 * the @dev mutex lock.
5571 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5572 *
5573 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5574 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5575 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5576 *
5577 * The device function is presumed to be unused and the caller is holding
5578 * the device mutex lock when this function is called.
5579 *
5580 * Resetting the device will make the contents of PCI configuration space
5581 * random, so any caller of this must be prepared to reinitialise the
5582 * device including MSI, bus mastering, BARs, decoding IO and memory spaces,
5583 * etc.
5584 *
5585 * Returns 0 if the device function was successfully reset or negative if the
5586 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5587 */
5588int __pci_reset_function_locked(struct pci_dev *dev)
5589{
5590 int i, m, rc;
5591
5592 might_sleep();
5593
5594 /*
5595 * A reset method returns -ENOTTY if it doesn't support this device and
5596 * we should try the next method.
5597 *
5598 * If it returns 0 (success), we're finished. If it returns any other
5599 * error, we're also finished: this indicates that further reset
5600 * mechanisms might be broken on the device.
5601 */
5602 for (i = 0; i < PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS; i++) {
5603 m = dev->reset_methods[i];
5604 if (!m)
5605 return -ENOTTY;
5606
5607 rc = pci_reset_fn_methods[m].reset_fn(dev, PCI_RESET_DO_RESET);
5608 if (!rc)
5609 return 0;
5610 if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5611 return rc;
5612 }
5613
5614 return -ENOTTY;
5615}
5616EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(__pci_reset_function_locked);
5617
5618/**
5619 * pci_init_reset_methods - check whether device can be safely reset
5620 * and store supported reset mechanisms.
5621 * @dev: PCI device to check for reset mechanisms
5622 *
5623 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5624 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be in D0-D3hot
5625 * state.
5626 *
5627 * Stores reset mechanisms supported by device in reset_methods byte array
5628 * which is a member of struct pci_dev.
5629 */
5630void pci_init_reset_methods(struct pci_dev *dev)
5631{
5632 int m, i, rc;
5633
5634 BUILD_BUG_ON(ARRAY_SIZE(pci_reset_fn_methods) != PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS);
5635
5636 might_sleep();
5637
5638 i = 0;
5639 for (m = 1; m < PCI_NUM_RESET_METHODS; m++) {
5640 rc = pci_reset_fn_methods[m].reset_fn(dev, PCI_RESET_PROBE);
5641 if (!rc)
5642 dev->reset_methods[i++] = m;
5643 else if (rc != -ENOTTY)
5644 break;
5645 }
5646
5647 dev->reset_methods[i] = 0;
5648}
5649
5650/**
5651 * pci_reset_function - quiesce and reset a PCI device function
5652 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5653 *
5654 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5655 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5656 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5657 *
5658 * This function does not just reset the PCI portion of a device, but
5659 * clears all the state associated with the device. This function differs
5660 * from __pci_reset_function_locked() in that it saves and restores device state
5661 * over the reset and takes the PCI device lock.
5662 *
5663 * Returns 0 if the device function was successfully reset or negative if the
5664 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5665 */
5666int pci_reset_function(struct pci_dev *dev)
5667{
5668 int rc;
5669
5670 if (!pci_reset_supported(dev))
5671 return -ENOTTY;
5672
5673 pci_dev_lock(dev);
5674 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5675
5676 rc = __pci_reset_function_locked(dev);
5677
5678 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5679 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5680
5681 return rc;
5682}
5683EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_reset_function);
5684
5685/**
5686 * pci_reset_function_locked - quiesce and reset a PCI device function
5687 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5688 *
5689 * Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
5690 * other functions in the same device. The PCI device must be responsive
5691 * to PCI config space in order to use this function.
5692 *
5693 * This function does not just reset the PCI portion of a device, but
5694 * clears all the state associated with the device. This function differs
5695 * from __pci_reset_function_locked() in that it saves and restores device state
5696 * over the reset. It also differs from pci_reset_function() in that it
5697 * requires the PCI device lock to be held.
5698 *
5699 * Returns 0 if the device function was successfully reset or negative if the
5700 * device doesn't support resetting a single function.
5701 */
5702int pci_reset_function_locked(struct pci_dev *dev)
5703{
5704 int rc;
5705
5706 if (!pci_reset_supported(dev))
5707 return -ENOTTY;
5708
5709 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5710
5711 rc = __pci_reset_function_locked(dev);
5712
5713 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5714
5715 return rc;
5716}
5717EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_reset_function_locked);
5718
5719/**
5720 * pci_try_reset_function - quiesce and reset a PCI device function
5721 * @dev: PCI device to reset
5722 *
5723 * Same as above, except return -EAGAIN if unable to lock device.
5724 */
5725int pci_try_reset_function(struct pci_dev *dev)
5726{
5727 int rc;
5728
5729 if (!pci_reset_supported(dev))
5730 return -ENOTTY;
5731
5732 if (!pci_dev_trylock(dev))
5733 return -EAGAIN;
5734
5735 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5736 rc = __pci_reset_function_locked(dev);
5737 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5738 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5739
5740 return rc;
5741}
5742EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_try_reset_function);
5743
5744/* Do any devices on or below this bus prevent a bus reset? */
5745static bool pci_bus_resettable(struct pci_bus *bus)
5746{
5747 struct pci_dev *dev;
5748
5749
5750 if (bus->self && (bus->self->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET))
5751 return false;
5752
5753 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5754 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET ||
5755 (dev->subordinate && !pci_bus_resettable(dev->subordinate)))
5756 return false;
5757 }
5758
5759 return true;
5760}
5761
5762/* Lock devices from the top of the tree down */
5763static void pci_bus_lock(struct pci_bus *bus)
5764{
5765 struct pci_dev *dev;
5766
5767 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5768 pci_dev_lock(dev);
5769 if (dev->subordinate)
5770 pci_bus_lock(dev->subordinate);
5771 }
5772}
5773
5774/* Unlock devices from the bottom of the tree up */
5775static void pci_bus_unlock(struct pci_bus *bus)
5776{
5777 struct pci_dev *dev;
5778
5779 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5780 if (dev->subordinate)
5781 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5782 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5783 }
5784}
5785
5786/* Return 1 on successful lock, 0 on contention */
5787static int pci_bus_trylock(struct pci_bus *bus)
5788{
5789 struct pci_dev *dev;
5790
5791 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5792 if (!pci_dev_trylock(dev))
5793 goto unlock;
5794 if (dev->subordinate) {
5795 if (!pci_bus_trylock(dev->subordinate)) {
5796 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5797 goto unlock;
5798 }
5799 }
5800 }
5801 return 1;
5802
5803unlock:
5804 list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5805 if (dev->subordinate)
5806 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5807 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5808 }
5809 return 0;
5810}
5811
5812/* Do any devices on or below this slot prevent a bus reset? */
5813static bool pci_slot_resettable(struct pci_slot *slot)
5814{
5815 struct pci_dev *dev;
5816
5817 if (slot->bus->self &&
5818 (slot->bus->self->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET))
5819 return false;
5820
5821 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5822 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5823 continue;
5824 if (dev->dev_flags & PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_BUS_RESET ||
5825 (dev->subordinate && !pci_bus_resettable(dev->subordinate)))
5826 return false;
5827 }
5828
5829 return true;
5830}
5831
5832/* Lock devices from the top of the tree down */
5833static void pci_slot_lock(struct pci_slot *slot)
5834{
5835 struct pci_dev *dev;
5836
5837 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5838 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5839 continue;
5840 pci_dev_lock(dev);
5841 if (dev->subordinate)
5842 pci_bus_lock(dev->subordinate);
5843 }
5844}
5845
5846/* Unlock devices from the bottom of the tree up */
5847static void pci_slot_unlock(struct pci_slot *slot)
5848{
5849 struct pci_dev *dev;
5850
5851 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5852 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5853 continue;
5854 if (dev->subordinate)
5855 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5856 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5857 }
5858}
5859
5860/* Return 1 on successful lock, 0 on contention */
5861static int pci_slot_trylock(struct pci_slot *slot)
5862{
5863 struct pci_dev *dev;
5864
5865 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5866 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5867 continue;
5868 if (!pci_dev_trylock(dev))
5869 goto unlock;
5870 if (dev->subordinate) {
5871 if (!pci_bus_trylock(dev->subordinate)) {
5872 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5873 goto unlock;
5874 }
5875 }
5876 }
5877 return 1;
5878
5879unlock:
5880 list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(dev,
5881 &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5882 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5883 continue;
5884 if (dev->subordinate)
5885 pci_bus_unlock(dev->subordinate);
5886 pci_dev_unlock(dev);
5887 }
5888 return 0;
5889}
5890
5891/*
5892 * Save and disable devices from the top of the tree down while holding
5893 * the @dev mutex lock for the entire tree.
5894 */
5895static void pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(struct pci_bus *bus)
5896{
5897 struct pci_dev *dev;
5898
5899 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5900 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5901 if (dev->subordinate)
5902 pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(dev->subordinate);
5903 }
5904}
5905
5906/*
5907 * Restore devices from top of the tree down while holding @dev mutex lock
5908 * for the entire tree. Parent bridges need to be restored before we can
5909 * get to subordinate devices.
5910 */
5911static void pci_bus_restore_locked(struct pci_bus *bus)
5912{
5913 struct pci_dev *dev;
5914
5915 list_for_each_entry(dev, &bus->devices, bus_list) {
5916 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5917 if (dev->subordinate)
5918 pci_bus_restore_locked(dev->subordinate);
5919 }
5920}
5921
5922/*
5923 * Save and disable devices from the top of the tree down while holding
5924 * the @dev mutex lock for the entire tree.
5925 */
5926static void pci_slot_save_and_disable_locked(struct pci_slot *slot)
5927{
5928 struct pci_dev *dev;
5929
5930 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5931 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5932 continue;
5933 pci_dev_save_and_disable(dev);
5934 if (dev->subordinate)
5935 pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(dev->subordinate);
5936 }
5937}
5938
5939/*
5940 * Restore devices from top of the tree down while holding @dev mutex lock
5941 * for the entire tree. Parent bridges need to be restored before we can
5942 * get to subordinate devices.
5943 */
5944static void pci_slot_restore_locked(struct pci_slot *slot)
5945{
5946 struct pci_dev *dev;
5947
5948 list_for_each_entry(dev, &slot->bus->devices, bus_list) {
5949 if (!dev->slot || dev->slot != slot)
5950 continue;
5951 pci_dev_restore(dev);
5952 if (dev->subordinate)
5953 pci_bus_restore_locked(dev->subordinate);
5954 }
5955}
5956
5957static int pci_slot_reset(struct pci_slot *slot, bool probe)
5958{
5959 int rc;
5960
5961 if (!slot || !pci_slot_resettable(slot))
5962 return -ENOTTY;
5963
5964 if (!probe)
5965 pci_slot_lock(slot);
5966
5967 might_sleep();
5968
5969 rc = pci_reset_hotplug_slot(slot->hotplug, probe);
5970
5971 if (!probe)
5972 pci_slot_unlock(slot);
5973
5974 return rc;
5975}
5976
5977/**
5978 * pci_probe_reset_slot - probe whether a PCI slot can be reset
5979 * @slot: PCI slot to probe
5980 *
5981 * Return 0 if slot can be reset, negative if a slot reset is not supported.
5982 */
5983int pci_probe_reset_slot(struct pci_slot *slot)
5984{
5985 return pci_slot_reset(slot, PCI_RESET_PROBE);
5986}
5987EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_probe_reset_slot);
5988
5989/**
5990 * __pci_reset_slot - Try to reset a PCI slot
5991 * @slot: PCI slot to reset
5992 *
5993 * A PCI bus may host multiple slots, each slot may support a reset mechanism
5994 * independent of other slots. For instance, some slots may support slot power
5995 * control. In the case of a 1:1 bus to slot architecture, this function may
5996 * wrap the bus reset to avoid spurious slot related events such as hotplug.
5997 * Generally a slot reset should be attempted before a bus reset. All of the
5998 * function of the slot and any subordinate buses behind the slot are reset
5999 * through this function. PCI config space of all devices in the slot and
6000 * behind the slot is saved before and restored after reset.
6001 *
6002 * Same as above except return -EAGAIN if the slot cannot be locked
6003 */
6004static int __pci_reset_slot(struct pci_slot *slot)
6005{
6006 int rc;
6007
6008 rc = pci_slot_reset(slot, PCI_RESET_PROBE);
6009 if (rc)
6010 return rc;
6011
6012 if (pci_slot_trylock(slot)) {
6013 pci_slot_save_and_disable_locked(slot);
6014 might_sleep();
6015 rc = pci_reset_hotplug_slot(slot->hotplug, PCI_RESET_DO_RESET);
6016 pci_slot_restore_locked(slot);
6017 pci_slot_unlock(slot);
6018 } else
6019 rc = -EAGAIN;
6020
6021 return rc;
6022}
6023
6024static int pci_bus_reset(struct pci_bus *bus, bool probe)
6025{
6026 int ret;
6027
6028 if (!bus->self || !pci_bus_resettable(bus))
6029 return -ENOTTY;
6030
6031 if (probe)
6032 return 0;
6033
6034 pci_bus_lock(bus);
6035
6036 might_sleep();
6037
6038 ret = pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(bus->self);
6039
6040 pci_bus_unlock(bus);
6041
6042 return ret;
6043}
6044
6045/**
6046 * pci_bus_error_reset - reset the bridge's subordinate bus
6047 * @bridge: The parent device that connects to the bus to reset
6048 *
6049 * This function will first try to reset the slots on this bus if the method is
6050 * available. If slot reset fails or is not available, this will fall back to a
6051 * secondary bus reset.
6052 */
6053int pci_bus_error_reset(struct pci_dev *bridge)
6054{
6055 struct pci_bus *bus = bridge->subordinate;
6056 struct pci_slot *slot;
6057
6058 if (!bus)
6059 return -ENOTTY;
6060
6061 mutex_lock(&pci_slot_mutex);
6062 if (list_empty(&bus->slots))
6063 goto bus_reset;
6064
6065 list_for_each_entry(slot, &bus->slots, list)
6066 if (pci_probe_reset_slot(slot))
6067 goto bus_reset;
6068
6069 list_for_each_entry(slot, &bus->slots, list)
6070 if (pci_slot_reset(slot, PCI_RESET_DO_RESET))
6071 goto bus_reset;
6072
6073 mutex_unlock(&pci_slot_mutex);
6074 return 0;
6075bus_reset:
6076 mutex_unlock(&pci_slot_mutex);
6077 return pci_bus_reset(bridge->subordinate, PCI_RESET_DO_RESET);
6078}
6079
6080/**
6081 * pci_probe_reset_bus - probe whether a PCI bus can be reset
6082 * @bus: PCI bus to probe
6083 *
6084 * Return 0 if bus can be reset, negative if a bus reset is not supported.
6085 */
6086int pci_probe_reset_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
6087{
6088 return pci_bus_reset(bus, PCI_RESET_PROBE);
6089}
6090EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_probe_reset_bus);
6091
6092/**
6093 * __pci_reset_bus - Try to reset a PCI bus
6094 * @bus: top level PCI bus to reset
6095 *
6096 * Same as above except return -EAGAIN if the bus cannot be locked
6097 */
6098static int __pci_reset_bus(struct pci_bus *bus)
6099{
6100 int rc;
6101
6102 rc = pci_bus_reset(bus, PCI_RESET_PROBE);
6103 if (rc)
6104 return rc;
6105
6106 if (pci_bus_trylock(bus)) {
6107 pci_bus_save_and_disable_locked(bus);
6108 might_sleep();
6109 rc = pci_bridge_secondary_bus_reset(bus->self);
6110 pci_bus_restore_locked(bus);
6111 pci_bus_unlock(bus);
6112 } else
6113 rc = -EAGAIN;
6114
6115 return rc;
6116}
6117
6118/**
6119 * pci_reset_bus - Try to reset a PCI bus
6120 * @pdev: top level PCI device to reset via slot/bus
6121 *
6122 * Same as above except return -EAGAIN if the bus cannot be locked
6123 */
6124int pci_reset_bus(struct pci_dev *pdev)
6125{
6126 return (!pci_probe_reset_slot(pdev->slot)) ?
6127 __pci_reset_slot(pdev->slot) : __pci_reset_bus(pdev->bus);
6128}
6129EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_reset_bus);
6130
6131/**
6132 * pcix_get_max_mmrbc - get PCI-X maximum designed memory read byte count
6133 * @dev: PCI device to query
6134 *
6135 * Returns mmrbc: maximum designed memory read count in bytes or
6136 * appropriate error value.
6137 */
6138int pcix_get_max_mmrbc(struct pci_dev *dev)
6139{
6140 int cap;
6141 u32 stat;
6142
6143 cap = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
6144 if (!cap)
6145 return -EINVAL;
6146
6147 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, cap + PCI_X_STATUS, &stat))
6148 return -EINVAL;
6149
6150 return 512 << FIELD_GET(PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_READ, stat);
6151}
6152EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcix_get_max_mmrbc);
6153
6154/**
6155 * pcix_get_mmrbc - get PCI-X maximum memory read byte count
6156 * @dev: PCI device to query
6157 *
6158 * Returns mmrbc: maximum memory read count in bytes or appropriate error
6159 * value.
6160 */
6161int pcix_get_mmrbc(struct pci_dev *dev)
6162{
6163 int cap;
6164 u16 cmd;
6165
6166 cap = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
6167 if (!cap)
6168 return -EINVAL;
6169
6170 if (pci_read_config_word(dev, cap + PCI_X_CMD, &cmd))
6171 return -EINVAL;
6172
6173 return 512 << FIELD_GET(PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ, cmd);
6174}
6175EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcix_get_mmrbc);
6176
6177/**
6178 * pcix_set_mmrbc - set PCI-X maximum memory read byte count
6179 * @dev: PCI device to query
6180 * @mmrbc: maximum memory read count in bytes
6181 * valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
6182 *
6183 * If possible sets maximum memory read byte count, some bridges have errata
6184 * that prevent this.
6185 */
6186int pcix_set_mmrbc(struct pci_dev *dev, int mmrbc)
6187{
6188 int cap;
6189 u32 stat, v, o;
6190 u16 cmd;
6191
6192 if (mmrbc < 512 || mmrbc > 4096 || !is_power_of_2(mmrbc))
6193 return -EINVAL;
6194
6195 v = ffs(mmrbc) - 10;
6196
6197 cap = pci_find_capability(dev, PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX);
6198 if (!cap)
6199 return -EINVAL;
6200
6201 if (pci_read_config_dword(dev, cap + PCI_X_STATUS, &stat))
6202 return -EINVAL;
6203
6204 if (v > FIELD_GET(PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_READ, stat))
6205 return -E2BIG;
6206
6207 if (pci_read_config_word(dev, cap + PCI_X_CMD, &cmd))
6208 return -EINVAL;
6209
6210 o = FIELD_GET(PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ, cmd);
6211 if (o != v) {
6212 if (v > o && (dev->bus->bus_flags & PCI_BUS_FLAGS_NO_MMRBC))
6213 return -EIO;
6214
6215 cmd &= ~PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ;
6216 cmd |= FIELD_PREP(PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ, v);
6217 if (pci_write_config_word(dev, cap + PCI_X_CMD, cmd))
6218 return -EIO;
6219 }
6220 return 0;
6221}
6222EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcix_set_mmrbc);
6223
6224/**
6225 * pcie_get_readrq - get PCI Express read request size
6226 * @dev: PCI device to query
6227 *
6228 * Returns maximum memory read request in bytes or appropriate error value.
6229 */
6230int pcie_get_readrq(struct pci_dev *dev)
6231{
6232 u16 ctl;
6233
6234 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &ctl);
6235
6236 return 128 << FIELD_GET(PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ, ctl);
6237}
6238EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_readrq);
6239
6240/**
6241 * pcie_set_readrq - set PCI Express maximum memory read request
6242 * @dev: PCI device to query
6243 * @rq: maximum memory read count in bytes
6244 * valid values are 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
6245 *
6246 * If possible sets maximum memory read request in bytes
6247 */
6248int pcie_set_readrq(struct pci_dev *dev, int rq)
6249{
6250 u16 v;
6251 int ret;
6252 struct pci_host_bridge *bridge = pci_find_host_bridge(dev->bus);
6253
6254 if (rq < 128 || rq > 4096 || !is_power_of_2(rq))
6255 return -EINVAL;
6256
6257 /*
6258 * If using the "performance" PCIe config, we clamp the read rq
6259 * size to the max packet size to keep the host bridge from
6260 * generating requests larger than we can cope with.
6261 */
6262 if (pcie_bus_config == PCIE_BUS_PERFORMANCE) {
6263 int mps = pcie_get_mps(dev);
6264
6265 if (mps < rq)
6266 rq = mps;
6267 }
6268
6269 v = FIELD_PREP(PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ, ffs(rq) - 8);
6270
6271 if (bridge->no_inc_mrrs) {
6272 int max_mrrs = pcie_get_readrq(dev);
6273
6274 if (rq > max_mrrs) {
6275 pci_info(dev, "can't set Max_Read_Request_Size to %d; max is %d\n", rq, max_mrrs);
6276 return -EINVAL;
6277 }
6278 }
6279
6280 ret = pcie_capability_clear_and_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL,
6281 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ, v);
6282
6283 return pcibios_err_to_errno(ret);
6284}
6285EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_set_readrq);
6286
6287/**
6288 * pcie_get_mps - get PCI Express maximum payload size
6289 * @dev: PCI device to query
6290 *
6291 * Returns maximum payload size in bytes
6292 */
6293int pcie_get_mps(struct pci_dev *dev)
6294{
6295 u16 ctl;
6296
6297 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &ctl);
6298
6299 return 128 << FIELD_GET(PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD, ctl);
6300}
6301EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_mps);
6302
6303/**
6304 * pcie_set_mps - set PCI Express maximum payload size
6305 * @dev: PCI device to query
6306 * @mps: maximum payload size in bytes
6307 * valid values are 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
6308 *
6309 * If possible sets maximum payload size
6310 */
6311int pcie_set_mps(struct pci_dev *dev, int mps)
6312{
6313 u16 v;
6314 int ret;
6315
6316 if (mps < 128 || mps > 4096 || !is_power_of_2(mps))
6317 return -EINVAL;
6318
6319 v = ffs(mps) - 8;
6320 if (v > dev->pcie_mpss)
6321 return -EINVAL;
6322 v = FIELD_PREP(PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD, v);
6323
6324 ret = pcie_capability_clear_and_set_word(dev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL,
6325 PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD, v);
6326
6327 return pcibios_err_to_errno(ret);
6328}
6329EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_set_mps);
6330
6331static enum pci_bus_speed to_pcie_link_speed(u16 lnksta)
6332{
6333 return pcie_link_speed[FIELD_GET(PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS, lnksta)];
6334}
6335
6336int pcie_link_speed_mbps(struct pci_dev *pdev)
6337{
6338 u16 lnksta;
6339 int err;
6340
6341 err = pcie_capability_read_word(pdev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &lnksta);
6342 if (err)
6343 return err;
6344
6345 switch (to_pcie_link_speed(lnksta)) {
6346 case PCIE_SPEED_2_5GT:
6347 return 2500;
6348 case PCIE_SPEED_5_0GT:
6349 return 5000;
6350 case PCIE_SPEED_8_0GT:
6351 return 8000;
6352 case PCIE_SPEED_16_0GT:
6353 return 16000;
6354 case PCIE_SPEED_32_0GT:
6355 return 32000;
6356 case PCIE_SPEED_64_0GT:
6357 return 64000;
6358 default:
6359 break;
6360 }
6361
6362 return -EINVAL;
6363}
6364EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_link_speed_mbps);
6365
6366/**
6367 * pcie_bandwidth_available - determine minimum link settings of a PCIe
6368 * device and its bandwidth limitation
6369 * @dev: PCI device to query
6370 * @limiting_dev: storage for device causing the bandwidth limitation
6371 * @speed: storage for speed of limiting device
6372 * @width: storage for width of limiting device
6373 *
6374 * Walk up the PCI device chain and find the point where the minimum
6375 * bandwidth is available. Return the bandwidth available there and (if
6376 * limiting_dev, speed, and width pointers are supplied) information about
6377 * that point. The bandwidth returned is in Mb/s, i.e., megabits/second of
6378 * raw bandwidth.
6379 */
6380u32 pcie_bandwidth_available(struct pci_dev *dev, struct pci_dev **limiting_dev,
6381 enum pci_bus_speed *speed,
6382 enum pcie_link_width *width)
6383{
6384 u16 lnksta;
6385 enum pci_bus_speed next_speed;
6386 enum pcie_link_width next_width;
6387 u32 bw, next_bw;
6388
6389 if (speed)
6390 *speed = PCI_SPEED_UNKNOWN;
6391 if (width)
6392 *width = PCIE_LNK_WIDTH_UNKNOWN;
6393
6394 bw = 0;
6395
6396 while (dev) {
6397 pcie_capability_read_word(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &lnksta);
6398
6399 next_speed = to_pcie_link_speed(lnksta);
6400 next_width = FIELD_GET(PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW, lnksta);
6401
6402 next_bw = next_width * PCIE_SPEED2MBS_ENC(next_speed);
6403
6404 /* Check if current device limits the total bandwidth */
6405 if (!bw || next_bw <= bw) {
6406 bw = next_bw;
6407
6408 if (limiting_dev)
6409 *limiting_dev = dev;
6410 if (speed)
6411 *speed = next_speed;
6412 if (width)
6413 *width = next_width;
6414 }
6415
6416 dev = pci_upstream_bridge(dev);
6417 }
6418
6419 return bw;
6420}
6421EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_bandwidth_available);
6422
6423/**
6424 * pcie_get_speed_cap - query for the PCI device's link speed capability
6425 * @dev: PCI device to query
6426 *
6427 * Query the PCI device speed capability. Return the maximum link speed
6428 * supported by the device.
6429 */
6430enum pci_bus_speed pcie_get_speed_cap(struct pci_dev *dev)
6431{
6432 u32 lnkcap2, lnkcap;
6433
6434 /*
6435 * Link Capabilities 2 was added in PCIe r3.0, sec 7.8.18. The
6436 * implementation note there recommends using the Supported Link
6437 * Speeds Vector in Link Capabilities 2 when supported.
6438 *
6439 * Without Link Capabilities 2, i.e., prior to PCIe r3.0, software
6440 * should use the Supported Link Speeds field in Link Capabilities,
6441 * where only 2.5 GT/s and 5.0 GT/s speeds were defined.
6442 */
6443 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2, &lnkcap2);
6444
6445 /* PCIe r3.0-compliant */
6446 if (lnkcap2)
6447 return PCIE_LNKCAP2_SLS2SPEED(lnkcap2);
6448
6449 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP, &lnkcap);
6450 if ((lnkcap & PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS) == PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_5_0GB)
6451 return PCIE_SPEED_5_0GT;
6452 else if ((lnkcap & PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS) == PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_2_5GB)
6453 return PCIE_SPEED_2_5GT;
6454
6455 return PCI_SPEED_UNKNOWN;
6456}
6457EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_speed_cap);
6458
6459/**
6460 * pcie_get_width_cap - query for the PCI device's link width capability
6461 * @dev: PCI device to query
6462 *
6463 * Query the PCI device width capability. Return the maximum link width
6464 * supported by the device.
6465 */
6466enum pcie_link_width pcie_get_width_cap(struct pci_dev *dev)
6467{
6468 u32 lnkcap;
6469
6470 pcie_capability_read_dword(dev, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP, &lnkcap);
6471 if (lnkcap)
6472 return FIELD_GET(PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_MLW, lnkcap);
6473
6474 return PCIE_LNK_WIDTH_UNKNOWN;
6475}
6476EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_get_width_cap);
6477
6478/**
6479 * pcie_bandwidth_capable - calculate a PCI device's link bandwidth capability
6480 * @dev: PCI device
6481 * @speed: storage for link speed
6482 * @width: storage for link width
6483 *
6484 * Calculate a PCI device's link bandwidth by querying for its link speed
6485 * and width, multiplying them, and applying encoding overhead. The result
6486 * is in Mb/s, i.e., megabits/second of raw bandwidth.
6487 */
6488u32 pcie_bandwidth_capable(struct pci_dev *dev, enum pci_bus_speed *speed,
6489 enum pcie_link_width *width)
6490{
6491 *speed = pcie_get_speed_cap(dev);
6492 *width = pcie_get_width_cap(dev);
6493
6494 if (*speed == PCI_SPEED_UNKNOWN || *width == PCIE_LNK_WIDTH_UNKNOWN)
6495 return 0;
6496
6497 return *width * PCIE_SPEED2MBS_ENC(*speed);
6498}
6499
6500/**
6501 * __pcie_print_link_status - Report the PCI device's link speed and width
6502 * @dev: PCI device to query
6503 * @verbose: Print info even when enough bandwidth is available
6504 *
6505 * If the available bandwidth at the device is less than the device is
6506 * capable of, report the device's maximum possible bandwidth and the
6507 * upstream link that limits its performance. If @verbose, always print
6508 * the available bandwidth, even if the device isn't constrained.
6509 */
6510void __pcie_print_link_status(struct pci_dev *dev, bool verbose)
6511{
6512 enum pcie_link_width width, width_cap;
6513 enum pci_bus_speed speed, speed_cap;
6514 struct pci_dev *limiting_dev = NULL;
6515 u32 bw_avail, bw_cap;
6516
6517 bw_cap = pcie_bandwidth_capable(dev, &speed_cap, &width_cap);
6518 bw_avail = pcie_bandwidth_available(dev, &limiting_dev, &speed, &width);
6519
6520 if (bw_avail >= bw_cap && verbose)
6521 pci_info(dev, "%u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth (%s x%d link)\n",
6522 bw_cap / 1000, bw_cap % 1000,
6523 pci_speed_string(speed_cap), width_cap);
6524 else if (bw_avail < bw_cap)
6525 pci_info(dev, "%u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth, limited by %s x%d link at %s (capable of %u.%03u Gb/s with %s x%d link)\n",
6526 bw_avail / 1000, bw_avail % 1000,
6527 pci_speed_string(speed), width,
6528 limiting_dev ? pci_name(limiting_dev) : "<unknown>",
6529 bw_cap / 1000, bw_cap % 1000,
6530 pci_speed_string(speed_cap), width_cap);
6531}
6532
6533/**
6534 * pcie_print_link_status - Report the PCI device's link speed and width
6535 * @dev: PCI device to query
6536 *
6537 * Report the available bandwidth at the device.
6538 */
6539void pcie_print_link_status(struct pci_dev *dev)
6540{
6541 __pcie_print_link_status(dev, true);
6542}
6543EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcie_print_link_status);
6544
6545/**
6546 * pci_select_bars - Make BAR mask from the type of resource
6547 * @dev: the PCI device for which BAR mask is made
6548 * @flags: resource type mask to be selected
6549 *
6550 * This helper routine makes bar mask from the type of resource.
6551 */
6552int pci_select_bars(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned long flags)
6553{
6554 int i, bars = 0;
6555 for (i = 0; i < PCI_NUM_RESOURCES; i++)
6556 if (pci_resource_flags(dev, i) & flags)
6557 bars |= (1 << i);
6558 return bars;
6559}
6560EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_select_bars);
6561
6562/* Some architectures require additional programming to enable VGA */
6563static arch_set_vga_state_t arch_set_vga_state;
6564
6565void __init pci_register_set_vga_state(arch_set_vga_state_t func)
6566{
6567 arch_set_vga_state = func; /* NULL disables */
6568}
6569
6570static int pci_set_vga_state_arch(struct pci_dev *dev, bool decode,
6571 unsigned int command_bits, u32 flags)
6572{
6573 if (arch_set_vga_state)
6574 return arch_set_vga_state(dev, decode, command_bits,
6575 flags);
6576 return 0;
6577}
6578
6579/**
6580 * pci_set_vga_state - set VGA decode state on device and parents if requested
6581 * @dev: the PCI device
6582 * @decode: true = enable decoding, false = disable decoding
6583 * @command_bits: PCI_COMMAND_IO and/or PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY
6584 * @flags: traverse ancestors and change bridges
6585 * CHANGE_BRIDGE_ONLY / CHANGE_BRIDGE
6586 */
6587int pci_set_vga_state(struct pci_dev *dev, bool decode,
6588 unsigned int command_bits, u32 flags)
6589{
6590 struct pci_bus *bus;
6591 struct pci_dev *bridge;
6592 u16 cmd;
6593 int rc;
6594
6595 WARN_ON((flags & PCI_VGA_STATE_CHANGE_DECODES) && (command_bits & ~(PCI_COMMAND_IO|PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY)));
6596
6597 /* ARCH specific VGA enables */
6598 rc = pci_set_vga_state_arch(dev, decode, command_bits, flags);
6599 if (rc)
6600 return rc;
6601
6602 if (flags & PCI_VGA_STATE_CHANGE_DECODES) {
6603 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &cmd);
6604 if (decode)
6605 cmd |= command_bits;
6606 else
6607 cmd &= ~command_bits;
6608 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, cmd);
6609 }
6610
6611 if (!(flags & PCI_VGA_STATE_CHANGE_BRIDGE))
6612 return 0;
6613
6614 bus = dev->bus;
6615 while (bus) {
6616 bridge = bus->self;
6617 if (bridge) {
6618 pci_read_config_word(bridge, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL,
6619 &cmd);
6620 if (decode)
6621 cmd |= PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_VGA;
6622 else
6623 cmd &= ~PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_VGA;
6624 pci_write_config_word(bridge, PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL,
6625 cmd);
6626 }
6627 bus = bus->parent;
6628 }
6629 return 0;
6630}
6631
6632#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
6633bool pci_pr3_present(struct pci_dev *pdev)
6634{
6635 struct acpi_device *adev;
6636
6637 if (acpi_disabled)
6638 return false;
6639
6640 adev = ACPI_COMPANION(&pdev->dev);
6641 if (!adev)
6642 return false;
6643
6644 return adev->power.flags.power_resources &&
6645 acpi_has_method(adev->handle, "_PR3");
6646}
6647EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_pr3_present);
6648#endif
6649
6650/**
6651 * pci_add_dma_alias - Add a DMA devfn alias for a device
6652 * @dev: the PCI device for which alias is added
6653 * @devfn_from: alias slot and function
6654 * @nr_devfns: number of subsequent devfns to alias
6655 *
6656 * This helper encodes an 8-bit devfn as a bit number in dma_alias_mask
6657 * which is used to program permissible bus-devfn source addresses for DMA
6658 * requests in an IOMMU. These aliases factor into IOMMU group creation
6659 * and are useful for devices generating DMA requests beyond or different
6660 * from their logical bus-devfn. Examples include device quirks where the
6661 * device simply uses the wrong devfn, as well as non-transparent bridges
6662 * where the alias may be a proxy for devices in another domain.
6663 *
6664 * IOMMU group creation is performed during device discovery or addition,
6665 * prior to any potential DMA mapping and therefore prior to driver probing
6666 * (especially for userspace assigned devices where IOMMU group definition
6667 * cannot be left as a userspace activity). DMA aliases should therefore
6668 * be configured via quirks, such as the PCI fixup header quirk.
6669 */
6670void pci_add_dma_alias(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 devfn_from,
6671 unsigned int nr_devfns)
6672{
6673 int devfn_to;
6674
6675 nr_devfns = min(nr_devfns, (unsigned int)MAX_NR_DEVFNS - devfn_from);
6676 devfn_to = devfn_from + nr_devfns - 1;
6677
6678 if (!dev->dma_alias_mask)
6679 dev->dma_alias_mask = bitmap_zalloc(MAX_NR_DEVFNS, GFP_KERNEL);
6680 if (!dev->dma_alias_mask) {
6681 pci_warn(dev, "Unable to allocate DMA alias mask\n");
6682 return;
6683 }
6684
6685 bitmap_set(dev->dma_alias_mask, devfn_from, nr_devfns);
6686
6687 if (nr_devfns == 1)
6688 pci_info(dev, "Enabling fixed DMA alias to %02x.%d\n",
6689 PCI_SLOT(devfn_from), PCI_FUNC(devfn_from));
6690 else if (nr_devfns > 1)
6691 pci_info(dev, "Enabling fixed DMA alias for devfn range from %02x.%d to %02x.%d\n",
6692 PCI_SLOT(devfn_from), PCI_FUNC(devfn_from),
6693 PCI_SLOT(devfn_to), PCI_FUNC(devfn_to));
6694}
6695
6696bool pci_devs_are_dma_aliases(struct pci_dev *dev1, struct pci_dev *dev2)
6697{
6698 return (dev1->dma_alias_mask &&
6699 test_bit(dev2->devfn, dev1->dma_alias_mask)) ||
6700 (dev2->dma_alias_mask &&
6701 test_bit(dev1->devfn, dev2->dma_alias_mask)) ||
6702 pci_real_dma_dev(dev1) == dev2 ||
6703 pci_real_dma_dev(dev2) == dev1;
6704}
6705
6706bool pci_device_is_present(struct pci_dev *pdev)
6707{
6708 u32 v;
6709
6710 /* Check PF if pdev is a VF, since VF Vendor/Device IDs are 0xffff */
6711 pdev = pci_physfn(pdev);
6712 if (pci_dev_is_disconnected(pdev))
6713 return false;
6714 return pci_bus_read_dev_vendor_id(pdev->bus, pdev->devfn, &v, 0);
6715}
6716EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_device_is_present);
6717
6718void pci_ignore_hotplug(struct pci_dev *dev)
6719{
6720 struct pci_dev *bridge = dev->bus->self;
6721
6722 dev->ignore_hotplug = 1;
6723 /* Propagate the "ignore hotplug" setting to the parent bridge. */
6724 if (bridge)
6725 bridge->ignore_hotplug = 1;
6726}
6727EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pci_ignore_hotplug);
6728
6729/**
6730 * pci_real_dma_dev - Get PCI DMA device for PCI device
6731 * @dev: the PCI device that may have a PCI DMA alias
6732 *
6733 * Permits the platform to provide architecture-specific functionality to
6734 * devices needing to alias DMA to another PCI device on another PCI bus. If
6735 * the PCI device is on the same bus, it is recommended to use
6736 * pci_add_dma_alias(). This is the default implementation. Architecture
6737 * implementations can override this.
6738 */
6739struct pci_dev __weak *pci_real_dma_dev(struct pci_dev *dev)
6740{
6741 return dev;
6742}
6743
6744resource_size_t __weak pcibios_default_alignment(void)
6745{
6746 return 0;
6747}
6748
6749/*
6750 * Arches that don't want to expose struct resource to userland as-is in
6751 * sysfs and /proc can implement their own pci_resource_to_user().
6752 */
6753void __weak pci_resource_to_user(const struct pci_dev *dev, int bar,
6754 const struct resource *rsrc,
6755 resource_size_t *start, resource_size_t *end)
6756{
6757 *start = rsrc->start;
6758 *end = rsrc->end;
6759}
6760
6761static char *resource_alignment_param;
6762static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(resource_alignment_lock);
6763
6764/**
6765 * pci_specified_resource_alignment - get resource alignment specified by user.
6766 * @dev: the PCI device to get
6767 * @resize: whether or not to change resources' size when reassigning alignment
6768 *
6769 * RETURNS: Resource alignment if it is specified.
6770 * Zero if it is not specified.
6771 */
6772static resource_size_t pci_specified_resource_alignment(struct pci_dev *dev,
6773 bool *resize)
6774{
6775 int align_order, count;
6776 resource_size_t align = pcibios_default_alignment();
6777 const char *p;
6778 int ret;
6779
6780 spin_lock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6781 p = resource_alignment_param;
6782 if (!p || !*p)
6783 goto out;
6784 if (pci_has_flag(PCI_PROBE_ONLY)) {
6785 align = 0;
6786 pr_info_once("PCI: Ignoring requested alignments (PCI_PROBE_ONLY)\n");
6787 goto out;
6788 }
6789
6790 while (*p) {
6791 count = 0;
6792 if (sscanf(p, "%d%n", &align_order, &count) == 1 &&
6793 p[count] == '@') {
6794 p += count + 1;
6795 if (align_order > 63) {
6796 pr_err("PCI: Invalid requested alignment (order %d)\n",
6797 align_order);
6798 align_order = PAGE_SHIFT;
6799 }
6800 } else {
6801 align_order = PAGE_SHIFT;
6802 }
6803
6804 ret = pci_dev_str_match(dev, p, &p);
6805 if (ret == 1) {
6806 *resize = true;
6807 align = 1ULL << align_order;
6808 break;
6809 } else if (ret < 0) {
6810 pr_err("PCI: Can't parse resource_alignment parameter: %s\n",
6811 p);
6812 break;
6813 }
6814
6815 if (*p != ';' && *p != ',') {
6816 /* End of param or invalid format */
6817 break;
6818 }
6819 p++;
6820 }
6821out:
6822 spin_unlock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6823 return align;
6824}
6825
6826static void pci_request_resource_alignment(struct pci_dev *dev, int bar,
6827 resource_size_t align, bool resize)
6828{
6829 struct resource *r = &dev->resource[bar];
6830 const char *r_name = pci_resource_name(dev, bar);
6831 resource_size_t size;
6832
6833 if (!(r->flags & IORESOURCE_MEM))
6834 return;
6835
6836 if (r->flags & IORESOURCE_PCI_FIXED) {
6837 pci_info(dev, "%s %pR: ignoring requested alignment %#llx\n",
6838 r_name, r, (unsigned long long)align);
6839 return;
6840 }
6841
6842 size = resource_size(r);
6843 if (size >= align)
6844 return;
6845
6846 /*
6847 * Increase the alignment of the resource. There are two ways we
6848 * can do this:
6849 *
6850 * 1) Increase the size of the resource. BARs are aligned on their
6851 * size, so when we reallocate space for this resource, we'll
6852 * allocate it with the larger alignment. This also prevents
6853 * assignment of any other BARs inside the alignment region, so
6854 * if we're requesting page alignment, this means no other BARs
6855 * will share the page.
6856 *
6857 * The disadvantage is that this makes the resource larger than
6858 * the hardware BAR, which may break drivers that compute things
6859 * based on the resource size, e.g., to find registers at a
6860 * fixed offset before the end of the BAR.
6861 *
6862 * 2) Retain the resource size, but use IORESOURCE_STARTALIGN and
6863 * set r->start to the desired alignment. By itself this
6864 * doesn't prevent other BARs being put inside the alignment
6865 * region, but if we realign *every* resource of every device in
6866 * the system, none of them will share an alignment region.
6867 *
6868 * When the user has requested alignment for only some devices via
6869 * the "pci=resource_alignment" argument, "resize" is true and we
6870 * use the first method. Otherwise we assume we're aligning all
6871 * devices and we use the second.
6872 */
6873
6874 pci_info(dev, "%s %pR: requesting alignment to %#llx\n",
6875 r_name, r, (unsigned long long)align);
6876
6877 if (resize) {
6878 r->start = 0;
6879 r->end = align - 1;
6880 } else {
6881 r->flags &= ~IORESOURCE_SIZEALIGN;
6882 r->flags |= IORESOURCE_STARTALIGN;
6883 r->start = align;
6884 r->end = r->start + size - 1;
6885 }
6886 r->flags |= IORESOURCE_UNSET;
6887}
6888
6889/*
6890 * This function disables memory decoding and releases memory resources
6891 * of the device specified by kernel's boot parameter 'pci=resource_alignment='.
6892 * It also rounds up size to specified alignment.
6893 * Later on, the kernel will assign page-aligned memory resource back
6894 * to the device.
6895 */
6896void pci_reassigndev_resource_alignment(struct pci_dev *dev)
6897{
6898 int i;
6899 struct resource *r;
6900 resource_size_t align;
6901 u16 command;
6902 bool resize = false;
6903
6904 /*
6905 * VF BARs are read-only zero according to SR-IOV spec r1.1, sec
6906 * 3.4.1.11. Their resources are allocated from the space
6907 * described by the VF BARx register in the PF's SR-IOV capability.
6908 * We can't influence their alignment here.
6909 */
6910 if (dev->is_virtfn)
6911 return;
6912
6913 /* check if specified PCI is target device to reassign */
6914 align = pci_specified_resource_alignment(dev, &resize);
6915 if (!align)
6916 return;
6917
6918 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL &&
6919 (dev->class >> 8) == PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_HOST) {
6920 pci_warn(dev, "Can't reassign resources to host bridge\n");
6921 return;
6922 }
6923
6924 pci_read_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, &command);
6925 command &= ~PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY;
6926 pci_write_config_word(dev, PCI_COMMAND, command);
6927
6928 for (i = 0; i <= PCI_ROM_RESOURCE; i++)
6929 pci_request_resource_alignment(dev, i, align, resize);
6930
6931 /*
6932 * Need to disable bridge's resource window,
6933 * to enable the kernel to reassign new resource
6934 * window later on.
6935 */
6936 if (dev->hdr_type == PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE) {
6937 for (i = PCI_BRIDGE_RESOURCES; i < PCI_NUM_RESOURCES; i++) {
6938 r = &dev->resource[i];
6939 if (!(r->flags & IORESOURCE_MEM))
6940 continue;
6941 r->flags |= IORESOURCE_UNSET;
6942 r->end = resource_size(r) - 1;
6943 r->start = 0;
6944 }
6945 pci_disable_bridge_window(dev);
6946 }
6947}
6948
6949static ssize_t resource_alignment_show(const struct bus_type *bus, char *buf)
6950{
6951 size_t count = 0;
6952
6953 spin_lock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6954 if (resource_alignment_param)
6955 count = sysfs_emit(buf, "%s\n", resource_alignment_param);
6956 spin_unlock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6957
6958 return count;
6959}
6960
6961static ssize_t resource_alignment_store(const struct bus_type *bus,
6962 const char *buf, size_t count)
6963{
6964 char *param, *old, *end;
6965
6966 if (count >= (PAGE_SIZE - 1))
6967 return -EINVAL;
6968
6969 param = kstrndup(buf, count, GFP_KERNEL);
6970 if (!param)
6971 return -ENOMEM;
6972
6973 end = strchr(param, '\n');
6974 if (end)
6975 *end = '\0';
6976
6977 spin_lock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6978 old = resource_alignment_param;
6979 if (strlen(param)) {
6980 resource_alignment_param = param;
6981 } else {
6982 kfree(param);
6983 resource_alignment_param = NULL;
6984 }
6985 spin_unlock(&resource_alignment_lock);
6986
6987 kfree(old);
6988
6989 return count;
6990}
6991
6992static BUS_ATTR_RW(resource_alignment);
6993
6994static int __init pci_resource_alignment_sysfs_init(void)
6995{
6996 return bus_create_file(&pci_bus_type,
6997 &bus_attr_resource_alignment);
6998}
6999late_initcall(pci_resource_alignment_sysfs_init);
7000
7001static void pci_no_domains(void)
7002{
7003#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS
7004 pci_domains_supported = 0;
7005#endif
7006}
7007
7008#ifdef CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS_GENERIC
7009static DEFINE_IDA(pci_domain_nr_static_ida);
7010static DEFINE_IDA(pci_domain_nr_dynamic_ida);
7011
7012static void of_pci_reserve_static_domain_nr(void)
7013{
7014 struct device_node *np;
7015 int domain_nr;
7016
7017 for_each_node_by_type(np, "pci") {
7018 domain_nr = of_get_pci_domain_nr(np);
7019 if (domain_nr < 0)
7020 continue;
7021 /*
7022 * Permanently allocate domain_nr in dynamic_ida
7023 * to prevent it from dynamic allocation.
7024 */
7025 ida_alloc_range(&pci_domain_nr_dynamic_ida,
7026 domain_nr, domain_nr, GFP_KERNEL);
7027 }
7028}
7029
7030static int of_pci_bus_find_domain_nr(struct device *parent)
7031{
7032 static bool static_domains_reserved = false;
7033 int domain_nr;
7034
7035 /* On the first call scan device tree for static allocations. */
7036 if (!static_domains_reserved) {
7037 of_pci_reserve_static_domain_nr();
7038 static_domains_reserved = true;
7039 }
7040
7041 if (parent) {
7042 /*
7043 * If domain is in DT, allocate it in static IDA. This
7044 * prevents duplicate static allocations in case of errors
7045 * in DT.
7046 */
7047 domain_nr = of_get_pci_domain_nr(parent->of_node);
7048 if (domain_nr >= 0)
7049 return ida_alloc_range(&pci_domain_nr_static_ida,
7050 domain_nr, domain_nr,
7051 GFP_KERNEL);
7052 }
7053
7054 /*
7055 * If domain was not specified in DT, choose a free ID from dynamic
7056 * allocations. All domain numbers from DT are permanently in
7057 * dynamic allocations to prevent assigning them to other DT nodes
7058 * without static domain.
7059 */
7060 return ida_alloc(&pci_domain_nr_dynamic_ida, GFP_KERNEL);
7061}
7062
7063static void of_pci_bus_release_domain_nr(struct pci_bus *bus, struct device *parent)
7064{
7065 if (bus->domain_nr < 0)
7066 return;
7067
7068 /* Release domain from IDA where it was allocated. */
7069 if (of_get_pci_domain_nr(parent->of_node) == bus->domain_nr)
7070 ida_free(&pci_domain_nr_static_ida, bus->domain_nr);
7071 else
7072 ida_free(&pci_domain_nr_dynamic_ida, bus->domain_nr);
7073}
7074
7075int pci_bus_find_domain_nr(struct pci_bus *bus, struct device *parent)
7076{
7077 return acpi_disabled ? of_pci_bus_find_domain_nr(parent) :
7078 acpi_pci_bus_find_domain_nr(bus);
7079}
7080
7081void pci_bus_release_domain_nr(struct pci_bus *bus, struct device *parent)
7082{
7083 if (!acpi_disabled)
7084 return;
7085 of_pci_bus_release_domain_nr(bus, parent);
7086}
7087#endif
7088
7089/**
7090 * pci_ext_cfg_avail - can we access extended PCI config space?
7091 *
7092 * Returns 1 if we can access PCI extended config space (offsets
7093 * greater than 0xff). This is the default implementation. Architecture
7094 * implementations can override this.
7095 */
7096int __weak pci_ext_cfg_avail(void)
7097{
7098 return 1;
7099}
7100
7101void __weak pci_fixup_cardbus(struct pci_bus *bus)
7102{
7103}
7104EXPORT_SYMBOL(pci_fixup_cardbus);
7105
7106static int __init pci_setup(char *str)
7107{
7108 while (str) {
7109 char *k = strchr(str, ',');
7110 if (k)
7111 *k++ = 0;
7112 if (*str && (str = pcibios_setup(str)) && *str) {
7113 if (!strcmp(str, "nomsi")) {
7114 pci_no_msi();
7115 } else if (!strncmp(str, "noats", 5)) {
7116 pr_info("PCIe: ATS is disabled\n");
7117 pcie_ats_disabled = true;
7118 } else if (!strcmp(str, "noaer")) {
7119 pci_no_aer();
7120 } else if (!strcmp(str, "earlydump")) {
7121 pci_early_dump = true;
7122 } else if (!strncmp(str, "realloc=", 8)) {
7123 pci_realloc_get_opt(str + 8);
7124 } else if (!strncmp(str, "realloc", 7)) {
7125 pci_realloc_get_opt("on");
7126 } else if (!strcmp(str, "nodomains")) {
7127 pci_no_domains();
7128 } else if (!strncmp(str, "noari", 5)) {
7129 pcie_ari_disabled = true;
7130 } else if (!strncmp(str, "cbiosize=", 9)) {
7131 pci_cardbus_io_size = memparse(str + 9, &str);
7132 } else if (!strncmp(str, "cbmemsize=", 10)) {
7133 pci_cardbus_mem_size = memparse(str + 10, &str);
7134 } else if (!strncmp(str, "resource_alignment=", 19)) {
7135 resource_alignment_param = str + 19;
7136 } else if (!strncmp(str, "ecrc=", 5)) {
7137 pcie_ecrc_get_policy(str + 5);
7138 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpiosize=", 9)) {
7139 pci_hotplug_io_size = memparse(str + 9, &str);
7140 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpmmiosize=", 11)) {
7141 pci_hotplug_mmio_size = memparse(str + 11, &str);
7142 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpmmioprefsize=", 15)) {
7143 pci_hotplug_mmio_pref_size = memparse(str + 15, &str);
7144 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpmemsize=", 10)) {
7145 pci_hotplug_mmio_size = memparse(str + 10, &str);
7146 pci_hotplug_mmio_pref_size = pci_hotplug_mmio_size;
7147 } else if (!strncmp(str, "hpbussize=", 10)) {
7148 pci_hotplug_bus_size =
7149 simple_strtoul(str + 10, &str, 0);
7150 if (pci_hotplug_bus_size > 0xff)
7151 pci_hotplug_bus_size = DEFAULT_HOTPLUG_BUS_SIZE;
7152 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_tune_off", 17)) {
7153 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_TUNE_OFF;
7154 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_safe", 13)) {
7155 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_SAFE;
7156 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_perf", 13)) {
7157 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_PERFORMANCE;
7158 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_bus_peer2peer", 18)) {
7159 pcie_bus_config = PCIE_BUS_PEER2PEER;
7160 } else if (!strncmp(str, "pcie_scan_all", 13)) {
7161 pci_add_flags(PCI_SCAN_ALL_PCIE_DEVS);
7162 } else if (!strncmp(str, "disable_acs_redir=", 18)) {
7163 disable_acs_redir_param = str + 18;
7164 } else {
7165 pr_err("PCI: Unknown option `%s'\n", str);
7166 }
7167 }
7168 str = k;
7169 }
7170 return 0;
7171}
7172early_param("pci", pci_setup);
7173
7174/*
7175 * 'resource_alignment_param' and 'disable_acs_redir_param' are initialized
7176 * in pci_setup(), above, to point to data in the __initdata section which
7177 * will be freed after the init sequence is complete. We can't allocate memory
7178 * in pci_setup() because some architectures do not have any memory allocation
7179 * service available during an early_param() call. So we allocate memory and
7180 * copy the variable here before the init section is freed.
7181 *
7182 */
7183static int __init pci_realloc_setup_params(void)
7184{
7185 resource_alignment_param = kstrdup(resource_alignment_param,
7186 GFP_KERNEL);
7187 disable_acs_redir_param = kstrdup(disable_acs_redir_param, GFP_KERNEL);
7188
7189 return 0;
7190}
7191pure_initcall(pci_realloc_setup_params);